Problems in Organic Chemistry
Problems in Organic Chemistry
Head Office : B-32, Shivalik Main Road, Malviya Nagar, New Delhi-110017
• Sales Office : B-48, Shivalik Main Road, Malviya Nagar, New Delhi-110017
Tel. : 011-26691021 / 26691713
`Price : ` 320
DISHA PUBLICATION
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
© Copyright Author
No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form without prior permission of the publisher. The author and the
publisher do not take any legal responsibility for any errors or misrepresentations that might have crept in. We have
tried and made our best efforts to provide accurate up-to-date information in this book.
• Addition of new challenging problems in each chapter for JEE Advanced aspirants.
• Chapter on ‘Isomerism’ has been thoroughly revised for better understanding of the topic.
• Concept strengthening Matrix questions have been added to each chapter keeping in consideration
the pattern of entrance examinations.
Almost all suggestions received from learned fellow teachers, as well as, many students have been paid
due attention and incorporated to the best possible extent. I am confident and sure this book will help
students reinforce their fundamentals of Organic Chemistry.
Suggestions from readers for further improvement of the book are welcome.
Vaibhav Trivedi
Msc-IIT-R, NET
organicvaibhav@[Link]
Dedicated
to
my Parents
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 THE LIVING WORLD 1-8
1. Hybridization refers to the phenomenon of mixing of two or more than two atomic orbital of same energy (or nearly same
energy) to produce two or more than two orbital of same energy, identical shape & size.
Lone pair of electron (lp) + sigma bond pair of electron (s bp) + (–ve) charge = Hybridization
for eg.
s bp = 3 lp = 1 (–ve) charge = 0
sum = 3 + 1 + 0 = i.e. sp3 (3+1= 4)
• (When four bonds are present then ‘N’ has +ve charge)
• (When three bonds are present then lone pair of e– is present on Nitrogen)
• (When two bonds are present on ‘N’ then there is a –ve charge along with lp on ‘N’
π
For eg. H — C σ N Here N has a lp hence hybridization of ‘N’ is sp (one lp + 1bp)
π
3. The lone pair of electron in conjugation with double bond does not consider in hybridization.
and
4. A carbon attached to one (or no) carbon atom is called a primary (1º) similarly if a ‘C’ is attached to two, three & four ‘C’ atoms
it is referred as secondary (2º) ,tertiary (3º), & quaternary (4º) carbon respectively.
5. The hydrogen attached to 1º, 2º & 3º ‘C’ atoms is called 1º, 2º & 3º hydrogen respectively.
2 Problems in Organic Chemistry
6. Starting from the simplest member of the molecular formula of the compounds of a particular class arranged in an increasing
number of ‘C’ atom then a series is obtained in which the member differ from the next member by ‘CH2’ group. Such a series
is called homologues series.
1
7. Mol. Wt. of homolog ∝ boiling point ∝
solubility in water
Objective Questions
(−)
1. Which type of hybridization is absent in CH 2 = C = CH − CH = CH
(a) sp2 (b) sp (c) sp3 (d) all are present
(a) Four carbon atoms are sp2 hybridized (b) One nitrogen is sp2 & other is sp3 hybridized
(c) It contains four secondary – H – atoms (d) One nitrogen is 2º & other is 3º
5. which statement is correct for this compound?
(a) It contains two 2ºC atoms (b) It contains two 2º ‘D’ atoms
(c) It contains 81- ‘H’ atoms (d) The ‘C’ joined with Cl is sp2 hybridized
6. which is correct?
(a) It contains four sp2 hybridized C atoms (b) It contains nine sp3 hybridized C atoms
(c) It contains two 3º – H – atoms & two sp2 hybridized ‘C’ (d) It contains ten- H-atoms & two sp2 hybridized ‘C’ atoms.
7.
(a) (b)
− H( + ) (−) − H( + ) (–)
=
(c)
CH 2 =
CH
2 CH 2 CH ≡ CH
CH (d) CH ≡ C
10. In which case state of hybridization on each atom is retained.
(+ ) (+ )
(a)
CH 2 = CH 2 + H → CH3 — CH 2 (b)
1 ( −) (+ )
CH ≡ CH + Na → H 2 + CH ≡ C Na
liq.
(c) (d) (b) & (c)
NH3 2
11. CH3CH 2CH 2OH CH3CHO CH3CH 2OH HCHO
I II III IV
(a) Two sp hybridized ‘C’ atoms & six - 2º - H atoms are present in it
(b) Two 3ºC - atoms & two sp2 hybridized ‘C’ atoms are present in it.
(c) N is sp3 & two - 2º - C atoms are present in it.
(d) Two 3º – H – atoms, Eight – 2º – H – atoms & four – sp3 – hybridized ‘C’ atoms are present in it.
13.
(a) Oxygen gives one of its electro pair to the empty p-orbital of 2nd carbon atom
(b) Each carbon is sp2 hybridized
(c) Each carbon has one e– in unhybridized pz orbital
(d) Except 2nd C - atom each carbon has one e– in unhybridized pz orbital
(a) sp2 – sp2 s bond (b) sp2 – s s bond (c) sp2 – sp2 p bond (d) sp2 – p s bond
4 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Passage - I
Enzymes present in bacteria can convert p - amino benzoic acid in to folic acid.
N
H2N N
O H
CH2CH2COOH
N
N CH2 – NH C–N–C
H
OH
C
O OH
(Folic acid)
Answer the question from 18 to 26
18. Which statement is in favour of ‘N’?
(a) All are sp2 hybridized (b) All are sp3 hybridized
(c) Four are sp2 hybridized & three are sp3 hybridized (d) Four are sp3 hybridized and three are sp2 hybridized
19. How many ‘C’ atoms are sp2 hybridized in the folic acid?
(a) 14 (b) 21 (c) 12 (d) 15
20. How many ‘C’ are sp3 hybridized?
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 6
21. How many p bonds are present in it?
(a) 11 (b) 10 (c) 6 (d) 12
22. Number of lone pair of electron possessed by nitrogen is / are :
(a) 3 (b) 5 (c) 7 (d) None
23. How many H – atoms are present in folic acid?
(a) 19 (b) 23 (c) 18 (d) 17
24. How many ‘C = O’ bonds are present in folic acid?
(a) 5 (b) 6 (c) 4 (d) 3
25. How many ‘C’ atoms (which are not the part of ring) are sp hybridized?
2
Passage - II
Passage - III
Succinoyl sulphathiazole was used as a chemotherapeutic agent beginning in 1942. Its structure is given below.
Answer Key
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (c)
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (a)
21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (d) 25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (b)
SOLUTION
1. (c) CH2 = C = CH – CH = CH(–)
↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑
sp2 sp sp2 sp2 sp2
2. (a)
3. (c)
4. (b)
Each ‘C’ atom present in ring is sp2 hybridized. Nitrogen containing positive charge is tertiary while other nitrogen is
secondary.
5. (c)
The Living World 7
10. (c)
11. (d) Homolog should have same functional groups.
Boiling points of homolog ∝ Molecular weight
Solubility of homolog in water ∝ 1 / molecular weight
12. (b)
Except double bonded carbon atoms rest all ‘C’ are sp3 hybridized. Double bonded carbon atoms are sp2 hybridized.
13. (c)
Bond length of y will be lesser than z & x because due to resonance this bond will acquire partial double bond character.
2 H
17. (d) sp — sigma bond
H
sp2—sp2π bond
H
H
sp2 — sp 2 sigma bond
8 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Passage – I
sp2 sp2
sp2 O
O H
NH2 sp2 CH2—CH—C—OH
N N 2
C—N—C
N CH—NH
2 H
N sp2 C—OH
sp2 OH
sp2 O
Passage – II
sp3
OH H
CH—C CH2NH2 (C)
N N CH2OH
3 3
sp H H sp
sp2
sp3 sp2 O H sp
C—C CN (A)
2
sp
N N sp2 CH2OH sp
sp2 sp2
H
> In compound C total numbers of N — H and C — H bonds are 4 and 17 respectively.
> In compound B
Total number of C = O bonds = 2
Passage – III
sp2
O O sp2 sp2
HO —C—CH—CH
2 2—CHN
O
N
sp2 sp3 sp2 sp2 S—NH sp3
sp2 O S sp3
sp2 2
sp2 3
sp sp
sp 2
Subjective Questions
(1) (2)
(3) (4)
(5) (6)
(7) O (8)
OH
OH OH OH
(9) (10)
(1) (2)
(3) (4)
(9) (10)
(11) (12)
(13) (14) O
N
CH3
(17) (18)
(23) (24)
(25) —— H
(29) (30)
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
(a) 2 - Carboxy ethyl but - 3 - en -1 - oate (b) 3 – Ethoxy Carbonyl -but -3- enoic acid
(c) 3 - Ethoxy carbonyl - buten - 4 - oic acid (d) None
9. I.U.P.A.C name of
(a) 6-(2-Chloro cyclo hexane)-5-chloro hexane (b) 5-Chloro-6-(2-chloro cyclo hexyl) hexane
(c) 3-Chloro-1-(2-chloro cyclo hexyl) hexane (d) 2-Chloro-1-(2-chloro cyclo hexyl) hexane
Nomenclature of Organic Compounds 13
(a) 2-Oxo cyclo pentane carboxylic acid (b) 1-Oxo cyclo pentan-2-carboxylic acid.
(c) 1-Carboxy-2-cyclo pentanone. (d) None
25. Probable structure for the compound 2 – Bromo ethyl – 2 – chloro propanoate is:-
(a) (b)
O CH2Br
(c) (d)
Cl
O
26. Probable structure of the compound 3 – Chloro penta - 2, 4 – dienoic anhydride is:-
(a) (CH2 = CH — = CHCO)2O (b) (CH2 = — CH = CHCO)2O
(c) CH2 = CH — CH = CH COO CO CH = — CH = CH2 (d) (a) & (c) both are correct
27. The I.U.P.A.C name of compound CH3CH2—CH—CH—CHO is :-
|| |
O CN
(a) 2 – Cyano – 3 – oxo – pentanal (b) 2 – Formyl - 3 – oxo pentane nitrile
(c) 2 – Cyano – 1, 3, pentandione. (d) 1, 3 – Di oxo – 2 – cyano pentane
Bu
|
29. I.U.P.A.C name of Pr—C—Ac
|
Et
(a) 3 – Ethyl – 3 – propyl 2 – heptanone (b) 3 – Acetyl – 3 – propyl heptanone
(c) 4 – Acetyl – 4 – ethyl nonane (d) None
30. Structure of Spiro (3, 4) octane is:-
(b) Ethane
OH
(d) Phenol
(a) 2 – oxo – 5 ethoxy carbonyl cyclohexane carboxylic acid (b) 5 – Ethoxy carbonyl – 2- keto cyclohexane carboxylic acid
(c) Ethyl – 2- carboxy – 3 – oxo – cyclohexyl methanoate (d) 3 – Ethoxy carbonyl – 2- carboxy cyclo hexanone
16 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(a) 1 – Oxo – 2 – carbethoxy cyclo pentan (b) 2 – Methoxy carbonyl cyclo pentanone
(c) 2 – Methoxy carbonyl cyclo pentanone (d) None
45. HCOOCHBrCH2Cl can be named as:-
(a) 1– Bromo – 2 – chloro propanoic acid (b) 2 – Bromo – 3 – chloro propanoic acid
(c) 1 – Bromo – 2 chloro ethyl methanoate (d) 1 – Bromo – 2 chloro ethyl ethanoate
(a) Butyl cyclo hexane (b) Pentyl cyclo hexane (c) Cyclohexyl butane (d) Cyclohexyl pentane
(a) Cyclohexyl heptane (b) Heptyl cyclohexane (c) Cyclohexyl octane (d) Octyl cyclohexane
Answer Sheet
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (d) 16. (d) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (d) 24. (a) 25. (d) 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (a) 30. (d)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (c) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (c) 45. (c) 46. (d) 47. (a) 48. (a) 49. (b) 50. (d)
SOLUTIONS
(A) Write the I.U.P.A.C names of following structures
(1) 2-Cyclo butyl-5-cyclopropyl nonane (2) 7, 8-Di cyclo butyl cyclododecan-1,2-dione
(3) 1-Cyclobutyl-3-[1,1-di methyl ethyl]cyclotetradecane (4) 2, 5 Dicyclobutyl 1-methyl bicyclo (2,1,0) pentane
(5) 8, 9 Dicyclobutyl- 4, 13-di methyl hexadecane (6) 2,3-Di methyl bicyclo (2,2,0)hexane
(7) 7, 14-epoxy cyclotrideca –8, 12-dien-1, 2, 4, 6 - tetraol (8) 3, 3-Di (2-hydroxy ethyl) pentan - 1, 5-diol
(9) spiro (3, 5) nonan - 1, 3 - di thiol (10) 2, 4 Difluoro - 2, 4 di methoxy pentane
(B) Draw structures of following
(19) (20)
18 Problems in Organic Chemistry
1. If two compounds have same molecular formula but different structural formulae or physical or chemical properties then they
are called isomers and the phenomenon of their existence is called isomerism. Isomerism is of two types (i) Structural isomerism
(ii) Stereo isomerism
2. Structural isomerism: In it the two isomers have different arrangement of atoms with in the molecule. Structural isomerism
is of the following types
Chain isomerism (or skeleton isomerism) These isomers have same positions of multiple bond & functional group but differ
from one another in the length of parent ‘C’ chain
CH3 — CH2 — CH2 — CH2 — OH
3. Functional isomerism: These isomers have different functional groups i.e. isomers belong to different homologues series.
> CH3CH2CHO & CH3COCH3 & CH2 = CH — CH2OH
(Aldehyde) (Ketone) (Alcohol)
> CH3CH2CN & CH3CH2NC CH3CH2OH & CH3OCH3
> CH3COOH & HCOOCH3
> Ring chain isomerism is also an example of functional isomerism. For example n-butene & cylobutane, butyne & cyclo butene
Metamerism: It is due to the difference in the nature of alkyl groups attached to the same functional group.
CH3 — O — CH2CH2CH3 & CH3CH2OCH2CH3
Methyl propyl ether Di ethyl ether
Tautomerism: This type of isomerism has two functional isomers present in dynamic equilibrium.
> PhCOCH2COCH3 > MeCOCH2COMe > MeCOCH2COOC2H5 > MeCOCH2COO Et > MeCOCH2COOMe
> MeCOCH3
4. Stereo isomerism: When isomers have the same structural formula but differ in relative arrangement of atoms or groups in
space within the molecule, these are known as stereoisomer and phenomenon of their existence is called stereoisomerism. Ste-
reoisomerism is of two types.
(a) Geometrical isomerism: Here the isomers differ in spatial arrangements of atoms or groups around the double bonded
carbon atoms.
n –1
Enantiomeric pair = a/2, Optically inactive form =
2 2
LEVEL – I
Subjective Questions
1. Draw the Fischer projections of the following.
CH3
D OH
(g) (h)
H CO (i)
H
NH NH2
( j)
Cl
O
CH2I
Cl
(j)
H CH2OD (k) (l)
Cl—CH2 CH2CCl3
C
(d) (e) CH2COCH3 (f)
C
NHCOCH Br CH3
3
HOH2C CH2CN
(g) (h) C C (i)
OHC CH2CH2NH2
HOH2C CH2CN
( j) C C
OHC CH2CH2NH2
1. Which among the following can show both the stereoisomerisms i.e. optical & geometrical?
3. I.U.P.A.C name of
The compounds which can also exist in its enol form is / are:-
(a) 1 (b) none (c) all (d) 1 & 3
7. How many geometrical isomers are possible for CH3 (CH = CH)3 CH3
(a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 8
9. An optically active compound is placed in a polarimeter tube of length 5 dm & rotates ppl by 60°. If 40 gm compound is
present in 200 ml of solution then calculate specific rotation & angle of rotation of optically active compound if above solution
is diluted up to 2 lit.
(a) 60° and 12° (b) 60° and 6° (c) 30° and 12° (d) 30° and 6°
Cl H
H
(a) (b) (c) (d) OH OH
H Cl
H H
COBr
COCH3
11. F This is:-
Br
(a) Chain isomers (b) Positional isomers (c) Functional isomers (d) All of these
15. Which is highly stable?
16. The number of cis–trans isomers possible for the following compound are:
17.
18. If (+)-2-chloro butane had specific rotation 10.6° when pure. The amount of (–) – 2 – chloro butane in the mixture of (+) &
(–)-2-chloro butane which has rotation of 7.2° would be.
(a) 49.66% (b) 50% (c) 18.5% (d) 83.9%
19. Which is optically active?
CHO
HO H
(a) (b) (c) (d)
H OH
CH2OH
22. The specific rotation of pure enantiomer is +36°. Its observed rotation if it is isolated form a reaction with 75% racemisation &
25% retention.
(a) +36° (b) +9° (c) +27° (d) Zero
(a) I > II > III > IV (b) IV > III > II > I (c) IV > I > III > II (d) IV > III > I > II
26 Problems in Organic Chemistry
27. If stereochemistry about the double bond in the compound shown below is cis, the number of enantiomers possible for this
compound would be:
CH2BrCH – CH = CH CHBr – CH3
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 8
(a) Enantiomers (b) Conformational enantiomers (c) Rotamers (d) Geometrical isomers
29. How many optically active isomers are possible for CH3(CHCl)3CH3
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 8 (d) 6
30. How many meso forms are possible for CH3(CHCl)4C2H5
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 1 (d) Zero
31. Which statement is wrong for the given compound?
Passage - 1
Multiple bonds do not possess free rotation. The isomerism generated due to restricted rotation is called geometrical isomerism.
The isomer in which similar groups are on the same side of multiple bonds is called cis & isomer in which similar groups are on
the opposite side of double bond is called Trans isomer. In case of C = N & N = N Multiple bond the designation cis & Trans are
replaced by Syn & Anti respectively.
Answer the questions from 33 to 37
33. Which is Syn ethyl phenyl ketone oxime?
CH3CH2 OH
C
(a) (b) (c) (d)
N
Ph
(a) (b)
Cl
(a)
Cl Cl (b)
Cl
Cl Cl
(c) (d)
Cl
Cl
Passage II
Some times isomer does not contain chiral carbon atom but it shows optical isomerism. It is due to the presence of chiral plane.
Biphenyls and cumulenes exhibit this type of optical isomerism. Cumulenes are those unsaturated hydrocarbons which contains
consecutive double bonds.
If cumulene contains odd no. of double bond it is always optically inactive and in case of even number of double bonds it shows
optical isomerism only when it is asymmetrically substituted.
Answer the questions from 38 to 40.
38. Which is optically active:-
(c) (d)
28 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Passage III
Configuration is that representation of a molecule in which relative positions of atoms or groups of atoms are shown. Configuration
does not change on rotation but changes only when bond breaks & forms in new direction. If two exchanges are made in an isomer
then configuration of isomer does not change(Retention).
Answer the questions from 41 to 43.
CH3 D OH
Cl
Cl Cl Cl
Cl
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Cl
Cl
Cl
Ph
H Me
∆
47. HO2C CO2H → A & B. Which of the following statement is true?
H Me
Ph
(a) A & B are structural isomers. (b) A & B are enantiomers
(c) A & B are geometrical isomers (d) A & B are diastereomers
48. aq
¾¾¾ ® +
NaOH
O
(a) (b) (c) (d)
30 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Ph Et OH CH3 OCH3
52. The priority sequence for the group CH3 , C14 H3 , D & H will be in the order
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(a) 3 > 2 > 1 > 4 (b) 3 > 4 > 1 > 2 (c) 2 > 3 > 1 > 4 (d) 2 > 1 > 3 > 4
53. Alternating axis of symmetry is not present in:
D
Cl
Cl NO2
CH3 H
H
54. Maximum number of atoms present in one plane of the following isomers is:
H H
C=C=C=C
HS D
O O
Br Br
(a) (b) (c) P (d) P
OMe OMe
D OMe Me
57. How many structural isomers are found to be optically active obtained by the mono chlorination of methyl cyclo butane:
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
58. Which will have least stable enol form?
O O O
O O
1
H
4
59. H O Which H will involve in keto - enol tautomerism?
H
O 3
H
2
(a) Only 1 (b) 2 & 4 (c) Both (d) none
Cl CMe2CMe2H
HO
60. C C C C
F CH3 CH2CH2CH3
ClO
Configurations of these two compounds are:-
(a) Z, Z (b) E, E (c) Z, E (d) E, Z
61. How many optically active isomers are possible for 1,3,5-tri methyl cyclohexane.
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) none
NHCOMe O
OH
O
62. Configuration of and are:-
H
Br
(a) RR (b) RS (c) SS (d) SR
63. Which will show enantiomerism?
Me Me Me Br Me
(a)
O NH (b) (c) (d)
Br
64. If in an organic compound two COOH groups are present on same C atom then such a compound looses one molecule of carbon
dioxide on heating.
HOOC
3
NMe2 Heating
¾¾¾¾ ®X
HOOC 1 2
COOH
In compound X configuration of C1 is:-
(a) R (b) S
(c) may be R or S (d) R & S names can not be assigned
65. The most stable form of 2 – nitro ethanol is:-
H NO2 NO2 H
H NO2 H H H OH H NO2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
H H H H H H H H
OH OH H OH
32 Problems in Organic Chemistry
OH
(a) (b) H
H
OH
OH H
OH H
(c) H (d) OH
H OH
OH H
68. The most stable form of 1, 2 di chloro cyclo hexane is:-
H
Cl
Cl
(a) (b) H
H
Cl
Cl
H
H
Cl
Cl
(c) (d) Cl
Cl
H
H
H
69. The most stable form of cyclo hexan – 1, 4 – di ol is:-
H
OH H
OH OH
(a)
H (b)
H
OH OH
OH H OH OH
(c)
H (d) H
H
Isomerism 33
OH H
Br
(c) OH (d)
H
Br
(a) Enantiomers (b) Geometrical isomers (c) Diastereomers (d) Position isomers
74. Which will have highest dipole moment?
D Cl H H
(a) (b) (c) (d)
D Cl H H H H Cl
H
Br Br
(A) (B)
(a) 2 & 2 respectively (b) 2 & 4 respectively (c) 0 & 2 respectively (d) 0 & 4 respectively
76. The absolute configurations of chiral centers 1, 2 and 5 in the following molecule are:-
Cl 4
5 3
2 OH
1
CHO
( +) (–) ( +) (–)
CH 2 = N —O
78. CH3 — N — O
|| |
O OH
(Nitromethane) (Aci-nitromethane)
(a) Assertion is True, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is False, Reason is true
87. Consider the following three compounds
Assertion: - % enol contents of I, II & III vary from 100 to 80 & 1.4 respectively
Reason: - In this series H – Bond becomes longer and weaker
(a) Assertion is True, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is False, Reason is true
88. Assertion: - If it is rotated along y axis its configuration does not change
Reason: - Configuration changes only when bond breaks and forms in new direction.
(a) Assertion is True, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is False, Reason is true
89. Assertion: - A mixture of cis & trans but – 2 – ene can be resolved at room temperature
Reason: - At room temp temperature cis transforms are not interconvertible
(a) Assertion is True, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is False, Reason is true
36 Problems in Organic Chemistry
O
90. Assertion: - CH3CH2O—S—CH3 & are not position isomers
O
Reason: - These are differing from each other due to the difference in the arrangement of CH2 group.
(a) Assertion is True, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is False, Reason is true
Answer Key
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (b)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (d)
31. (d) 32. (b) 33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (d) 36. (d) 37. (a) 38. (d) 39. (a) 40. (c)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (c) 45. (d) 46. (d) 47. (d) 48. (c) 49. (d) 50. (d)
51. (d) 52. (d) 53. (c) 54. (a) 55. (b) 56. (b) 57. (a) 58. (d) 59. (b) 60. (c)
61. (d) 62. (a) 63. (d) 64. (d) 65. (c) 66. (a) 67. (d) 68. (c) 69. (d) 70. (a)
71. (b) 72. (d) 73. (d) 74. (a) 75. (d) 76. (d) 77. (b) 78. (c) 79. (a) 80. (c)
81. (c) 82. (a) 83. (d) 84. (b) 85. (b) 86. (c) 87. (a) 88. (d) 89. (a) 90. (a)
Which among the following aldehyde and ketone will show geometrical isomerism after treatment with NH2OH ?
(a) It can show geometrical isomerism (b) It can show optical isomerism
(c) It possesses plane of symmetry (d) Rotation about C1 – C2 & C3 – C4 is restricted rotation
5. Select the objects which are achiral due to the presence of plane of symmetry.
6. Select the objects which are achiral due to the presence of plane of symmetry as well as centre of symmetry.
9. The compound which can exhibit geometrical as well as optical isomerism is/are:-
CH I
(a) (b) 2 (c) (d) None of these
13.
Answer Key
1. (a), (b), (d) 2. (c), (d) 3. (a), (b), (d) 4. (a), (b) 5. (b), (c), (d)
6. (a), (b), (c) 7. (a), (b), (d) 8. (a), (c), (d) 9. (d) 10. (b), (c)
11. (a), (c), (d) 12. (b), (c) 13. (a), (b) 14. (c), (d)
Isomerism 39
LEVEL – II
7.
C2H2 BF3
Which is correct:-
(a) 2 & 4 possess centre of symmetry
(b) 1, 2, 3 & 4 contain axis of symmetry
(c) 2 & 3 possess alternating axis of symmetry
(d) 4 contains centre of symmetry while 2 contains plane of symmetry
9. Consider the following compounds
(1) (2)
SO3H NO2
(C2H)4
Each question contains statement given in two columns which have to be matched. Statement (A, B, C , D) in column I have to be
matched with statements (p, q, r, s) in column II. The answers to these questions have to be appropriately bubbled as illustrated in
the following examples. If the correct matches are A – p, A – s, B – r, B – q, C – q, D – S, then the correctly bubbled 4 x 4 matrix
should be as follows.
A p q r s
B p q r s
C p q r s
D p q r s
Isomerism 41
Br
HO H
(B)
HO H (q) S
Br
OH
(C)
D (r) E
H
Br
CH2I
(D) (s) Z
Br CH3 CH3 Br
(B) and (q) Diastereomers
H H H
Br
Br
H
CH3 Br
CH3 and Br
(D) (s) Position isomers
Br Br CH3 CH3
42 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Et
Br Br
(C) (r) can show metamerism
H H
Et
(D) CH3CH2COCH2CH3 (s) can show position isomerism
Answer Key
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (b)
SOLUTION
LEVEL - I
1. Draw the Fischer projections of the following.
CH3 OH CH3 H
H H Cl I Cl Br Br I
(a) (b) (c) (d)
H H Cl I Br Cl H I
CH3 Br CH3 Br
CH3 CH3
H CH3
OH NH2 H Br
(e)
Br Cl (f) (g) (h)
NH H
NH2 OH H Br
I CO
CH3 CH3
Br
OH
H Cl
(i)
H NH2 ( j)
Cl H
D
Br
Isomerism 43
CH2I
1
(g) Cl(1), F(2), ethyl (4) – configuration is ‘S’
(h) OH(1), NHCOCH3(2), COCH3(3), CH3(4) – configuration is ‘R’
(i) Same as (c) configuration is ‘R’
( j) H(4), Cl(1), D(3), CH2OD(2) by using double exchange phenomenon configuration is ‘S’
(k)
2
2 HO CONHCH3 2 1
(d) C C 1 Z (e) CH COCH 2 2 3
1 FO NHCOCH3 Z
1 NHCOCH3
(f) Same as previous it is Z.
(g) Here out of lone pair & OH, hydroxyl group will get 1st priority. It is an‘E’.
(h) CHO (1), CH2OH (2), CH2CN (1), CH2CH2CN (2) it is E
2
H
1
(i) It is E
1
H2
1
HO18— CH2 OH 2
(j) It is E C=C
HO—CH2 OCl
2 1
H H CH3 H
(cis) (Trans)
while cis isomer is optically inactive due to the presence of plane of sysmmetry.
2. (d) 1 & 2 are identical
H D H
D Cl
Cl D
D
Cl Cl
H
{1} H {2}
COOH H
H Cl HOOC Cl
Cl (S, S) (R, R) H Cl
H
COOH Mirror COOH
O OH
6. (a) CH3 — N O
CH2 N
(+)
O
(+)
(4) COCH3
11. (c) F COCH3 F (2)
(2) 'S'
Br Br
(1) (1)
12. (b) There is no mirror image relationship between the two isomers.
CO2H
CO2H
H OH H OH
13. (c) Fischer projection of it is:- =
H OH
HO H
CO2H
CO2H
14. (b) Here length of carbon chain remains same but position of methyl group is changing.
OH
H3C OH
15. (b) It is stabilized by H – bonding
H3C H
H
16. (a)
17. (c) I = (R, R) configurations
II = (S, S) configuration
III = (S, S) configuration
Hence I, II & III, I are enantiomeric pairs
18. (a) suppose wt of mixture is 100 gm
Let amount of (+) form be x gm then amount of (–) form will be (100 – x)gm
specific rotation of (+) form = +10.6°
specific rotation of (–) form = –10.6°
46 Problems in Organic Chemistry
22. (b) Racemic mixture has zero specific rotation thus, observed rotation will be due to retention
i.e. 36° x 25 / 100 = 9°
23. (c) Enol form of I is highly stable as its enol form is aromatic. O
OH
(4) COCH3
F (2)
31. (d) F COCH3
(2)
Br 'E' Br
(1)
(1)
(4)
(3)
32. (b) ‘CO’ group undergoes hydrogen bonding with H2O.
33. (d) OH & ethyl are on the same side of double bond
34. (c) 35. (d)
36. (d) In chair form substituents at 1, 3 positions are cis when these are located at equatorial position. Similarly substituents at
1, 2 positions are cis when one is located at equatorial position while other at axial position
Isomerism 47
37. (a) Minimum van-der-waal repulsion 38. (d) Possesses plane of symmetry.
H H
C C C
39. (a) H3C CH3
OH
59. (b) Bridge ‘C’ of bicyclo compound can not have double bond until ring contains 8 ‘C’ atoms is not
possible.
1
2 HO C C E
60. (c) Out of cyclopropyl & propyl group former gets higher priority. ClO CH2CH2CH3
1 2
48 Problems in Organic Chemistry
CH3 CH3
2 NHCOMe O
O by using double 2 OH
62. (a) 1 2 3 exchange phenomenon 1 2 3 R configuration
4 it is R configuration
3 H4
Br1
63. (d) It does not contain plane of symmetry.
64. (d) Because after heating two valencies of C1 are identical.
HOOC 3 HOOC
NMe2 Heating
HOOC NMe2
–CO 2 H
1 2 H
COOH 1
COOH
We can not assign priorities to the valencies of C1 because 2nd & 3rd carbons are identical. Thus, R-S nomenclature is not
possible.
NO2
H OH
65. (c) It is stabilized by H bonding. intra mol- H -bond
H H
H
66. (a) Nitro group can not form H bond with hydrogen of C-H bond thus, anti form is more stable
67. (d) Equatorial OH are trans to each other & can form H bond with each other.
68. (c) Both Cl are trans to each other.
OH OH
Intra molecular - H - bond
69. (d)
H H
70. (a) Since intra molecular - H - bonding is not possible thus, chair form will be more stable than boat form.
71. (b) Because position of CHO group does not change & length of carbon chain is affected.
3 3 2
2 4 4
1 5 5 1
73. (d) O Ac Ac O
H H
Isomerism 49
1
D
74. (a) µ res = µ1+ µ2
D Cl
2
75. (d) A is optically inactive & can not show geometrical isomerism while B is optically active (one d & one l) & can show
geometrical isomerism (one cis & one trans).
76. (d) See q.n.3 (c)
77. (b) Because it has zero dipole moment & its enol form is not stabilized by H-bonding
2
O
µ res = µ1– µ2 = 0
1O
O OH
H
80. (c) Conformational energy is very small so one conformer can convert itself in to other at room temperature thus, these are
not isolable at room temperature.
H H
81. (c) It contains chiral plane CHIRAL plane C = C = C
D D
82. (a) Carbon attached with nitro group does not contain H atom
83. (d) It does not possess chiral plane.
H H
C = C = C =C
D D
1. (a, b, d) 3, 4 diethyl hex-3- ene can not show geometrical isomerism because double bonded carbon atom contains two ethyl
Et Et
groups C C
Et Et
50 Problems in Organic Chemistry
2. (c, d) 3. (a, b, d)
4. (a, b) since 1st & last benzene rings contain same substituents hence it can not show geometrical as well as optical
isomerism.
5. (b, c, d) In (a) centre of symmetry is present 6. (a, b, c)
7. (a, b, d) In (a) both the isomers are optically inactive and same. In (b) both the isomers are chain isomers. In (d) both isomers
are identical.
8. (a, c, d)
9. (d (a) & (c) can not show geometrical isomerism while (b) can not show optical isomerism.
10. (b, c) In (a) chiral ‘C’ atom is absent
11. a, c, d
12. b, c
13. a, b
14. c, d d & l forms can not be separated by distillation.
LEVEL - II
1. (c) All have same molecular formula but different functional groups.
Me Me
2. (a) Because of amine inversion. N
..
Et N
..
Et
H H
3. (a) less van-der-waal forces of repulsion, more stable
alkane, least value of heat of combustion
4. (a) Conformational energy is very small. So one conformer can convert itself in to other
5. (d) There is no geometrical isomerism up to seven carbon atoms. (Cyclo heptene)
(CH2)n n= 6 to 9 cis is more stable than trans
6. (b) C C n= 10 cis & trans are equally stable
H H n > 10 trans is more stable than cis
7. (a) Rotation about single bond is free.
8. (c) See alternating axis of symmetry in your text book.
9. (b) In both the cases rings are perpendicular to each other thus, due to absence of any symmetry element both are optically
active.
10. (b) In both the cases phenyl groups are present on different plane.
4
Reaction Mechanism
(General Organic
Chemistry)
Main Features
1. Inductive effect-
It is defined as the displacement of sigma electrons from less to more electro negative atom.
It is of two types viz. +I & -I effects
(–)
+I groups: -
O— > R3C — > R2CH — > RCH2 — > CH3
ss s– s+
C—C—C—C X +I group
(+ )
-I groups: - NMe3 — > NO2 > CN > SO3H > CHO > CO > COOH > COCl > COOR >
CONH2 > F > Cl > Br > I > OH > OR > NH2 > C6H5 > H
s+s+ s+ s–
C—C—C—C X —I group
Due to – I effect acidic strengths of carboxylic acids & alcohols increase F——CH
2 — COOH > Cl
Cl << CH2COOH > Br < CH2—COOH because –I groups help in the dissociation of OH bond
Due to +I effect acidic strength decreases because +I groups create problem or obstruction in the dissociation of OH bond
Due to +I effect basic strengths of amines increases while by – I effect basic strength decrease
CH3
Order of basic strength (CH3)2NH > CH3NH2 > (CH3)3 N > NH3
For amines other than methyl amines R2NH > R3N > RNH2 > NH3
2. Resonance (Mesomeric effect):-
It occurs in following five systems.
(+) (–)
(i) C C—C C (ii) C C—C (iii) C C—C (iv) C C—C (lone pair)
n = 1 6 p e–
8. Amphiboles: - These are the species which can favour the attack of (E+) or N u– on itself. If C forms multiple bond with another
electronegative atom then that species behaves as amphibole.
H H O
| | ||
For eq., CH3—C ≡ N, CH3 — C O, CH3 — C O, CH3 — C — OH........etc.
1. It involves three steps, chain initiation, chain propagation & chain termination. In very first step generation of free radical takes
place.
2. In halogenations of alkane numbers of products depend upon the variety of hydrogen’s present in the alkane.
mono chlorination
CH3CH 2 CH3 Cl2 CH3CH 2 CH 2 Cl Cl3 —C HCH3
h |
Cl
3. The following is the decreasing order of case of abstraction of different kinds of hydrogens
Benzylic Hydrogen > allylic hydrogen > 3° — H > 2° — H > 1° — H > CH3 — H > vinylic —H
Benzylic carbon
CH—CH=CH—CH
2 3 Allylic carbon
Vinylic carbon
4. Attack of free radical on C—H bond is rate determining step
R — H + X* ——→ R* + H — X
5. The relative rates of formation of alkyl radicals by chlorine radical:-
3° > 2° > 1°
(5.0) (3.8) (1.0)
Bromine radical –
3° > 2° > 1°
(1600) (82) (1.0)
6. For allylic substitution NBS (N – bromo succinamide), NCS (N – chloro succinamide) can be used.
CH3 — CH = CH 2
→ Br — CH 2 — CH = CH 2
NBS
hν
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 53
H
E E
Fast (+)
(+) H +
1. Types of E.S.R.
Reaction Reagent
1. Halogenation X2/Fe or X2 lewis acid
2. Nitration conc HNO3 / conc H2SO4 or Acetyl nitrate or NO2BF4 or EtNO2
3. Sulphonation Oleum or H2SO4 + SO3
4. Friedel craft RCOCl / Anh AlCl3 or (RCO)2 O/Anh AlCl3 or RX / Lewis acid
2. Directive influence: - On the basis of it groups can be classified in to four types.
+ R (N H2, O H, N HR, O R, N COR...........)
–R (NO2, SO3H, CHO, COOH…………...)
+I (Alkyl groups)
Tautomeric (f, Cl, Br & I)
Out of these four classes+ R + I & Tautomeric groups are ortho & para directing & goups of – R class are meta directing. Groups
of –R & tautomeric class are ring deactivating on the other hand groups of + R & + I class are ring activating.
3. Introduction of third group – Here two cases may arise.
Case I: - When both groups already present have same agreement
NO2
SO3H
OH
CH3
Case II: - When both groups already present do not have same agreement then.
When both groups are ortho Para directing, the more powerful group controls the orientation. The directing power of each
group is in the following order.
O (–) > NH2 > NR2 > OH > OMe, NHCOMe > X (halogens)
OH Cl
Me
OH
NH2 OMe
When both groups are Meta directing, it is difficult to introduce a third group. At this time drastic conditions are required
for the introduction of third group. The following is the general order of directing power of each group, and it is the less
powerful group which controls the orientation.
Me3N(+) > NO2 > CN > SO3H > CHO > COMe > CO2H
54 Problems in Organic Chemistry
When one group is ortho Para directing and the other is Meta directing then o, p directing group controls the orientation.
OH
SO3H
4. KHARSCH EFFECT: - When unsymmetrical alkene is treated with HBr in presence of active peroxide Anti markownikoff
addition takes place.
CH3 — CH=CH 2 ¾¾¾¾¾
HBr
® CH3 — CH 2 — CH 2 — Br
(RCO) 2 O 2
(major)
5. Stereochemistry of electrophilic addition reaction:- Always anti addition takes place on alkene and alkyne
Anti addition
C is form ¾¾¾¾¾¾
® Racemic Mixture
CH3 CH3
CH3 CH3 H Br Br
in H
C C + Br 2 +
CCl4 Br
H H H H Br
CH3 CH3
Anti addition
Trans ¾¾¾¾¾¾
® Meso isomer
CH3
CH3 H in H Br
C C + Br2
CCl 4 H
H CH3 Br
CH3
Elimination Reactions
1. These reactions are the reverse of addition reaction. In these reactions double and triple bonds are produced.
–HBr
CH2 — CH 2— Br + KOH CH2 CH2
alc (Elimination)
H
CH 2 = CH 2 ¾¾¾® CH3 = CH 2 Br
+HBr
(Addition)
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 55
(b) Hoffman rule: - In 1, 2 elimination reaction less substituted alkene is formed as major product.
H
(–)
CH2 — CH — CH — CH3 OH CH2 CH—CH—CH
2 +3 CH—CH
3 CH —CH3
(Minor) (Minor)
H NMe3
(+)
Hoffman elimination generally occurs when leaving group is poor like N+Me3, P+Me3 & F etc.
AROMATICITY
LEVEL - I
Objective Questions
1. For which compound pKa is least?
COCH3 Ac
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(a) (b) (c) (+) (–) (d) All of these are aromatic
Which statement is correct regarding the stabilities of the above two compounds?
(a) Both are equally stable (b) B is less stable than A
(c) B is more stable than A (d) unpredictable
6. Out of following four compounds
Ph Ph Ph
Ph Ph
(+)
Me— N N–Ph
(–)
(–)
N
OMe O O CH3 O
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
(+)
(II) C1 ——→ (–) + C1
(+)
(III) C1 ——→ (–) + C1
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 57
II III II
I
I I III
II P.E P.E
P.E III P.E II I
III
T T T
T
O O S
O S
O S
Ph Ph
Ph Ph
12. The compound which can convert itself into aromatic compound by intramolecular rearrangement is:-
O O
HN NH O O
(a) (b) (c) (d) All of these
O O
13. Consider the following reactions:-
I
(+)
I (+)
AgNO3 (–)
1. AgI ↓ + NO3(–) 2. AgBF 4 BF4 + AgI
(–)
3. EtOK K
(+)
(+) (+)
H
H H H H H H H
(a) (b) (c) (d)
O NH O
Passage – I
Cyclic compounds with planar geometry & (4n +2) p delocalized e– are called aromatic while anti aromatic if they contain 4np
delocalized e–. Consider the following compounds.
Passage – II
CH 2 = CH — CH3 ¾¾¾
2 ® CH = CH — CH OH
SeO
2 2
OH O
| ||
CH 2 = CH —CH — CH3 ¾¾¾
PCC
® CH 2 = CH — C— CH3
24. The compound which can be converted into anti aromatic by treating with SeO2 & PCC is:-
25. The compound which is aromatic but becomes non aromatic when reacts with LiAlH4
O
O O
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Passage – III
(+)
.. N
N H
H
H
CH3O2C OCO
Passage – IV
Acid strength of organic compounds can be compared by comparing the relative stabilities of conjugated base or anion produced
after the release of H+ ion
Higher is the stability of conjugated anion more acidic will be the acid.
Acid chaacter a 1 / pKa
Consider the following compounds
CCl2 (–)
O
(A) (B)
CH3
If dipole moments of (i), (ii) & (iii) are x, y & z respectively then:-
(a) x > z > y (b) x = y = z (c) y = z > x (d) z > x > y
37. Consider the following compounds
••N ••N—H N S N O
(A) (B) (C)
Reason: — C = C bond between two rings on dissociation makes the entire molecule aromatic & stable
(a) Assertion is True, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is False, Reason is true
40. Assertion: - Pyrrole is aromatic however it contains sp3 hybridised N
Reason: - It is cyclic and contains six p delocalised electrons
(a) Assertion is True, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is False, Reason is true
41. Assertion: - Cyclopropene is hydride ion donor
Reason: - The carbocation formed after the removal of hydride ion from cyclopropene is stabilized by resonance
(a) Assertion is True, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is False, Reason is true
O OH O OH
(+)
H (+)
42. Assertion:- ; H
O OH O OH
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
62 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Compound (i) readily isomerises to hydroquinone (ii) when treated with dilute acid but (iii) could not be isomerises to (iv)
Reason: - (ii) is aromatic while (iv) is non aromatic
(a) Assertion is True, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is False, Reason is true
Ph Ph
Each question contains statement given in two columns which have to be matched. Statement (A, B, C, and D) in column I have to
be matched with statements (p, q, r, s) in column II. The answers to these questions have to be appropriately bubbled as illustrated
in the following examples. If the correct match are A – p, A – s, B – r, B – r, C – q, D – S, then the correctly bubbled 4 × 4 matrix
should be as follows.
A p q r s
B p q r s
C p q r s
D p q r s
(+)
(C) (r) Non aromatic
(–)
Br
(D) (s) Gives ppt of AgBr with AgNO3
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 63
(+)
(+)
(B) (q) Non Aromatic
O
EtO—C NEt2
(C) O (r) Non Aromatic because Huckel rule is not followed.
Et2N C—OEt
(–)
(D) (s) Anti aromatic
64 Problems in Organic Chemistry
O
(C) (R) highly unstable molecule
(–)
Answer Key
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (b)
11. (d) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (c)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (d) 34. (a) 35. (d) 36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (a) 39. (a) 40. (d)
RESONANCE
(–)
O
O
1. How many resonating structures are possible for the given species:-
O (–)
O
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
2. Which among the following is not stabilized by resonance?
••
(a) N (b) C = N (c) CH 2 —
— CH — O— CH3 (d) ..
..S
••
H
(–)
NO2 O F CHO
O2N NO2
(I) (II) (III) (IV)
F OH NH2 OCH3
CHO CHO C
(–)
O H
(I) (II) (III)
(a) I > II > III (b) III > II > I (c) II > III > I (d) I > III > II
11. CH2 == NH
CHO
(I) (II) (III) (IV)
(+)
13. O + H Stable intermediate
CH3O
Most probable structure of this intermediate would be:-
O O
(+) (+)
(a) OH (b) H (+)
O (c) CH3O (d) CH3O
CH3O CH3O
(+) H
16. Out of the following three species which of the two have equal C – O bond lengths:-
CH3COO(–) HCOO(–) HCOOH
(I) (II) (III)
(a) II, III (b) I, III (c) I, II (d) None
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 67
( +) (+ )
17. (1) CH 2 = CH — CH 2 (2) CH 2 = CH — CH = CH — CH = CH — C H2
(+)
E1 E2 E3
(1) (2) (3)
Here E1, E2 & E3 are activation energies of reduction processes of (1), (2) & (3) respectively. Relation between these activation
energies is:-
(a) E1 > E2 > E3 (b) E3 > E2 > E1 (c) E2 > E3 > E1 (d) E1 > E3 > E2
19. Resonance effect is not possible in:-
..
S
O
(a) (b) N – H (c) Both (a) & (b) (d)
.
N (+)
.
20. Out of I, II, III & IV equivalent resonating structures will be obtained in:-
(–)
2– (–) (–)
CO3 —O RSO3
21. You have three molecules as indicated below, where l1, l2 & l3 are bond lengths.
l1 l2 l3
..
..
(–)
(–) O
O
(II) (III)
(I)
23. In whch case first resonating structure is more contributing than second resonating structure.
(–)
O
(+)
(a) CH3CONH2 and CH3 — C NH2
(+) (+)
(b) CH2 ..
CH — O — CH2 and CH2 CH — O CH2
.
(+)
Br
Br
(+)
(c) and
O (–) O
(d) and
(–)
a c d
CH CH b CH3 — CH CH2
(a) a > b > c > d (b) d > b > a > c (c) a > d > b > c (d) a > d > c > b
25. Correct order of resonance stabilization of given anions is:-
PhSO3(–) AcO(–) PhO(–) CH2 = CH—CH = CHO(–)
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(a) 3 > 1 > 4 > 2 (b) 1 > 3 > 4 > 2 (c) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 (d) 3 > 1 > 2 > 4
26. Compare the bond length of C — N bonds in following species
NH2 NH2
N O
O
(I) (II) (III)
(a) I > II > II (b) I > III > II (c) III > I > II (d) II > III > I
27. In the given molecule lone pair present on hetero atoms are numbered as 1, 2, 3 & 4
1N 2
N Me
O S
3 4
Correct order for these lone pairs in order of their participation in resonance will be:-
(a) 2 > 1 > 4 > 3 (b) 4 > 3 > 2 > 1 (c) 4 > 2 > 1 > 3 (d) 2 > 1 > 3 > 4
28. Correct order of stability of resonating structures given below is:-
CH 2 = CH — Cl (+ )
CH 2 — CH = Cl
(–) (–)
CH 2 — CH = Cl
(+ )
(a) I > II > III (b) III > II > I (c) I > III > II (d) II > I > III
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 69
Passage - I
CNH—NH O O NH
(A) (B)
Answer the questions from 29 to 32
29. In compound A correct order of electron density inside the benzene ring will be:-
(a) 1 > 2 > 3 (b) 2 > 3 > 1 (c) 2 > 1 > 3 (d) 3 > 2 > 1
30. In compound B correct order of electron density inside the benzene ring will be:-
(a) 4 > 5 > 6 (b) 6 > 4 > 5 (c) 5 > 6 > 4 (d) 5 > 4 > 6
31. The benzene ring with least electron density is:-
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 3
32. In compound B correct order of electron density inside the benzene ring when NH is replaced by S will be:-
(a) 4 > 5 > 6 (b) 6 > 4 > 5 (c) 5 > 6 > 4 (d) 5 > 4 > 6
Passage - II
When any species undergoes resonance it becomes stable. Higher the number of resonating structures higher is the stability of the
species. Resonance also affects the bond length.
Answer Key
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (d) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (a)
11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (b)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (d) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (c)
31. (a) 32. (d) 33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (b) 36. (c)
70 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(a) sp3, sp3, sp3 (b) sp3, sp2, sp3 (c) sp3, sp2, sp2 (d) sp2, sp2, sp2
2. Which is better attacking reagent (strong base) among the following?
(a) CH3O(–) (b) HCOO(–) (c) PhO(–) (d) CH2 = CH—O(–)
3. Which among the following will have least electrophilicity?
(a) BF3 (b) BBr3 (c) BCl3 (d) BI3
4. Identify the carbocation in which rearrangement is not possible.
CH3 (+)
CH3 (+)
(+)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(+)
CH3
5. Highly stable carbocation is:-
7. Identify the option in which Ist intermediate is found to be more stable than 2nd
(+)
(+)
(c) , CH — CH — CH (d) CF3(–) , CCI3(–)
3 3
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 71
(+)
NH
(a) (b) (c) (d) None
(+)
N
H
••
10. Cis–but–2–ene + C H2 (triplet) ——→ [X], [X] will be:-
(+ ) ••
11. Which statement is incorrect about CH3 and CH 2 (triplet)
(a) Both serve as electrophile
(b) In both the cases central carbon atom possesses 6e- in outermost shell
(c) In the both cases carbon is sp2 hybridized
••
(d) CH3+ is triangular planar however CH 2 is linear
12. Pick out highly unstable carbonium ion:-
(+ ) (+ ) (+ ) (+ )
(a) CH3 (b) (F3C) 3 C (c) F — C — F (d) CH3 CH 2
|
F
13. Highly stable carbocation is:-
( +) (+ )
(a) CH 2 = CH — CH 2 (b) CH 2 = CH — CH —OCH3
|
OCH3
( +) (+ )
(c) CH 2 = CH — CH — OCH3 (d) CH 2 = CH —CH — OCH3
| |
NMe3 OCH3
( +)
H H
H H H
H O
||
(1) (2) (3) (4) CH—C—H
3
Out of these which will form highly stable carbocation by the removal of H
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
( +) ( +)
17. 3C( +) CH 2 = CH — CH 2 CH3 () 2C ( + ) — CH3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
In which case positive charge density is least on bold C?
(a) 3 (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) 4
• • •
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(–) (–)
(a) CH 2 CH2 (b) CH 2
(–) (–)
(c) p — OMe — C6 H 4 — CH 2 (d) p — NO2 — C 6H 4 — CH 2
26. Carbocation undergoes rearrangement to get stability. In a chemical reaction following carbocation is generated as
intermediate.
CH3
(+)
C2H5 — C — C O
H
Select the correct statement regarding above carbocation
(a) It is stabilized by hydride shift towards electrophilic carbon
(b) It is quite stable and can not show rearrangement
(c) It is stabilized by methyl shift towards electrophilic carbon
(d) It is stabilized by ethyl shift towards electrophilic carbon
27. Rank the following free radicals in increasing order of their stabilities
CH2
(a) 4 < 3 < 2 < 1 (b) 4 < 1 < 2 < 3 (c) 4 < 2 < 3 < 1 (d) 3 < 4 < 2 < 1
28. H2 gas will be liberated in
(b) + NaH
(–)
(–)
(c) (d) — C — CH3
C2H5
Passage - I
Rate of formation of carbocation depends on the stability of carbocation. Higher the stability of carbocation easily it can be
formed.
32. Which of the following will give highly stable carbocation on reaction with H (+) ?
Ph OH
| |
(c) CH 2 = C — OH (d) CH3 — C — CH = CH 2
|
Ph
33. Which will produce highly unstable carbocation on reaction with H+?
OH OH
(a) (CF3)3COH (b) CF3OH (c) (d)
OH (1)
Ph
34. OH (2)
OH (3)
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 75
Passage - II
Carbocation, carbanion & free radicals are stabilized by resonance. Except carbanion, carbocation & free radical exhibit hypercon-
jugation however carbanion shows reverse hyperconjugation. Stability of free radical should be checked by resonance and I-effect
only.
(a) (b)
•
(c) (d) CH 2 —
— CHCH 2 — C H 2
Passage - (III)
[X]
(+)
CH2—CH 2
(1) (2) (3)
Examples of classical carbocation is /are:-
(a) 1, 2 (b) 2, 3 (c) only 3 (d) 1, 2 & 3
46. Four containers A, B, C & D contain FCH2Br, F3CBr, vinyl bromide and allyl bromide respectively now equal amount Ag+
ions are added in each container and white precipitates are formed in three containers. The container in which precipitation
does not occur is:-
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D
47. Which will undergo disproportionation to give alkene?
( ) (–) • ••
(a) CH3 — CH 2 (b) CH3 — CH 2 (c) CH3 — CH — CH3 (d) CH3 C H 2
(+) (+)
(+) (+) CH2 CH2
CH2 CH2
OCH3
48.
(–)
(1) (2) OCH3 OCH3 O
(3) (4)
(+)
50. How many rearrangements will occur frequently in the given carbocation?
Ac
Ac (+)
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) None
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 77
Each question contains statement given in two columns which have to be matched. Statement (A, B, C, and D) in column I have to
be matched with statements (p, q, r, s) in column II. The answers to these questions have to be appropriately bubbled as illustrated
in the following examples. If the correct match are A – p, A – s, B – r, B – r, B – q, C – q, D – S, then the correctly bubbled 4 × 4
matrix should be as follows.
A p q r s
B p q r s
C p q r s
D p q r s
S
(C) (r) sp2 – sp2 p bond
(+)
N2
(D) (s) sp2 – sp2 s bond
(–)
CH2
(B) (q) sp3 hybridised carbon
CH2 — CH2
(C) (r) Most stable intermediate
H( + )
(B)
→ (q) H2O is produced
OH
78 Problems in Organic Chemistry
D
(C) CH2CO → (r) N2 is produced
(D) CH (+) (–)
→ (s) SO2 is produced
D
3
C2H5 C == N == N — SO2Ph
(t) Carbene is produced
Answer Key
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (c) 25. (a) 26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (d) 29. (a) 30. (b)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (a) 34. (d) 35. (b) 36. (a) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (a) 40. (b)
41. (a) 42. (d) 43. (d) 44. (a) 45. (b) 46. (c) 47. (c) 48. (c) 49. (d) 50. (c)
(–)
OH
(c) CH2Br
1
→ (d) All of these
SN
(I) (II)
Cl Cl
Cl
(a) III > IV > I > II (b) I > III > IV > III
(c) III > IV > II > I (d) III > I > IV > II
CH3
9. CH3 C — O — CH3 + HI (cold and dil) —— products
CH3
Ph
11. CD2 = CH — CH2Br is subjected to nucleophilic substitution reaction by EtO(–) in EtOH. Which of the following statement
will be most appropriate?
(a) Both SN1 & SN2 give two products. (b) Both SN1 and SN2 give only one product.
(c) SN1 gives two products but SN2 gives one product. (d) SN1 gives one product but SN2 gives two products.
80 Problems in Organic Chemistry
12. Suggest the very suitable solvent for the reaction given below
CH2Br CH2OH
NaOH
—————→
(c) (–)
Br + C2 H5O in DMF (d) (–)
Br + C 2 H5 O in DMSO
COOH COOH
(1) aq. NaOH
14. D Br →
+ D OH
(2) H
C2H5 C2H5
This nucleophilic substitution reaction occurs via the formation of:-
O
D COOH D COOH D COOH
δ– δ– s–
(a) (+) (b) OH Cl (c) Cls– (d) O Et
HO D
Et Et Et
15. If the compound given below is subjected to SN1 reaction by aq. NaOH then order of ease of removal of bromine will be:-
Br3
Br1
HN
Br2
(a) 1 > 2 > 3 (b) 2 > 3 > 1 (c) 3 > 2 > 1 (d) 2 > 1 > 3
I I I I
O
16. (I) (II) (III) (IV)
O
O
Ease of SN1reaction among these compounds will be in the order as:-
(a) I > III > II > IV (b) IV > III > II > I (c) III > II > I > IV (d) III > IV > II > I
17. Which among the following reaction satisfies the potential energy diagram given below?
change in
free energy
reaction
coordinates
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 81
CH3
CH3
(c) CH3 — CH — CH2 — Br + NH3 ——→ HBr + CH3—C—NH2
CH3
(d) + H2 O —— OH
Br
OH
aq.
18. (B) ←
aq.
→ (A), (A) & (B) are:-
NaOH Na 2CO3
Br
OH OH OH OH
OH OH CO3Na OH
OH CO3Na OH
OH Br OH
CH3
C H OH
19. →
2 5 A (major), Product A is:-
CH3
CH3 OEt
| |
(a) CH3 — C— CH 2OC2H5 (b) CH3 — C— CH 2 — CH3
| |
CH3 CH3
CH3
|
(c) CH3 — C CH 2 (d) None
20. Which one of the following will be hydrolysed with maximum rate?
Cl
(a) C6H5Cl (b) (c) CCl (d) C6H5CH2Cl
3
solvent
21. Br + NaOH ————— OH
Me
Br Br (–)
OH
22. H A is:-
in DMSO
H H
Me Me Me
OH OH H OH H H
(a) H (b) H (c) H (d) All of these
H H OH H OH OH
Br Br Br
Br
Br Br Br Br
(a) 1 > 4 > 2 > 3 (b) 1 > 4 > 3 > 2 (c) 1 > 2 > 4 > 3 (d) 1 > 3 > 4 > 2
Which among the following is correct potential energy diagram for the above reaction?
G
(a) G (b)
G G
(c) (d)
Ph Ph
Br OH
NaOH NaOH
CH3—CH2Br → CH3CH2OH………….. III → ………….. IV
in DMF in DMF
Out of these four reactions in which case rate of reaction will increase by the addition of NaOH
(a) I (b) II (c) III (d) IV
38. Which among the following will undergo SN1 rapidly?
O O O O
Cl Cl Cl
(a) (b) (c) (d) H—N
O
Cl
39. Consider the following reactions:-
(I) CH3CH2Br + NaCN ——→ CH3CH2NC + NaBr (II) CH3CH2Br + AgCN ——→ CH3CH2CN + AgBr
(III) CH3CH2Br + AgNO2 ——→ CH3CH2ONO + AgBr (IV) CH3CH2Br + NaNO2 ——→ CH3CH2NO2 + NaBr
Which reaction is / are not correct?
(a) III & I (b) III, II & I (c) III (d) I, II, III & IV
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 85
Et H Et OH
Br H
O O
(a) H2O (b) (c) H2O + EtOH (4 : 1 ratio) (d) H2O + EtOH (3 : 1 ratio)
O O
CH OH CH OH
43. (A) ←
3
(–) H Me
3 → (B), (A) & (B) are:-
CH 2O H SO 2 4
HO Me
MeO
(a) H Me & H Me (b) H Me & H
Me MeO Me
(c) OMe & H HO (d) Me & H
NO2 NO2
NO2
47. Match the following
Substrate Rate of solvolysis by ethanol
(C) (r) 1
Br
CH3
(a) A ——→ p, ——→ B ——→ q. C ——→ r (b) A ——→ r, B ——→ q, C ——→ p
(c) A ——→ p, B ——→ r, C ——→ q (d) A ——→ r, B ——→ p, C ——→ q
48. Which sequence of nueleophilicity is correct?
(a) nBuO(–)> SecBuO(–)> tert BuO(–) (b) tert BuO(–) > SecBuO(–)> nBuO(–)
(c) SecBuO(–)> tertBuO(–)> nBuo(–) (d) SecBuO(–)> n-BuO(–)> tertBuO(–)
49. The best leaving group among the following is:-
(a) CH3COO(–) (b) CH3O(–) (c) CH3SO3(–) (d) CH ≡ C(–)
50. Among the given compounds choose the two that yield same product in SN1 reaction
Br Br
Br
Br
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(a) (1) & (2) (b) (1) & (3) (c) (1), (2) & (3) (d) (2) & (4)
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 87
Et
O
51. + HI (cold and dilute) ——→ [X]
I CH3
52. + NaOH (in crown ether) —— [X], the product [X] is
H H
H CH3
(a) Optically active (b)
HO H
HO CH3
(c) & can not show geometrical isomerism (d) None is correct
H H
Note: For more questions on N.S.R see hydrocarbon (chapter - 6) & alkyl halide (chapter - &)
Answer Key
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (d) 36. (a) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (d) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (d) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (c) 46. (c) 47. (b) 48. (b) 49. (c) 50. (a)
1. + Br•——→ HBr + X •
2. Maximum numbers of products which can be obtained by the mono chlorination of methyl cyclo butane are (Excluding
stereoisomers)?
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5
Mono Chlorination
3. (CH3)2CH — CCl2 — CH (CH3)2 → [X] (major), [X] is:-
(a) (CH3 ) 2 CHCCl 2CHCH 3 (b) (CH3)2CCl — CCl2 — CH (CH3)2
|
CH2 Cl
(c) Both a & b are in equal amount (d) (CH3)2CCl — CCl2 — CCl(CH3)2
Cl
A
4. → A may be:-
hn
(a) 1 > 2 > 3 (b) 2 > 1 > 3 (c) 3 > 2 > 1 (d) 2 > 3 > 1
NBS in CCl
7. CH3 — CH2 — CH = CH2 4 → [X], [X] may be:-
hn
Br
|
(a) CH3 — CH — CH CH 2 (b) CH3 — CH = CH — CH2Br
NOCl
8. → [A], [A] is:-
hn
NO Cl N—OH
(a) (b) (c) (d) None
NBS
CH3 — CH = CH2 → CH 2 — CH CH 2….…………….. (2)
hn |
Br
Propanone
CH3CH2Cl + I(–) → CH3CH2I + Cl(–) …..…………….. (3)
Bu SnH
CH3CH2Cl
2 → CH3 — CH3 …..…………………... (4)
10. A hydrocarbon C8H18 gives only one mono chloro derivative with Cl2/hv. Hydrocarbon is:-
11. A hydrocarbon A (vapour density = 43) on monochlorination gives chloro alkanes. If only one of
the formed chloro alkane contains chiral carbon atom then A would be:-
(a) n-hexane (b) iso hexane
(c) 2, 3-di methyl butane (d) 1, 1 - di methyl cyclobutane
12. Following steps are involved in halogenations of alkanes
X2 ——→ 2X* ……….…………………….. (1)
X* + RH ——→ R* + HX ……….…………………….. (2)
R* + X2 ——→ RX + X* …………..………………..… (3)
Which is rate determining step?
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) none
13. Expected mono bromination products in the given reaction would be- (Excluding stereoisomers)
Br
2→
hn
Et
H O NBS
+ Cl2 h
2 → →
16. K 2CO3 A, A will be –
1 : 2
O
CHOHBr C—COBr COCH2Br CH2 C2HBr
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Cl
17. C10H20
2→
hn one mono chloro derivative,
So A will be-
hn
26. C2H6 + Br2 → C2H5Br + HBr ………………….k1
hn
C2D6 + Br2 → C2D5Br + DBr ………………….k2
hn
C2H4 + Br2 → C2H4Br2 .………………….k3
hn
C2D4 + Br2 → C2D4Br2 .………………….k4
If k1 , k2 , k3 & k4 are the rate constants of the given reactions then:-
(a) k1 = k2 (b) k3 > k4 (c) k1 > k2 (d) k3 = k4
Answer Key
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (c)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (d) 25. (d) 26. (d)
1. Which among the following is the correct ptential energy diagram for sulphonation of benzene?
G ∆G
(a) (b)
G
(c) (d) G
Ph
OH H( + )
2. + → X, X would be :-
1 mole HO
Ph Ph Ph Ph
OH Ph Ph
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Ph HO Ph Ph
O O
Ph H( + )
3. → X, the product ‘X’ would be:-
OH OH O O O
Ph
(a) (b) (c) (d) OH
O Ph
Ph OH
Br
OH
7. Br Water
→ [A], [A] would be:-
2
SO3 H
OH OH OH OH
Br Br Br Br Br
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Br
SO3H SO3H Br SO3H
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 93
N O
→
2 5 major product
O2N
8 1
9 2
7
15. Electrophilic substitution reaction in naphthalene occurs at:- 3
6 10
5 4
20. Which of the following compound will undergo friedel craft reaction with slower rate:-
(a) C6H6 (b) C6D6
*
(c) (d) the rate is same in all of these.
14
{*=C }
H (1 mol) H( + )
21. Iso pentyne
2 → → [X], [X] would be:-
Ni / D C6 H 6
CH3
|
(a) — CH2 — CH 2 — CH — CH 3 (b) — CH — CH(CH3)2
|
CH3
(c) —CMe 2 (d) — CH2 — CH — Et
| |
Et CH3
22. You have following quaternary ammonium ions
(+) (+) (+)
ArNMe3 ArCH2NMe3 ArCH2CH2NMe3
(I) (II) (III)
FeCl3
23. + BrCl → [X] (Major)
Cl Br
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 95
(i) H ( + )
24. → [X], [X] may be:-
(ii) Ph − H
(i) FeCl
+ (5 - chloro pent - 2 - ene)
3→
25. (ii) H ( + )
[A], [A] will be:-
(iii) Pd / D
26. Sulphonation of benzene differs from rest of electrophilic aromatic substitution reactions because:-
(i) In sulphonation neutral electrophile attacks on benzene nucleus.
(ii) It is reversible.
(iii) It requires drastic conditions like high pressure and temperature.
(iv) It requires inert atmosphere.
The correct statement is / are:-
(a) 1, 3 (b) 1, 2, 4 (c) 1, 2 (d) 1, 2, 3 & 4
27. Correct order of electron density inside benzene ring in the following compound is:-
HOOC A O CO B O C ONH2
NO2
(a) A > B > C (b) B > C > A (c) C > A > B (d) A > C > B
(CH2 )4 — CH2Cl
28. HBF4 NO 2 Anh AlCl3
→ [X] → [Y] would be:-
(CH2)4CH2NO2 O2N
(a) (b)
O4Cl
(c) (d)
O2N O2N
29. For the conversion of benzene in to naphthalene which reagent is not needed?
(a) Succinic anhydride / AlCl3 / H2O (b) H+
(c) Zn / Hg + HCl, Pd / ∆ (d) All are needed.
30. Select the correct statement:-
(a) Chlorination of nitro benzene is easier than nitration of chloro benzene.
(b) -CHCl2 & CCl3 groups are o & p directing.
(c) In aniline and phenol friedel craft methylation is not possible by CH3Cl & Anh. AlCl3
(d) (b) & (c) are correct
96 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Et
|
C6H6 + Me3CCH2Cl
Fe/Cl 2
Ph — CMe 2 , [W] Major
NH NH
C S EtONO C S
→
2
[X] major
NO2
H S O [ Y] major
2 2 7→
SO3H
Cl / FeCl
2 3→ [ Z] major
Cl
Passage - I
IPSO attack is a kind of aromatic substitution reaction in which a non hydrogen substitute in aromatic ring is substituted by other
sustituent.
CH3
CH3 C CH3
(+) (+)
(b) + H + C Me3
Cl OH
NO2 NO2 O2N NO2
(c) + H2O ——→ + HCl
NO2 NO2
CH3 CH3
36. H+ / D
→ + Me2C = CH2
CMe3
Which of the following statement is correct for this reaction:-
(a) It is ArSE (IPSO attack)
(b) It is an example of β - elimination.
(c) It is both ArSE and β - elimination
(d) None
Passage - II
o / p or m - directive influence of a group can be explained by the stability of carbocation (wheland complex or σ complex) formed
as intermediate. When electrophile attacks on substituted benzene different carbocation intermediates [Link] relative stabilities
help us in determining the directing nature of the group present on benzene ring.
OMe OMe
E
(+)
+
38.
→
E [A]
40. Identify the most stable intermediate which should be formed during electrophilic substitution in Indole.
N
H
(+)
E (+)
E
(a) (b) (c) (+) (d)
(+) E E
N N N N
H H H H
Passage - III
Rate of aromatic electrophilic substitution depends upon the electron density inside the benzene ring. If benzene ring is substituted
by electron donating groups, electron density inside the benzene ring increases thus, E(+) attacks on ring with more efficiency and
hence rate of aromatic electrophilic substitution increases. In the same way rate of electrophlic substitution decreases if benzene ring
is substituted by electron withdrawing group.
NHOMe NH2
NHAc NPh2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2
G
1 3
G G
42.
1 2 3
If G1, G2 & G3 are OMe, Cl & CHO respectively then correct sequence of benzene nucleus (1, 2 & 3) in order of their decreas-
ing electron density is :-
(a) 1 > 2 > 3 (b) 2 > 3 > 1 (c) 3 > 2 > 1 (d) 3 > 1 > 2
43. You have three substituents G1, G2 & G3 as follows
G1 = NO2, G2 = OH, G3 = Me3C
Identify the wrong statement
(a) If benzene ring is substituted by G3 then on nitration para nitro derivative will be formed as major product.
(b) Out of p — G1— C6H4 — G3 & p — G2—C6H4 — G3 former will have higher electron density in benzene ring than
later.
(c) From G3 — Ph, it is difficult to get o — G1 — C6H4 — G3 as a major product by electrophilic aromatic nitration.
(d) All are correct.
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 99
I II III IV
(a) I > II > III > IV (b) IV > III > II > I (c) I > III > IV > II (d) III > IV > I > II
45. Highest electron density inside the benzene ring will be in:-
(a) Φ — Cl (b) Φ — F (c) Φ — Br (d) Φ — I
•
46. (+) Ph + Cu ——→ [A], [A] would be:-
(Free Radical)
N2
(–)
(+)
N = NCu
(a) (b) (c) (d)
47. For friedel craft alkylation rate law can be written as:-
Rate = K [Ar — H] [RX] [MX3]
Where MX3 is Lewis acid (Catalyst) The expected order of effectiveness of Lewis acids in friedel craft alkylation will be :-
(a) AlCl3 > BF3 > FeCl3 > SnCl4 (b) BF3 > AlCl3 > FeCl3 > SnCl4
(c) FeCl3 > AlCl3 > BF3 > SnCl4 (d) AlCl3 > FeCl3 > BF3 > SnCl4
48. Which among the following will produce 3 products on nitration by HNO3 + H2SO4?
Et Et CH3 CH3
CH3
NO2 NO2 SO3H
I SO3H
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
51. Which statement is not correct about benzene and pyrrole (C4H5N)
(a) Both are aromatic but pyrrole ring has less electron density in comparison to benzene ring.
(b) Aromatic electrophilic substitution in pyrrole is difficult in comparison to benzene.
(c) In pyrrole 3rd & 4th locations are more sensitive towards ArSE.
(d) Pyrrole has 6π delocalized electrons.
100 Problems in Organic Chemistry
OH
H( + )
52. → [X], [X] would be:-
C6 H 6
CD2H
53. Which of the following can show both –R & +R effect depending upon situation?
OTs NO CH == CH2 N == NH CHS
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
(a) 2, 3, 4 (b) 1, 3, 4, 5 (c) 1, 2, 3, 4 (d) 2, 3, 4, 5
54. Most sensitive benzene nucleus towards ArSE is present in
OCH3 OCH3
(–)
O N CH 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
OMe CH3
2 moles of AlCl
55.
3→
Product
CH3Cl
CH3 CH3
(a) (b) (c) (d) Both b & c
CH3
AlCl3 EtONO 2
56. Ph — H + DCl →[X] →[Y] is:-
(Excess)
NO2 NO2
D D D
(a) C6H5NO2 (b) (c) (d)
D D NO2 D D
D D
CH3
57. ——→
CH3CO SO3H
During this transformation the reaction which should be carried out at last is:-
(a) Friedel craft acylation (b) Sulphonation (c) Friedel craft alkylation (d) Unpredictable
58. Which among the following will undergo Friedel Craft reaction (F. C. R.)?
H
N S N
59. Which among the following can be used as a solvent in friedel craft alkylation (by RX/AlX3)?
(a) Φ — Me (b) Φ — CH2Cl (c) Φ — NO2 (d) Φ — OH
60.
OH
Sequence of reagents required for this conversion is:-
(a) H3PO4 / ∆, & LiAlH4 (b) PCl5, alc. KOH, H+/∆ & Rh /∆
(c) H3PO4 / ∆ & Rh / ∆ (d) Both (b) & (c)
61. Which is not produced as intermediate in following transformation?
(+)
Ph H
——
CH2OH
(+)
SO3H
HO
Br
2 → [A]
NH2 water
Br SO3H
HO HO Br
(a) (b)
Br NH2 NH2
Br Br
Br Br
HO Br HO
(c) (d)
Br NH2 NH2
Br Br
63. Which among the following friedel craft reactions is not possible:-
AlCl
PhCH2Cl + Ph — H →
3 Ph2CH2 ……………..….. (1)
AlCl
Ph2CHCl + Ph — H →
3 Ph3CH ...………………... (2)
AlCl
Ph3CCl + Ph — H →
3 Ph4C .…….……………... (3)
AlCl
p — i — Bu — C6H4 — Cl + Ph — H →
3 p — i — Bu — C6H4 — Ph……(4)
(a) 2, 3, 4 (b) 3, 4 (c) 4, 1 (d) 2, 3
64. The sequence of reactions by which benzene can be converted in to 3 - ethyl - 5 - nitro benzene sulphonic acid is:-
(a) Friedel craft alkylation, Nitration, Sulphonation
(b) Sulphonation, nitration, Friedel craft alkylation
(c) Nitration, Friedel craft alkylation, sulphonation
(d) Sulphonation, Friedel craft alkylation, nitration
102 Problems in Organic Chemistry
CH2 HBr
65. → [A], [A] would be :-
acetic acid / heat
COCH3
H( + )
CH2OH →
66. Heat [X], [X] is:-
HCl
67. 2Ph — OH + → [A], [A] would be:-
O CH3
C C
(a) (b)
CH3
68. The reagents required for the conversion of toluene in to 2 - (4-methyl phenyl) butan - 2 - ol is:-
(a) But - 1 - ene & H2O (b) Butan -2-ol / H3PO4 (c) Butan - 2 - one / H3PO4 (d) both (a) & (b)
69. When benzene is treated with methyl epoxy ethane in presence of (i) AlCl3 (ii) H2O a compound X (C9H12O) is formed. X will
be:-
OH
OH OCH2 CH 2 CH3
CH2OH CH2CH 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
70. Predict the major product of bromination of the compound given below by using Br2 / FeBr3 in the dark: -
NO2
CH3
NO2 NO2 Br
NO2 NO2
∆G
(a) G (b)
reaction progress
reaction progress
G
(c) (d) G
NO2
NO2 H OH
CH3
——
75.
NHCH3 O2N N
O2N
Me
(i) CH 2 N 2
76. 3-Chloro propene
(ii) AlCl / C H
→ [A], [A] would be:-
3 6 6
(c) (d)
AlCl
77. + C2H5 — Cl →
3 Ph - Et
For the better yield of ethyl benzene, benzene & ethyl chloride should be taken in ratio.
(a) 1 : 15 (b) 15 : 1
(c) 1 : 1 (d) 1 : 1 & AlCl3 should be taken in excess
OH OH
NO2 steam distillation
78. + ———————→ [X], the distillate
NO2
(a) Ph2 (CH2)2 (b) PhCH2CH2OH (c) PhCH = CH2 (d) Reaction is not possible
AlCl
80. CCl4 + Benzene (excess) → 3 [X], [X] would be:-
(a) Φ2CCl2 (b) Φ3CCl (c) Φ4C (d) ΦCCl3
X
81. Ph — H + I2 → Ph — I + HI X would be:-
(a) HNO3 (b) FeI3 (c) HI (d) Fe / I2, ∆
O
Br
82. →
2 Product, Product will be:-
FeCl3
O
Br
O O
(a) (b)
O (100%) Br O (100%)
Br
O
Br O O
(c) (d) &
Br
O
O (100%) O
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 105
Answer Key
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (d) 30. (c)
31. (b) 32. (d) 33. (b) 34. (a) 35. (c) 36. (c) 37. (a) 38. (c) 39. (c) 40. (b)
41. (c) 42. (a) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (b) 46. (c) 47. (d) 48. (d) 49. (c) 50. (c)
51. (c) 52. (d) 53. (a) 54. (a) 55. (a) 56. (b) 57. (c) 58. (c) 59. (c) 60. (d)
61. (c) 62. (c) 63. (b) 64. (b) 65. (a) 66. (c) 67. (c) 68. (c) 69. (a) 70. (a)
71. (d) 72. (c) 73. (a) 74. (d) 75. (a) 76. (d) 77. (b) 78. (b) 79. (a) 80. (b)
G
G
(a) (b)
G G
(c) (d)
Br Br Cl
KMnO
3. Cis -but- 2 – ene
4 → [X]
273K
CH3
Me Me H OH Me
H OH
(a) H (b) (c) H H (d) Both (a) & (b)
HO OH Me OH
HO H
CH3
OH
OH
+ dil H2SO4 ———→
D D
5. C =C is subjected to halogenation by X2 / in CCl4. In which case meso isomer will be produced?
H H
(a) Iodination (b) Bromination (c) Chlorination (d) Fluorination
H /D
6. → [A], [A] will be:-
2
(a) Me2C = CH2 (b) Cis – 2 – butene (c) Trans – 2 – butene (d) 1, 3 – Butadiene
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 107
(a) CH2 = C = O / hv (b) CH2N2 / hv (c) CH2I2 / Zn (Cu) (d) All of these
CH = CH 2 H( + )
12. → [A] Major, [A] will be:-
EtSH
SEt
(a) SEt (b) (c) SEt (d)
SEt
13. Consider the following reactions.
Br
hn
+ HBr
→
(1) (2) Cl
+ HCl →
Peroxide SEt hn
(3) + C2 H 5SH → (4) + HBr → Br
(+)
14. H3O
→ [A], [A] would be:-
OH CH2OH CH2OH
(i)Cl / H O
16. →
2 2 [A], [A] would be:-
(ii)Na 2CO3
OH Cl
(a) (b) (c) O (d) CO3
OH OH
108 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Ac
18. CH—CH 3 + HBr ——→ [A], [A] may be:-
NC
Ac Ac
(a) CH2— CH3 (b) CH—CHBr—CH 3
NC NC
Br
OH
Ac
(c) CH—CH 2 —CH2Br (d) CH3 C Br
NC CH—CH—CH3
NC
Br
19. (O2N)2 C = CH — CH3 [A]
Which statement is not correct about [A]
(a) HBr will add on it according to Markonikoff rule (b) Addition of HBr on [A] will give antimarkonikoff product
(c) It will favour nucleophilic addition (d) Both (b) & (c)
H( + )
20. → [A], [A] will be:-
D 2O
D OD D
(a) (b) (c) (d)
OD OD OD
Cl
21. 2 → [A], [A] is:-
H 2O
OH
OH Cl
Cl
Cl
(a) (b) Cl (c) (d)
Cl
Cl
O (+)
H3O
22. CH3—CH—CH—CH3 ————→ .....................(1)
Ni
—
cis-CH3—CH—CH—CH 3 + D2 ————→ .....................(2)
∆
in CCl4 .....................(3)
tans-CH3—CH==CH—CH3 + Br2 ————
CH3
CH3
in CCl
4 .....................(4)
H + Br2 ————→
H
23. In the reaction given below [X] is an organic compound & can be identified as:-
hn
( Ph2CH)2N2 + Br2 → [X],
(a) Ph2CHNBr—NBr — CHPh2 (b) Ph2CHNBr2
(c) Ph2CHBr (d) All of these
H
(+) A
D2O
24 D
(+) A & B respectively are :-
H2O
B
OD D
D
(a) (b) ,
,
OD OD
OD
D OD OH
OH
(c) , (d) ,
OH D
25.
dil H SO
Ph ——————
2 4
→ [X], Major
Excess
Ph 3
28.
1
2
Here double bonds are numbered as 1, 2 & 3. The correct order of these double bonds towards eletrophilic attack is:-
(a) 1 > 2 > 3 (b) 3 > 2 > 1 (c) 1 > 3 > 2 (d) 3 > 1 > 2
Me
29. + HBr ——→ [A], major [A] will be:-
Ph
Br Me Me H
Me Br H Me
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Ph Ph Ph Ph
H H Br Br
110 Problems in Organic Chemistry
H( + )
30. CH2 = CH2 + H2O → CH3CH2OH
For this reaction rate law is:-
(a) Rate = k [CH2 = CH2] [H+] (b) Rate = k [CH2 = CH2] [H2O] [H+]
32. Correct order of reactivity of the following halogens and interhalogens towards electrophilic addition to C = C is:-
(a) BrCl > Br2 > IBr > I2 (b) Br2 > I2 > BrCl > IBr (c) BrCl > IBr > Br2 > I2 (d) IBr > Br2 > BrCl > I2
33. Which of the following compounds is most reactive towards electrophilic addition reaction?
NO2
34. An alkene (A) on reduction gives an optically active alkane of least molecular weight & on treatment with H+ gives 3° carbo-
nium ion which can not show rearrangement. What should be the structure of (A) if it can show geometrical isomerism?
Br Br OH Br
36. When Cis- but-2-ene is treated with Br2 in carbon tetra chloride medium the product formed will be:-
(a) (2 R, 3 S) di bromo butane (b) (2 R , 3 R) di bromo butane
(c) (2S, 3 S) di bromo butane (d) Mixture of (2 R, 3 R) & (2 S, 3 S) di bromo butane
Answer Key
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (c) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (b)
21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (d) 25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (c) 29. (d) 30. (a)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (a) 34. (d) 35. (b) 36. (a)
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 111
Elimination Reactions
Multiple Choice Questions
EtOH + KOH
1. → [X], [X] will be:-
Cl
(a) (b)
CH3
2. + alc KOH ————— major product
Cl
( )(–)
3. (CH 3 )4 NOH Products
conc H3PO4
4. A, the product A would be
∆
H PO
OH
3 4→
5. D
Major [P], [P] would be:-
2 4 conc H SO
6. CH3CH2CH2OH ——————→
∆
CH3CH==CH2 + H2O
dilute
10. → [X], [X] can be identified as:-
acid
OH
OH
(a) (b) (c) (d)
H
(+) (–)
Heat
11. Ph NMe3OH
→ [X] Major, [X] will be:-
Ph
(a) (b) Ph (c) (d) None of these.
Ph
12. The sp3 hybridised carbon atom can not bear two groups which interacts with each other as shown below & elimination
occurs:-
OH H-bond
C ——————→ H2O + C == O
OH
OH H-bond
C ——————→ HF + C == O
F
(+)
OH H3O
Predict the final product of the following reaction:-
Cl
O O
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 113
13. Which alkyl halide would you expect to be least reactive in an E1 reaction?
(a) CH CH —CH — CH (b) Ph — CH — CH3
2 3 |
|
Br Br
(c) CH
2 C — CH 2 — CH3 (d) Ph — CH2 — CH2Br
|
Br
(i) H / Ni / D
14. Substrate 2
(ii) CH I(excess)
→ 1, 3 – butadiene + Me3N Substrate will be:-
3
(iii) AgOH / D
NH2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
N N N
H H H
H D
Br
[X]
15. (Product) , [X] would be:-
D Br
H
H D H D H
I
D
(a) (b) (c) (d) Both (b) & (c)
I H
D H D H D
16.
Passage - I
Acid catalysed dehydration of alcohol follows E1 mechanism. In it carbocation is formed as intermediate. Rate of dehydration of
alcohol depends on two factors viz stability of carbocation & acid strength of H present at adjacent position to positively charged
carbon atom in intermediate.
NMe2 NO2
NO2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
alc KOH
(A) Me → (p)
OH CH2
H PO
3 4→
(B) D (q)
F
3°BuO(–)
(C) → (r)
(a) A —→ p, B —→ q, C —→ r (b) A —→ q, B —→ p, C —→ r
(c) A —→ r, B —→ p, C —→ q (d) A —→ r, B —→ q, C —→ q
O OH (–) O
OH
21. → H2O +
D
This reaction occurs via:-
(a) E1 mechanism (b) E2 mechanism (c) E1CB mechanism (d) E2 as well as E1CB
[X] [Y]
In this reaction % of [X] & [Y] are respectively:-
(a) 75% & 25% (b) 25% & 75% (c) 50% & 50% (d) almost 100% [X] is produced
23. Main products of reactions 1 & II are respectively:-
CH OH
(I) Et3CBr ————3
25°C
CH3
(II) C—H + NaSH 50°C
————
Br CH OH
3
Et
CH3 CH3
Each question contains statement given in two columns which have to be matched. Statement (A, B, C , D) in column I have to be
matched with statements (p, q, r, s) in column II. The answers to these questions have to be appropriately bubbled as illustrated in
the following examples. If the correct match are A - p, A - s, B - r, B - r, B - q, C - q, D - S, then the correctly bubbled 4 x 4 matrix
should be as follows.
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 115
A p q r s
B p q r s
C p q r s
D p q r s
Base
Free
(B) E2 (q) Energy
Temp
Base
CH3 H
(+)
C—CH2—CH 3 alkene
CH3 (r1)
(D) OH (s) r1 < r2
CH3 H
(+)
CH—CH—CH3 alkene
CH3 (r2)
OH
Answer Key
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (b)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (b)
116 Problems in Organic Chemistry
1. Identify the compound whose resonating structure can show geometrical isomerism:-
O
(a) CH3CONHCH3 (b) (c) NH2CONHNH2 (d) PhCONH2
NH
(+)
(–)
(c) (–) — (d) —
(+) (+)
O O O O
(+)
4. Which is not correctly matched?
(a) CO32– ——→ Bond order of C — O bond is 3/2 (b) CH3COO(–) ——→ Bond order of C — O bond is 4/3
(c) ClO4(–) ——→ Bond order of Cl —O bond is 7/4 (d) PO43– ——→ Bond order of P — O bond 5/4
5. In which case 1st species has more resonance energy than 2nd.
O
O
(a) , (b) ,
O O
(+)
(c) PhCOO(–), PhO(–) (d) (+)
(c) CCl3COO(–) > PhO(–) > CH2 = CH — O(–) > CH3O(–) (d) HCOO(–) > PhO(–) > CH3COO(–) > CH3O(–)
7. Which among the following is/are aromatic?
CH3 H
O CH3
B N
NH N
(a) (b) (c) (d)
N O N N O
H H H
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 117
N2
8. Which statement is not in favour of
N1
H
(a) It is aromatic (b) It looses its aromaticity when 1st nitrogen reacts with H+
(c) 2nd nitrogen is less basic than 1st nitrogen. (d) It becomes antiaromatic when H+ ion attacks on 1st nitro-
gen
9. The compound from which NH2(–) can not abstract H+ is/are:-
(a) CH3CH3 (b) CH2 = CH2 (c) CH3OH (d) HCOOH
Which are true statements about reagent & products (X & Y)?
(a) ‘X’ forms when CH3O(–) / CH3OH is treated with the substrate at elevated temperature.
(b) ‘Y’ forms when CH3O(–) / CH3OH is treated with the substrate at elevated temperature .
(c) ‘X’ forms when substrate is treated with CH3OH.
(d) ‘X’ forms when substrate is treated with CH3O(–) / DMSO.
11. Select the true statements regarding the following four reaction intermediates.
(+) (–)
CH3
15. Which among the following statement is not correct about xylenes CH3 ?
(d) Among all xylenes para derivative has maximum melting point.
Cl
16. product;-
Cl
Product of this reaction is/are
R H
(–)
17. R—C ≡≡ C + H—C 50°C
———→ Products
C—Br
H
R
Which statement is correct regarding this reaction?
(a) R—C ≡≡ H will produce as one of the product
(b) Alkene is produced as major product which can not show geometrical isomerism
(c) Reaction occurs via E1CB path way
(d) Reaction occurs via E2 path way
18. In which case first alkene is more stable than 2nd are
(a) (b) ,
,
(c) , (d) ,
(–) (–)
(–) (–)
O O O
20. In which case 1st species has more heat of hydrogenation than 2nd
(a) (b) ,
,
(c) (d) ,
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 119
Answer Key
1. (a), (b), (c) 2. (b), (c) 3. (b), (c) 4. (a), (b) 5. (b), (c)
6. (b), (c) 7. (a), (b), (d) 8. (c), (d) 9. (a), (b) 10. (b), (c)
11. (b), (d) 12. (a), (b), (d) 13. (a), (b), (d) 14. (a), (b) 15. (b), (c)
16. (a), (b) 17. (a), (d) 18. (a), (b), (c) 19. (a), (c), (d) 20. (a), (c)
LEVEL - II
Ph 3 C( ) (+)
(a) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 (b) 2 > 4 > 3 > 1 (c) 1 > 3 > 2 > 4 (d) 1 > 2 > 4 > 3
3. In which case 1st carbocation is not stable than 2nd.
(+) (+)
(a) & (b) &
(+)
O O
(+)
(+)
(+)
&
(c) (d) &
(+)
(+)
4. Hexa chloro cyclohexane can have number of isomers. If one of its isomer given below is treated with three moles of alcoholic
KOH,another compound [X] is formed . Select the correct statement about [X].
Cl
Cl Cl
3 moles of alc KOH
→ [X]
Cl Cl
Cl
(a) It is aromatic (b) Its degree of unsaturation is four
(c) It is tri chloro benzene (d) Reaction is not possible
120 Problems in Organic Chemistry
H (+)
5. → P, P is :-
D
OH
B
6. OH This compound on nitration with nitrating mixture (HNO + H SO ) gives meta derivative because.
3 2 4
(a) This compound takes H(+) ion from nitrating mixture and converts itself in to Ph — B O and since B O is – R group
thus, meta derivatives are obtained.
(b) B is electron deficient & abstracts electron from benzene ring to complete its octet thus, benzene ring acquires +ve charge
at o & p positions & consequently meta derivatives are formed.
(c) Nitric acid is an oxidizing agent. It oxidizes PhB(OH)2 in to PhB O. Since B O is –R group thus, meta derivatives
are obtained.
(d) both (a) & (c)
7. Rate of nitration will be maximum in:-
(a) (b) Me
(c) (d)
9. Acetate, nitrate, Carbonate and ClO4(–) ions are stabilized by resonance. Due to resonance bond order & bond length of species
affect. Select the correct statement.
(a) Bond order of C — O bond in carbonate ion is equal to that of N — O bond in nitrate.
(b) Bond order of Cl — O bond in ClO4(–) is equal to that of N — O bond in nitrate ion.
(c) Bond order of C — O bond in acetate ion is equal to that of Cl — O bond in ClO4(–) .
(d) Bond order of C — O bond in acetate ion is equal to that of N — O of nitrate ion.
CD3 SiH3
CD3
10. (+) (+) CD3 (+)
(+) SiH3
CD3 CD3 SiH3
12.
CH3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Correct order of stability
(a) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 (b) 2 > 1 > 4 > 3 (c) 4 > 3 > 1 > 2 (d) 4 > 3 = 2 = 1
13. Which is not correct about 1 & 2 :-
D b
a D
D D
(1) (2)
(a) Both are antiaromatic (b) Bond lengths a ≠ b
(c) Both are same compounds (d) Resonance decreases their stabilities
14. Which of the following has non planar geometry?
(–)
(–)
(–)
16. Which is not correct about cyclo butadiene?
(a) It reacts with sodium rapidly. (b) It does not undergoes dimerisation below 4°C
(+)
(+)
(c) Resonance energy of is greater than cyclo butadiene
CH3 CH3
H( + )
| |
18. CH3 — C — CH 2 — C — CH 3 → (A) Major + (B) Minor
| | Heat
CH3 CH3
CH3 CH3
|
(b) (CH3) 3CCH = C and (CH 3 ) 3 CCH2 — C CH 2
CH3 Major
Minor
CH3 CH3
|
(c) (CH3 ) 3 CCH = C and (CH 3 ) 3 CCH 2 — C CH 2
CH3 50%
50%
CH3
(d) Only one product (CH3 ) 3 CH = C will form
CH3
19. How many products (including stereoisomers) will be formed in the following reaction?
D H
H SO
2 4→
Product
170°C
OH
20. How many geometrical isomers will be formed in the previous question?
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3
Rate Rate
(d)
[base] [substrate]
23. In the given figure graphs are plotted for SN1 & SN2 in polar as well as in non polar mediums. Graph 1 is plotted in polar me-
dium while graph 2 is plotted in non polar medium. Select the correct statement.
SN2 SN1
G1 1 G1 G2 1
G2
2 2
(a) For SN1 ∆G1 > ∆ G2 because substrate is more solvated than the transition state
(b) For SN2 ∆G1 > ∆ G2 because transition state is more solvated than the substrate
(c) For SN2 ∆G2 > ∆ G1 because substrate is more solvated than the transition state
(d) For SN1 ∆G2 > ∆ G1 because substrate is more solvated than the transition state
15% aq solution of ethyl alcohol
24. 2–Chloro butane → product
In this reaction 70% racemisation takes place. % of inverted product would be:-
(a) 30 (b) 70 (c) 35 (d) 65
Answer Key
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (a)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (a)
SOLUTIONS
Level - I
(AROMATICITY)
Ac
Ac (–)
( )
1. (d) H +
aromatic and stable
2. (a) (i) is non planar because of repulsion between ‘H’ atoms as shown below
H H
repulsion
124 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(+)
3. (b) — (–)
sp3hyd
4. (c) Non planar due to sp3 hybridization
Ph Ph
Ph Ph
— antiaromatic
(–)
(–)
CH3 O
CH3 O
7. (d) (A) is not planar (B) has 8πe– (C) has 10πe–
(+) (–)
(–) NMe2
C
(+) NMe 2
(B)
8. (b) Order of stabilities of ions produced from I, II & III is III > I > II.
9. (d) O is more electronegative so it does not give its lone pair of electrons easily for resonance hence it is least aromatic. How-
ever electronegativity of S is lesser than O & N hence resonance energy of thiophene will be more & thus, aromaticity of
II will be large.(exceptional case)
10. (b) (B) follow Huckel rule and planar (C) also follows Huckel rule but not planar because S is bigger in size & does not fit in
the hole created by rings. (A) is not planar due to H—H repulsion as shown below -
H H
O
Ph Ph Ph Ph
(+)
(–) K
11. (d) + 2K —— H2 +
(–)
Ph Ph Ph (+) Ph
K
(+)
(–) K
(+)
(–) K
+ 2K —— H2 +
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 125
O
OH
HN NH
N N
O O
HO OH
O
13. (b) The products formed in 1,2 & 3 reactions are non aromatic, antiaromatic & aromatic respectively.
14. (b) does not obey Huckel rule.
+
15. (a) Because after removal of H it converts in to an aromatic species
H H (–)
( )
H +
aromatic
(–)
O O
(+)
antiaromatic
17. (d) (A) is non aromatic because one of its ‘C’ is sp3 hybridised
18. (b)
19. (d) 20. (c) 21. (b) 22. (c)
OH O
SeO PCC
23. (b)
2
aromatic
O OH sp3
LiAlH
4
25. (b) (non planar & non aromatic)
1 2 3
N
N
4 H
26. (a) H
H 5
CH3O2C OCO
30. (c) Pentagonal ring contains 6πe– where as hexagonal ring also contains 6πe–
NaH
———→
–H (–) Na
(+)
2
31. (c)
aromatic
(–) O
O (–)
34. (a) Aromatic
CH3 CH3
Cl Cl
(–)
CCl2 C
(+)
Aromatic
(–)
36. (a) (+) (–)
(+) (–) (+)
order of stability:- Aromatic > non aromatic > antiaromatic hence x > z > y
37. (a) N is less electronegative in comparison to O thus, for A resonance energy is high hence it is highly aromatic
H
(+)
38. (a) ••N—H H—N ••N—H (A)
••N
Ph Ph Ph Ph
(–) (–)
COO–t–Bu COO–t–Bu
antiaromatic & less stable nonaromatic
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 127
RESONANCE
(–) (–) (–)
O (–)
O O O O O O O
1. (d)
(–)
O O O
(–) O O
(–)
O
(–)
O O
2. (c) Cyclobutadiene has rectangular shape and hence does not favour resonance
8. (b) electron density will be least in I because nitro groups are electron withdrawing groups and it will be maximum in II be-
cause O(–) is +R group
9. (c) electron density will be least in (I) because F is a tautomeric group (–I & + R effects) while other groups are +R groups and
order of +R effect is:- NH2 > OH > OMe
10. (a) I is more stable an it is non polar. II is more stable than III because opposite charges are close to each other.
11. (c) (III) does not show resonance hence C — N bond has maximum length. (II) & (I) shows resonance hence C — N bond
acquires partial double bond character thus, bond length decreases. Out of (I) & (II) C—N bond length will be less in I
because CHO (—R) group favours resonance in (I).
12 (a) 13. (a)
14. (a) Because C — O bond is a single bond and free from resonance
O OH
Tautomerism
15. (b)
O O(–) Oδ –
|| (–) | ||
H — C— O ←→ H —C = O H —C ....... Oδ –
17. (c) In 3rd case sigma resonance takes place hence it has largest R.E. Out of 1st , 2nd & 4th last species possesses more R.E as it
is aromatic in nature.
CH CH sigma resonance
18. (c) First species is antiaromatic so E1 should be least. Second species is conjugated diene thus, stable and hence E2 is greater
than E3.
128 Problems in Organic Chemistry
8. (c) H C H
sp hybridisation
9. (a)
CH2 H CH3
CH2 C C
H3C CH3
rotation H CH3 H3C H
C C C C CH2
H H H 3C H
11. (c) In triplet carbene ‘C’ is sp hybridized.
(+)
12. (b) F3C C CF3
CF3
Due to – I effect of CF3 group positive charge density on ‘C’ increases consequently stability decreases.
( ) ( ) ( )
13. (b) CH 2 CH — CH O CH3 CH 2 CH — C H — OCH3 CH 2— CH CH — OCH3
It has 3 resonating structures
14. (d) Electron with drawing effects make anions stable
(–) (–) (–)
CH2 CH2 CH2
NO2
NH2 OH
(–I effect) (–R effect) (–I effect)
15. (b) 3rd is aromatic hence highly stable . In 1st case resonance is possible as carbon can donate its negative charge to empty d
orbital of chlorine. Such kind of resonance is not possible in 2nd because d orbital is absent in ‘F’.
(+)
17. (c) Due to more resonance +ve charge spreads over different ‘C’ atoms.
18. (d) Except ‘3’ rest all shows resonance thus, delocalization of –ve charge takes place.
19. (b) number of resonating structures ∝ stability
20. (c) nitrene is not found in singlet & triplet states
(+) ••
hν cycohexene
21. (a) R — N — N ≡ N → R — N → N—R
••
(+) (+)
(+)
(+) OCH3
130 Problems in Organic Chemistry
25. (a) This ion is least stable because -ve charge is not stabilized by resonance.
26. (b) Given carbocation is already stable because of resonance
CH3 CH3
•• ••
C2H5 —C—C==O ←——→ C2H5—C—C≡≡ O
(+) •• (+)
H H
27. (d)
28. (d) See question number 11 in the topic aromaticity.
29. (a) ‘N’ can not form five bonds as it does not contain d– orbital. So tetra ethyl ammonium can not receive electron pair from
nucleophile.
30. (b)
31. (a) Here resonance stabilized carbonium ion is formed.
F (+) (+)
H( ) F—C—F F=C—F
F C—OH
–H 2O
F F F
(+)
32. (b) C is highly stable carbonium ion due to sigma resonance
3
33. (a) Carbonium ion generated by (a) is destabilized by strong (–I) effect of CF3.
34. (d) Stability of carbocation ∝ number of resonating structure
35. (b) See Q 15 & 18
36. (a) In (c) & (d) resonance is not possible because of SIR effect.
37. (c) Substitution at ortho position cerates hindrance in resonance by disturbing the planarity of species.
38. (c) All are independent of resonance hence stability of free radical will depend on + I effect.
+ I effect ∝ Stability of free radical
Passage-III (39 to 42)
(–) (–)
43. (d) Although carbanion has pyramidal shape yet it does not show optical isomerism because in carbanion rate of flipping of
negative charge is very high.
H 3C CH3
H C C H
F F
44. (a) Because phenyl group is –I group.
45. (b) the carbocation in which formation of ring or opening of ring take place are referred as classical carbocations.
46. (c) Due to resonance C — Br bond acquires partial double bond character which is difficult to break.
(–)
CH2=CH—Br CH2—CH=Br
(+)
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 131
Reduction
48. (c) + R effect of —O(-) is greater than that of OMe group. At meta position OMe shows –I effect thus 2nd is less stable than
1st.
49. (d) bridge carbon atom can not bear positive charge.
50. (b) same as Q.26
••
51. Carbene (C H 2 ) can show sp2 (singlet) as well as sp (triplet) hybridization. Hence in singlet carbene one ‘p’ Orbital is
available while in triplet carbene two –p orbitals are available. (See [Link].8)
52. Compound B is benzyne & it has sp2 – sp2 pi bond.
H
H
sp 2—sp2 pi bond
H
H
3. (c) In SN1 intimate ion pair forms which also favours the formation of inverted product.
4. (a) For SN1 reaction, stability of carbonium ion is considered. Carbonium ion formed by I is highly stable.
(+)
(+) Ph (+) (+)
C > > CH > Me2CH
3 Ph
less stable
Highly stable
5. (b) For racemisation substrate must be chiral. In (a) racemization does not occur because rearrangement in carbocation gives
rise to optically inactive product.
C2 H5 C2 H 5
|
SN1 (+)
C2 H5
CH 3 — CH — CH 2 Br → CH3—C—CH 2 |
→ CH3 — C — CH3
( +)
H
C2 H5
| (–)
CH 3 — C — CH 3 OH
|
OH optically inactive
6. (c) Factual question
st
7. (b) In 1 due to resonance C—Cl bond acquires double bond character thus , chances of nucleophilic substitution reaction will
be least in it. Rate of SN2 will be maximum in 3rd because it is primary alkyl halide. Out of 2nd & 4th rate of SN2 will be
more in 2nd because the ‘C’ which is attached with ‘Cl’ is less sterically hindered.
8. (d) Rate of SN1 ∝ stability of carbocation.
Out of 1st & 4th rate will be more in 1st because substrate is sterically hindered & can release leaving group very easily to
remove steric hindrance.
132 Problems in Organic Chemistry
CH3 CH3 H
(+) 1
SN
9. (c) CH3—C—O—CH3 + H ——→ CH3—C —O—CH3
(+) —CH3OH
CH3 CH3
11. (c) In SN1 carbonium ion is formed which undergoes resonance hence two products can form
(+)
CD2= CH —CH2Br SN1 EtO– CD2 = CH—CH2OEt
–Br
(–) CD2= CH—CH2
(+)
CH2= CH—CD2OEt EtO– CD2 —CH = CH 2
12. (c) This reaction will occur by SN2 pathway because substrate is a primary alkyl halide thus for this polar aprotic medium is
required. Dimethyl formamide (DMF) i.e. HCONMe2 is a polar aprotic medium .Another example of polar aprotic me-
dium is DMSO.
13. (d) Substrate is 1° alkyl halide, base is strong & medium is polar aprotic, these three conditions increase the chances of SN2
O (–)
O O
COOH C
14. (d) D Br OH(–) D Br
–H2O
O Products
C2H5 Et Et
D
15. (d) Carbonium ions formed by the release of Br (1) & Br (2) are stabilized by [Link] formed by the release of
Br (3) is less stable because it does not undergoes resonance.
16. (a) Rate of SN1 ∝ stability of carbocation
17. (b) It involves three transition states.
18. (c) It is the case of neighbouring group participation. Here epoxide formation occurs.
OH O(–)
NaOH
–H2O
O
Br Br
In such case halo group can be replaced to OH group by using aq. Na2CO3
OH OH
aq Na2CO 3
Br OH
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 133
CH3 CH3 ( +)
SN 1 (+) Methylshift CH3 — C — CH 2 CH3
19. (b) CH3 CH2Br
–Br
(–) CH3 CH2 |
CH3 CH3 CH3
OEt
| C2H5OH
CH3 — C —Et
|
CH3
20. (c) This is SN1 reaction. [ Rate of SN1 ∝ stability of carbocation ]
21. (c) It is SN2, thus, requires less polar solvent to avoid caging of nucleophile
22. (c) Since DMSO favours SN2 hence inversion takes place.
23. (a) Precipitation occurs via SN1 pathway. Since (a) will undergo SN1 easily hence it will easily form precipitates with
AgNO3
24. (b) Since iodide is better leaving group as well as better attacking reagent hence path II is best.
25. (d) Solvolysis is a SN1 process hence solvolysis of 1st is not possible as bridge carbon can not carry positive charge. Out of 4th
& 3rd later undergoes solvolysis more rapidly as iodide is a better leaving group than chloride
26. (c) SN2 mechanism occurs hence inversion in configuration takes place(Finkelstein reaction).
27. (c) In protic solvent nucleophilicity is proportional to the size of ion
28. (d) Leaving ability of any group is proportional to its stability
29. (a) Hydrolysis occurs via SN1 pathway & (I) will form highly stable intermediate(aromatic carbocation)
30. (a)
31. (d) It involves 4 carbocations & five transition states
OH
(+)
(–) (–)
(–) (+) (+)
–Br
—CH2Br ——— OH
—CH2 ——— ——— ——— ———
Ph
(Highly stable)
35. (d) Since nucleophilic substitution reaction has ionic mechanism thus, polar medium favours nucleophilic substitution reaction.
36. (a) Same as question 32 & 27
37. (c) Because it occurs via SN pathway Rate = R [alkyl halide] [OH–]
2
O O
(+)
Na (Na+ ion trapped inside crown ether)
O O
42. (d) R—I dissociates easily to produce carbocation as ‘I’ is a good leaving group
(+) H(+) •• (+)
H O CH3OH CH3 HO H
CH3 HO
•• (B)
43. (b) H3C H3C H3C—O(+) H MeO H
O
H
••
(–) CH3 H CH3OH CH3 H
CH3O •• (A)
H3C (–) O MeO HO MeO
O
Hence (A) forms via SN2 pathway while (B) via SN1 pathway
44. (a) In case of 20 alkyl halide reaction may occur through SN1 as well as SN2 pathway hence
Cl2 CH2Cl Cl +
hν + +
2. (c) Cl Cl
Cl Cl
Cl2
5. (c) h +
CH3 CH3
H3C CH3 Cl2 | |
CH—CH hν CH3 — CCl — CH(CH3) 2 + (CH3)2 CH — CH — CH 2 Cl
H3C
CH3
6. (d) Ease of abstraction of hydrogen depends upon the stability of f ree radical formed after the abstraction of hydrogen
h •
NOCl N O Cl• , Cl HCl +
8. (c)
N—OH
NO Tautomerism
NO
9. (b) factual question 10. (c) All hydrogens are identical.
11. (c) molecular wt. of alkane = 43 x 2 = 86 i.e. C6H14
It would be 3- methyl pentane
Cl
Cl2 Cl
Cl
+ + +
Cl
12. (b) Abstraction of hydrogen by halogen radical is rate determining step.
Br
Br
13. (c)
Br
CH2 Br
14. (c) This reaction occurs by electrophilic addition and follows markownikoff’s rule.
Br
Br
HO OH O
2Cl aq
16. (c) Ph — Et
2 → Ph — CCl Me
2 → –H2 O
hν K 2CO3 Ph—C—Me Ph—C—Me
unstable
O
Ph—CCH2Br NBS
Hence iodination of alkane is carried out in presence of HIO3 or HNO3 (oxidizing agents)
HIO
CH 4 + I4
3 → CH I + HI
3
Br
23. (b) It is 3° free radical & highly stable due to inductive effect.
24. (d) Strength of C — D bond is more in comparison to C — H bond hence Br can break C — H bond from 3° ‘C’ and form 3°
free radical which is stable due to more +I effect.
25. (d) Chlorine free radical is highly reactive than bromine free radical
Reactivity ∝ 1 / Selectivity
26. (d) Since C—H or C—D bond is not breaking thus rate of reaction will be unaffected.
crowded
3 1
8. (c) no alpha H atom
no alpha– H– atom
2
4
Ring activation due to 2nd carbon is more thus; nitration should take place at 4th position
9. (c) Both (a) & (c) can form but later can form with greater ease due to lack of steric hindrance
10. (c) ZnCl2 will remove chlorine atom near to nitrogen because of the formation of more stable carbocation
4 3 (–)
11. (a) (+) (+) (–)
5 2
N N N
H H H
(1) (2) (3)
Out of 2nd & 3rd, later is more favorable because opposite charges are closer to each other hence E+ attacks at 2nd & 5th
position.
CH2
CH2
12. (b) AlCl
Pd/
CH2
3
–2H 2
Cl
CH2
OH (+)
H ( )
C H
6 6
17. (d) –H 2O
(+)
(+)
( ) ring
H
CH2OH CH2 C H
6 6
opening
Cl
(+)
C H
3 AlCl
6 6
18. (b) Factual question (see energy profile diagram of sulphonation of aromatic compounds in your text book)
19. (c) Because –I effect of iodine is least so ortho position is less deactivated (i.e. less positively charged).
20. (d) Because rate determining step of ArSE does not involve breaking of C — H or C — D bond.
21. (c)
138 Problems in Organic Chemistry
22. (a) In ‘I’ group shows electron withdrawing effect while in II & III case ‘CH2’ is present which can show hyperconjugation
with benzene ring.
23. (d) Sec- butyl group is o/p directing group hence reaction will occur at para position because sec- butyl group is sterically
hindered. In BrCl, Br+ serves as electrophile hence (d) is obtained.
( )
24. (b) H
C H
ring opening
(+)
6 6
ArSE
(+)
Pd/
26. (c) In sulphonation SO3 a neutral electrophile attacks on benzene ring & reaction is reversible. Hence to avoid reversibility
we use oleum in place of H2SO4
27. (c) Ring (C) is attached with two +R group hence it has maximum electron density. (B) has less electron density than (A)
because – R effect of NO2 group is decreasing electron density inside the benzene nucleus.
28. (c) First Nitration occurs at para position & then friedel craft reaction occurs.
(+)
(CH2) 4— CH2Cl (CH2)4 C2H
(CH2) 4 —CH 2Cl
AlCl
NO ( )
3
2
NO2 NO2
(+)
O2N O2N
O O
O
H ( ) (+)
29. (d) +O O
3 AlCl
COOH CO
H 2O
Zn Hg
Pd
HCl
O
30. (c) See question no. 6
31. (b) Because the benzene ring which is directly attached with ‘S’ is activated thus, nitration should take place on this ring.
32. (d)
(–) ( )
33. (b) CH3 — CH — CH 2 Cl CH3 — CH — CH 2( ) CH3 — C — CH3
AlCl3 H shift C6 H 6
| | |
CH3 CH3 CH3
(+) Br Fe/Br2 CH3Cl/AlCl 3
CH3—C—CH 3 +
CH3 CH3
CH3
OH OH
Br2water Br Br
NO2 Br
36. (c) Here H ion attacks on benzene nucleus & displace Me3C+ ion which on elimination gives alkene
+
(+) (+)
46. (b) –H
(+)
N2 H
Cu
–CuH
–H
47. (d) Strength of lewis acid depends upon the electron deficiency on central atom.SnCl4 is poor lewis acid as Sn has complete
octet. In BF3 back donation of electrons from F to boron decreases electron deficiency of B thus, it is also a weak lewis
acid
48. (d)
H
C C2H5
49. (c)
CH3
50. (c) It is an example of IPSO attack.
CMe3 CMe3
(+)
NO 2 (+)
+ Me3C
Stable
Me 3 C CMe 3 Carbonium ion
Me3C NO2
51. (c) Following resonating structure of pyrrole is favourable because distance between –ve & +ve is least hence ArSE occurs at
2nd & 5th position.
4 3
(–)
5 (+) 2
N1
H
OH
(+)
(+)
H (+) C6H6
52. (d)
(+)
140 Problems in Organic Chemistry
53. (a)
(–)
54. (a) —O has strongest + R effect.
(–) (+)
OMe CH3 AlCl—OMe
3 CH3
AlCl3
55. (a) Deactivated ring
1 2
OH Cl
heat with H3PO4
61. (c)
62. (c) Br of Bromine water can replace –R group (like SO3H)
63. (b) in 3rd reaction product is sterically hindered that is carbon can not bear four phenyl groups on the other hand in 4th case
generation of carbonium ion is difficult.
NO2 Et NO2
OH OH
CH2COCH 3 CH2C—CH 3 CH3
(+)
(+)
65. (a) H
–H2O
(+)
CH2OH (+) CH
2
OH OH
O O
(+) (+)
H PhOH H PhOH
67. (c) (+) HO OH
(+)
OH
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 141
O OH OH
|| ( ) |
68. (c) CH3CH 2CCH3
H Toluene
CH3CH 2 — C — CH3 CH3 CH2 C—
( )
Me Me
H
AlCl3 C6 H 6 H2O
69. (a) (+) OAlCl3 OH
O (+) O OAlCl3
AlCl3
70. (a) Reaction will occur on that benzene ring which is activated thus, bromium ion attacks on the ring which is attached with
Me group. Since para position is sterically hindered hence ortho derivative will produce as a major product.
71. (d)
(+)
CH2 CH2 CH= CH2 (+) CH2 CH2 CH CH CH3
H
72. (c)
CH3 CH3
(+)
CH2 CH2 C CH2 CH3
CH3
(+) CH2
CH2
C
CH2CH3
CH3 (+)
—H
74. (d)
75. (a) Due to presence of two NO2 groups benzene nucleus becomes e– deficient and can favour the attack of nucleophile.
NO2 OH NO2 OH NO2 OH
(–)
NHCH3 N—CH 3
O2N NHCH3 O2N (+) O2N (+)
H H
NO2 NO2 OH
(+)
H
∆
N—CH3 N—CH3
O2N O2N
CH2
CH2N2 AlCl3 (+) C6 H 6
76. (d) CH2= CH—CH2Cl CH2—CH—CH 2 Cl
H
(+)
O O
79. (a) (CH2)2
(+) CH2C2HOH (+)
H benzene H
benzene
Oxirane Oxirane
80. (b) Carbon can not bear four phenyl groups due to steric hindrance thus, Ph4C can not form.
81. (a) HI formed in this reaction is a good reducing agent which makes the reaction reversible hence during the iodination of
benzene HI should be oxidized in to iodine by some oxidizing agents like HNO3 & iodic acid
O +R group
82. (d) Hence ArSE will occur according to +R group
O –R group
OH OH2 H2O
(+)
(+)
+ H
It involves four intermediats and thus five transition states will be achieved.
Br
Br 2 +
2. (a) CH3—CH = CH2 CH3—CH—CH 2
(–)
Cl
Br(–) from NaCl
CH3—CH—CH2Br CH3—CH—CH2Br
Br Cl
Hexagonal ring will not show ring opening reaction because it does not possess strain.
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 143
AlC4(–) Cl( )
7. (c) AlCl3 Cl2
(+)
Cl Cl
(–)
(+) AlCl4
CH3—CH = CH2+ Cl CH3—CH—CH 2 AlCl3 + CH 3—CH—CH2Cl
8. (c) Since carbocation forms as an intermediate in electrophilic addition reaction hence, rate of electrophilic addition reaction
will depend upon the stability of carbocation.
( +)
E( +)
Ph 2 C = CH 2
→ Ph 2 C — CH 2 E ................... (A)
(A) Is highly stable due to resonance of +ve charge with benzene rings
E ( )
(CH3 )2 C CH 2 Me2 C( ) — CH 2 E ................... (B)
(B) is also stable due to hyperconjugation
( )
E ( )
Ph 2 C CHCF3
Ph 2C — CHCF3
|
E
(C) is more stable than (B) but less stable than (A) because of – I effect of CF3 group hence rate of E.A.R. will be more in (1)
& least in (2) i.e. 1 > 3 > 2
9. (b) Stability of alkene ∝ 1 / Reactivity ∝ 1 / Heat of hydrogenation
••
CH
••
CH
2 2
CH CH
(+)
— (+)
12. (c) 2 H 3 Ring opening
(+)
H
SEt H
(+) S EtSH +
(+) Et
OH OH
Na C O
16. (a)
Cl OH
144 Problems in Organic Chemistry
A contains only one chiral carbon atom. On dehydration it produces Ph(Me)C = CMe2 which can not show optical as well
as geometrical isomerism
(+)
(+) (–) (+) OH
Cl
(+) Cl Rearrangement Cl OH Cl
22. (a)
OD
(+)
(+)
D2O
24. (d) H
(A)
H
(+) D OH
(+)
D HO
2
D (B)
OH
* *
PH * *
OH
* *
OH C = chiral carbon
(–)
(+)
CH2—CH =CH—CH 3 Br
CH2BrCH= CH—CH3
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 145
(+) (–)
Br
CH3CH =CHCH 2Br
CH3—CH =CH—CH 2
28. (c) When E(+) attacks on ‘1’ , a highly stable carbocation is formed. Thus, 1st double bond will be highly reactive. Out of 2nd
& 3rd, later is more reactive because it is cis while 2nd is more stable & less reactive as it is trans isomer more stable.
H H
Me Me Me
(+) (–)
29. (d) H Br
Ph (+) Ph Ph
Br
( ) ( ) ( )
30. (a) CH 2 CH 2
H
Slow
H 2O
CH 2 — CH 2
Fast
H CH3CH 2 OH
Since slowest step contains CH2 = CH2 & H+ hence rate law is Rate = K [CH2 = CH2] [H+]
31. (c) I+ serves as electrophile as it is less electronegative than Cl
32. (a) Since electrophilicity of Br+ is greater than I+ because of less electronegativity of I than Br thus, BrCl is more reactive than
IBr. Further interhalogens are less stable than halogens hence order of reactivity is: - BrCl > Br2 > IBr > I2
33. (a) In (a) C == C moiety is not attached with electron with drawing group.
CH3 CH3
| ( +) |
34. (d) CH3 — CH = CCH 2 CH 2 CH3 →
H
CH3 — CH2 — CCH 2 CH 2 CH3
[can show geometrical isomerism] ( +)
CH3
reduction |
CH 3 — CH 2— CHCH2CH2CH3 [opticaly active]
*
(+) (+)
35. (b) O O H
O OH O OH
(+)
(–)
Tautomerism Br
O OH O OH
Br Br
CH3
H Br
36. (a) Br2in CCl 4
Br H
CH3
The product of this reaction has configuration [2R, 3S]
Elimination Reactions:-
1. (d) At bridge ‘C’ atom double bond does not form until parent ring contains 8 ‘C’ atoms (Bredit’s rule)
2. (b) In hydrohalogenation anti elimination takes place
CH3
H Cl H
146 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(+)
CH3
(–)
3. (c) H3C—N— CH 3 OH CH3OH + (CH 3 )3N
CH3
(+)
(+)
(+) (+)
4. (c) H –H
(+)
(+)
(+) (+)
H Rearrangement –H
5. (b) OH –H2O (+)
6. (b)
7. (a) For SN1 substrate should be 3° & base should be weak.
Me
Me H
I H (–)
OH
8. (c) Also see q.15 Ph H
H Me
Me
CH3 CH3
(+)
CH3CHCHCH 2CH 3 CH3CH 2 CCH2CH 3
(+)
(+)
(+)
–H –H
CH2 CH3
H2O
12. (b) ————
Cl (+) Cl
OH2
(+)
(+)
–H
———— O
–HCl
Cl
OH
H/Ni
2 CH3I AgOH
excess (+) (–)
N N N N OH
(+)
H H H3C CH3 H3C CH3
Br I
H D
H D (–) H D (–) H D
15. (c) I I OR
D H D H D H D H
Br I
16. (c) Base is sterically hindered thus elimination product will produce more than substitution product.
Passage (17 to19)
Acid catalysed dehydration of alcohols involves formation of carbocation as intermediate
Rate of dehydration depends upon 2 factors
1. Stability of carbocation formed in rate determining step
2. Acidic nature of H attached to the carbon adjacent to positively charged carbon atom
3rd will provide stable carbocation (resonance stabilized) thus, it will dehydrate more easily
OH
(+) (+)
H
–H2O
NMe2 NMe2 (+)NMe2
stable due to resonance
4th will provide highly unstable carbocation as positively charged carbon atom is attached with electron withdrawing NO2
[Link] of 1st & 2nd dehyration process is rapid in later as it contains more acidic hydrogen.
OH
(+) (+) H
H More acidic due to electron
withdrawing effect of NO2 group
NO2 NO2
Out of 1st & 4th rate of dehydration will be more in 1st because formation of carbocation occurs in slowest step & 1st
provides more stable carbocation.
20. (c) In (B) saytzeff rule is obeyed while in (C) hoffman rule is obeyed.
In A anti elimination occurs as follows:-
OH
(+) (+)
H H More acidic due to electron
withdrawing effect of NO2 group
NO2 NO2
21. (c) Since OH is a poor leaving group in basic medium thus, base will abstract ‘H’ to produce conjugate base(E1CB)
22. (d) Tertiary halide on reaction with strong base favours elimination reaction & since temperature is also large thus 100% elimi-
nation product will be obtained.
23. (b) In 1-2 elimination reaction leaving groups should be anti periplanar to each other hence rotation about single bond occurs
in the following manner.
Ph Ph Ph
Ph Ph H Me
H Br Br
free rotation OR
Me H about single bond Me H Me Ph Ph
Ph H H
148 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(+)
–H (+)
(+)
(not possible)
3. b, c
4. a, b In carbonate ion bond order is 4/3 while bond order is 3/2 in acetate ion.
5. b, c
6. b, c
7. a, b, d b & d will show aromaticity after tautomerism
8. c, d
9. a, b because alkyl and alkenyl ions are stronger bases than NH2(–)
10. b, c X & Y are formed nia SN1 and elimination reactions respectively.
11. b, d II & III are antiaromatic & aromatic species respectively while I & IV are non aromatic species
12. a, b, d In these three cases benzene ring is deactivated.
13. a, b, d In polar proteic medium attacking base is caged solvent molecules by the help of hydrogen bonding and becomes
weak.
14. a, b 15. b, c, d
Cl
Cl
17. a, d 18. a, b, c 19. a, c, d
20. a, c
LEVEL-II
1. (a) Trans alkene is more stable so it has less energy thus, more energy will be required to achieve transition state
(+)
(+)
2. (d) 1st is stable as it can show sigma resonance
3rd is least stable as it can not show resonance it is stabilized by three hyperconjugative structures.
Antiaromatic
3. (d)
(+)
4nπ electrons
4. (d) This reaction is not possible because anti dehydrochlorination is not possible
Reaction Mechanism (General Organic Chemistry) 149
H
5. (c) H(+) H3C (+)
–CH3
(+)
(+)
H3C CH3
(+)
H
OH (+) OH
B B
6. (b) OH OH
7. (d) When two benzene rings are connected with each other by the help of covalent bond then resonance occurs as follows.
(+)
Deactivated ring
(–)
Activated ring
This kind of resonance is possible only when both the rings are present in the same plane. This resonance is maximum in
(d) because CH2 group holds both the benzene rings in the same plane which is not possible in (a) & (b)
(+)
O
8. (b) Lone pair present on oxygen repels negative charge.
(–)
O
9. (d) Bond order = No. of covalent bonds involved / No. of resonating structure
10. (a) + I effect of SiH3 is greater than CD3 which is further greater than CH3
11. (a) – R effect of CN will not work at meta position.
12. (b) Carbanion is stable than carbocation & radical as negatively charged carbon atom possesses 8e’s in its outermost shell.
Out of free radical & carbocation former is stable than later as radical needs only one electron to complete its octet while
carbocation needs 2 electrons to complete its octet
13. (c) Cyclo butadiene has rectangle shape hence bond lengths a & b are not equal & both are different compound
14. (d) All have 4nπ electrons so they all are antiaromatic & stable. Hence they loose their planarity & becomes non aromatic and
stable
15. (d) π- electrons present at periphery are considered.
16. (d) Since cyclobutadiene has rectangular shape hence chances of resonance are low thus, it has less resonance energy .It is
antiaromatic in nature thus, it dimerises easily at above 4°C as follows:-
2- moles
CCl3 CCl3
CCl3 –H
(+) CCl3
17. (b) O O
(–)
150 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Since negative charge is present at bridge ‘C’ thus, it can not be delocalized hence this carbanion will be nonplanar.
18. (b) Both the alkenes are almost equally stable
CH3 CH 3
|
A (CH3)3CCH =C and B (CH 3 ) 3 CCH 2 — C CH 2
CH3 5 hyperconjugative structure
6- hyperconjugative structure
But removal of 2nd hydrogen is more difficult in comparison to due to more steric hindrance around it thus, B is major &
A is minor
CH3 H2 CH3
| | |
CH3 — C — CH — C — CH2— H1
| |
CH3 OH
D H D H H D
19. (c)
O O
(+) (–)
Na RX + OH ROH
O O
23. (c) In case of SN2 :-
δ δ
RX + Nu ( )
→ Nu .........R.......... X
more polar & more more polar & more solvated
solvated
In case of SN1:-
δ δ
RX → Nu .........R.......... X
less polar & more more polar & more solvated
solvated
24. (d) In racemic mixture 35% d form & 35% l form will be present thus, % inverted product = 35 + 30 = 65
Acid & Base
5
Main Features
H O(+) +
HA + H2O A(–)
3
(acid) (Conjugate base)
LEVEL - I
OH OH COH
2
COOH
NO2
3.
NO2
NO2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(a) 4 > 2 > 3 > 1 (b) 4 > 1 > 3 > 2 (c) 2 > 4 > 1 > 3 (d) 4 > 2 > 1 > 3
O O Cl
6.
CH3
N N N N
H H H H
(1) (2) (3) (4)
OMe
OMe
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(a) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 (b) 1> 2 > 4 > 3 (c) 1 > 4 > 2 > 3 (d) 2 > 1 > 4 > 3
8. Carbonic acid, H2O, Phenol, FCO2H
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Correct order of acid strength is:-
(a) 1 > 4 > 3 > 2 (b) 2 > 1 > 3 > 4 (c) 2 > 4 > 1 > 3 (d) 4 > 1 > 3 > 2
2
NHCl
O
9.
H–N
3 N
1
Correct order of basic character of these nitrogens is:-
(a) 1 > 2 > 3 (b) 2 > 1 > 3 (c) 3 > 2 > 1 (d) 2 > 3 > 1
Acid & Base 153
(3)
HOOC
10. (1)
OH
(2) OH NO2
12.
N N N N
H H H H
(1) (2) (3) (2)
Correct order of basic strength is:-
(a) 2 > 1 > 4 > 3 (b) 2 > 1 > 3 > 4 (c) 1 > 2 > 4 > 3 (d) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4
(1)
NMe
13.
(3)
(2)
Bu—N Nac
H H H H
H NO2
H NO2
H
(3)
(1) (2)
CH CH LiOH
CH CLi H 2 O
154 Problems in Organic Chemistry
RONa NaNH 2
RONa NH3
H C C CH
(2)
H(1)
(a) 1 > 2 > 3 (b) 2 > 3 > 1 (c) 2 > 1 > 3 (d) 1 > 3 > 2
19. Correct order of ease of removal of H+ is:-
(+)
(1) OH
C—H
(+)
NO2H COOH
HO (3)
(a) 3 > 1 > 2 > 4 (b) 2 > 4 > 3 > 1 (c) 3 > 2 > 1 > 4 (d) 2 > 3 > 4 > 1
20. Which will have least pKa?
(a) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 (b) 1 > 4 > 2 > 3 (c) 4 > 1 > 2 > 3 (d) 4 > 1 > 3 > 2
29. Out of 1, 2, 3 & 4 which can with draw H from sp hybridized carbon of propene
+ 3
(–)
COO (2)
(–)
(–)
(3)
(–) C C (1)
O
(a) 4 > 3 > 2 > 1 (b) 4 > 2 > 1 > 3 (c) 4 > 1 > 2 > 3 (d) 4 > 3 > 1 > 2
156 Problems in Organic Chemistry
OH OH
OH OH
OMe
33.
OMe OMe
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(a) + +
N N N N
H (+) (+)
H H H
() (–) (–)
(b) ( NH3 )HSO 4 Me2 NH
MeNH 2 HSO4 NH 2
() ()
(c) C NH H C N H2
| |
NH2 NH2
(–)
(d) + OH H2 O +
N N
(+)
H
37. Consider the following amines:-
NMe2 NMe2 Me
NH2 Me Me NH2
Me
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(–) (–)
40. Which statement is not correct about OH & SH :-
(–) (–)
(a)
SH is better leaving group than OH
(–) (–)
(b)
OH is stronger base than SH
(–) (–)
(c) Conjugate acid of OH is stronger acid than conjugate acid of SH
(–) (–)
(d) Nucleophilicity of SH is large in comparison to OH in polar protic solvents
44. NH NH
N O N Me
Me H
(1) (2) (3) (4)
O CF3
O O O
(c) is less acidic than (d)
F3 C OH is less acidic the CH3COOH
CF3
158 Problems in Organic Chemistry
47. Correct sequence of acid strength of the following four compounds will be:-
CO2H CO2H CO2H CO2H
Me Me
Me Me
NO2 NO2 SO3 H NO2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(a) 3 > 1 > 2 > 4 (b) 3 > 1 > 4 > 2 (c) 1 > 3 > 2 > 4 (d) 3 > 2 > 1 > 4
48. Which statement is correct regarding the acid strength of the following organic and inorganic compounds?
(a) Sulphonic acids are more acidic than carboxylic acids
(b) BCl3 is more acidic than BF3
(c) Acetone is more acidic than acetaldehyde
(d) All are correct
49. Pick out the wrong statement.
(a) (CH3)3SiCH2COOH is more acidic than Me3CCH2COOH
(b) Fumaric acid is more acidic than maleic acid.
(c) Chloroform is more acidic than Fluoroform.
(d) In CH3CONH2, Hydrogen attached with N is more acidic than hydrogen attached with C
50. Which among the following is highly basic?
Cl
H
57. The reagent which can abstract H is:-
64. Assertion: - para chloro benzoic acid is more acidic than benzoic acid.
Reason: - +R effect of Cl group is not prominent thus due to –I effect of Cl para chloro benzoic acid is more acidic
(a) Assertion is True, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is False, Reason is true
65. Assertion: - Hydroxide ion can withdraw hydrogen from benzene .
Reason: - basic strength of alkenyl carbanion is greater than hydroxide ion
(a) Assertion is True, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is False, Reason is true
Answers Key
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (d) 17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (a) 20. (d)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (d) 27. (d) 28. (d) 29. (c) 30. (c)
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (a) 36. (a) 37. (b) 38. (b) 39. (a) 40. (c)
41. (c) 42. (c) 43. (c) 44. (d) 45. (b) 46. (c) 47. (d) 48. (d) 49. (a) 50. (c)
51. (d) 52. (a) 53. (b) 54. (a) 55. (b) 56. (d) 57. (d) 58. (c) 59. (d) 60. (a)
61. (b) 62. (a) 63. (a) 64. (a) 65. (d)
Ph Ph
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(+) Ph (–) Ph
Answer Key
1. (a), (b), (d) 2. (a), (d) 3. (a), (b) 4. (c) 5. (b), (c)
6. (a), (b) 7. (a), (b) 8. (a), (c) 9. (a), (b), (c), (d)
LEVEL - II
(a) 2 > 1 > 3 > 4 > 5 (b) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 > 5 (c) 1 = 2 > 3 > 5 > 4 (d) 2 > 1 > 3 > 5 > 4
2. Which is true regarding the basic strength of the two amines given below?
N N
(1) (2)
H4 H3
(a) C — H4 > C — H2 > C — H3 > C — H1 (b) C — H2 > C — H3 > C — H4 > C — H1
(c) C — H4 > C — H1 > C — H3 > C — H2 (d) C — H2 > C — H1 > C — H3 > C — H4
Acid & Base 163
7. Which statement is correct regarding the acid strength of following three compounds?
(1) HO O O—H(2) O H (4)
HO O (3) HO O
(a) H(3)is more acidic than H(4)
(b) H(1) is less acidic thanH(2)
(c) H(4) is more acidic than H(2)
(d) H(3) is less acidic than H(1) but more acidic than H(2)
8. In which case Ist is more acidic than 2nd
OH OH OH OH
NH2
(a) & N (b) CH3CONHCOCH3 & CH3CONHCOPh
N NH2
(c) & NH=CH (d) H2O & NH3
N NH3
Answer Key
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (b)
164 Problems in Organic Chemistry
SOLUTION
Level – I
1. (b) Resonance makes the NH2 group less basic however resonance also occurs in (a) but resonance in (b) is more favourable
because electro negative ‘O’ atom acquires negative charge. Hence due to more extent of resonance (b) is least basic.
(+ )
CH3 — C—N H 2←→ CH3 —C = NH 2
••
|| |
O O(–)
(+)
2. (c) H + aromatic & stable
(–)
3. (c) Phenols are less acidic than carboxylic acids hence 1 & 2 are less acidic than 3 & 4. Out of 1 & 2, later is more acidic
because NO2 is electron with drawing group & helps in the dissociation of OH bond.
Similarly out of 3 & 4th later is more acid due to more –I effect as well as – R effect of NO2 group at ortho position.
4. (a) The methyl group raises the electron density more at ortho & para position than at meta. Thus, the carbon atom para to the
methyl group has a high electron density, & the lone pair on the nitrogen atom therefore is prevented, to some extent, from
entering in to resonance with the ring. A methyl group raises the electron density at meta position to a very small extent.
Hence resonance with the ring of the NH2 group at this position is prevented less than for the p- position. Consequently, a
methyl group in the ring increases the basicity of the aniline, more so from the p- position than from meta
NH2
NH2
CH3NH2
NH2
5. (b)
NH3 Cl
ortho effect +R & –I effect ( +I effect)
(1) (2) (3) (4)
4 > 1 > 3 > 2 3rd is placed after 4 & 1 because Cl in ring deactivating group.
6. (a) 3 & 4th are less basic than 1 & 2nd because lone pair of electron present on N is delocalized. Out of 3 & 4th former is more
basic them later because electron –I effect of Cl decreases electron density on ‘N’. Out of 1 & 2nd is more basic due
to + I effect of methyl gruoup.
7. (d) 2nd & 1st are almost equally acidic because –I effect in 2nd will be equal to that of +R & ortho effect in 1st.
8. (a) acid strength ∝ stability of conjugate base
9. (a) –R effect of CO group makes 3rd nitrogen least basic. Out of 1st & 2nd later is less acidic because (–I) effect of Cl group
decreases electron density on N atom.
10. (a) Carboxylic acid is more acidic than phenols. Out of 1st and 2nd later is less acidic due to presence of intra molecular –H
bonding
11. (a) 1st is least basic because lone pair of electron present on ‘N’ undergoes resonance with CO group. Out of 3rd and 2nd former
is more basic as its lone pair undergoes resonance only with one double bond
12. (a) 3rd is least basic because lone pair of electron present on N is delocalized. Out of 1, 2 & 4th, 4th is least basic because N is
sp2 hybridized thus, it is more electronegative & can not donate its lone pair of electrons easily. 2nd is more basic than 1st
because of more +I effect.
13. (a) 3rd is least basic as lone pair of electron present on N is not localized and takes part in resonance with CH3CO
group(Ac).
14. (b) 1st is least acidic due to the presence of intramolecular H bonding
15. (a) Because after protonation intermediate so formed is stabilized by resonance
•• (+ )
NH2 NH2 NH2
| (+ ) | ||
H 2 N — C = NH → H 2 N —C = N H 2 ←→ H 2 N—C — N H 2
H •• •• ••
( +)
Acid & Base 165
(–) (–)
(–) (–)
CH ≡ CH + N H2 ←
→ NH3 + C ≡ CH NH 2 > C ≡ CH
(less basic)
(More basic)
16. (d)
(–) (–) (–) (–)
→ OH + CH ≡ CH
CH ≡ C + H 2 O ← CH ≡ C > OH
(More basic)(less basic)
37. (b) 2nd is more basic then 3rd because groups present at ortho position create hindrance in resonance (steric inhibition to
resonance) thus, lone pair of electrons present on ‘N’ does not undergo resonance with benzene ring easily & available
for protonation.
38. (b) –ve charge undergoes resonance which is more favourable as electronegative element ‘O’ acquires negative charge.
O O(–)
|| (–) |
CH3 — C— CH 2 → CH3 —C = CH 2
39. (a) 1st is more basic than 2nd & 4th because in 1st case amine inversion takes place.
40. (c) H2S in stronger acid than H2O
166 Problems in Organic Chemistry
41. (c) CH3OH is stronger acid than Me3COH Me2 NH & BuH hence methoxide ion is least basic. BuH is least
acidic hence its conjugated base i.e will be strongest base. Since Me3COH is stronger acid than Me3NH hence
(–) (–)
(CH3 )3 CO will be stronger base than (CH3 ) 2 N
O == C — CH3
43. (c) Because lone pair of electron present on ‘N’ are localized & (c) is 2° amine which is more basic than 3° amine (a)
44. (d) 2nd is least basic because of delocalization of lone pair of electrons present on N with CO group. 4th & 3rd are more basic
than 1st as 1st is 3° amine
45. (b) ‘N’ does not contain lone pair of electron.
(–) O (–)
O O O
46. (c) is stabilized by extended resonance while is not
47. (d) Sulphonic acid is more acidic than carboxylic acid. 2nd is more acidic than 1st due to ortho effect. 4th is least acidic because
at meta position methyl group shows + I effect.
48. (d) BF3 is less acidic than BCl3 due to back bonding. Acetone is more acidic than acetaldehyde because
(–)
CH3CHO
base
→ C H 2 CHO ←→ CH 2 = CH — O(–) less substituted
alkene & less stable
(–)
→ CH 2 COCH3 ←→ CH 2 = C — CH3
base
CH3COCH3 more substituted
| alkene & more stable
O(–)
49. (a) + I effect of (CH3)3 Si- is greater than Me3C–
50. (c) Lone pair of electrons present on nitrogen is localized.
51. (d) Anion formed after the removal of H+ ion is not stabilized by resonance (alkoxide ion PhCH2O(–)).
52. (a) N of CH3CN is sp hybridized hence more electronegative while oxygen of MeCHO & MeOMe are sp2 & sp3 hybridized
respectively. So oxygen of MeOMe is least electronegative.
Electronegativity ∝ 1 / basic character
53. (b) Conjugate base is not stabilized by resonance as bridge carbon atom can not bear double bond.
(–)
(+)
H + Aromatic
(–)
(+)
H + Antiaromatic
(–)
Ph (+) Ph
H + Aromatic
(–) Ph (–) Ph
9. (a), (b), (c), (d)
LEVEL - II
1. (a) 2. (b) 2nd is less basic than 1st because 2nd amine undergoes inversion
i—Pr i—Pr
i—Pr N N i—Pr
i—Pr i—Pr
3. (b) Check the stability of the anion formed after the removal of H+
S
4. (a) sulphur can receive electrons of negative charge in its d orbital
(–)
S
168 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(–)
5. (b) (–)
aromatic ring
Main Features
Preparation Properties
NaOH AlCl3 Chain isomers (at least 4 C atoms)
R—COONa or RCOOH CaO, ∆ HCl
Na/Ether Pyrolysis
RX Lower alkane & alkene
Zn/Ether Al2O3 or
RX Mo2O3 600°
Aromatic Compound
Zn/Hg +HCl
RCOR or RCHO X2
A hvν
RX
NH2 NH2
NaOH, ∆ L
K
A
N O2
Current
RCOONa E ∆
CO2+ H2O
(+)
Zn + H conc. H2SO4
RX ∆ RSO3H
Red P
RCOR or RCHO or ROH HI
170 Problems in Organic Chemistry
H2O
Aldehyde or ketone (M. A.)
alc. KOH
CH3CHBr2 or NaNH2 A HOCl
CI2CHCHO (M. A.)
Zn dust L Fe/heat
Benzene [For acetylene]
CHBr=CHBr heat K Trimerisation
H2O Y Fe/heat
Cal. or Mag. Carbide Dimerisation
[For acetylene]
N
E Cold KMnO4
CH3X
CHO—CHO or vicinal di ketones
CH CNa S
Hot KMnO4
(i) CH3Mgl. Zn Carboxylic acid
CH3—C CH (ii) CH3X Ozonolysis
Carboxylic acid
X2
RCX2—CHX2
M. A Markownikoff addition AsCl3
CHCl=CHAsCl2 Lewsite gas
A. M. A Antimarkownikoff addition CO + H2O
R—CH = CHCO2H
Ni(CO)4
NH4OH + CuCl2
R—C CCu
Only for terminal alkynes
Tollen’s reagent
NaBH4 R—C CAg
Only for terminal alkynes
B2H6/H2O2
aldehyde or ketone (A.M.A.)
NaOH
2HX RCX CH (M.A.) 2 3
Hg(OAc)2
NaBH4 aldehyde or ketone (M.A.)
Hydrocarbon (Alkane, Alkene & Alkyne) 171
LEVEL - I
Na/Et2O
5. (A) (A) & (B) respectively are:-
Br
(i) Mg/Et2O
(B)
(ii) H2O
Cl Cl
(a) , (b) ,
Br Br
Br Br
(c) , (d)
,
Cl Cl
Zn Zn
6. (A) →
Me2O (B) →
∆ But - 2 - ene (A) will be:-
Me Me
7. C=C
4 2OsO / H O
→ (A), (A) would be:-
H H
OH
OH
H OH Me Me H
(a) Me (b) H OH (c) (d) All of these
Me Me H Me
H
H OH OH
3 (i) PhCO H Br
(c) Trans – stilbene → Product 2 →
(+ ) (d) Cis – stilbene
in CCl Product
(ii) H 2O / H 4
2 2CH N in presence of N
2 → Product
10. Cis – stilbene
Ph Ph Ph H H H
(a) C — C (b) C—C (c) C—C (d) Both (a) & (b)
H H H Ph Ph Ph
CH2 CH2 CH 2
1 mol
11. → (A), (A) would be:–
H2
dilute [X]
12. →
H 2SO4 (Major)
H2SO4 OH
OH
HSO4
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Hydrocarbon (Alkane, Alkene & Alkyne) 173
hν Peroxide
13. CH 4 + CI2 →(A) → (B), (B) would be:–
Cyclo octa-1, 5-diene
1 : 3
18. Which among the following will have largest heat of hydrogenation?
20.
These compounds are dehalogenated by Zn /∆ . The correct order of ease of these compounds for dehalogenation is:–
(a) 1 > 2 > 3 (b) 1~ 2 > 3 (c) 3 > 2 > 1 (d) 3 > 2 ~1
21. Which will give four products when subjected to mono chlorination. (only structural isomers)
(a) n –pentane (b) Iso – butane
(c) Methyl cyclo pentane (d) 1, 2 – Dimethyl cyclo propane
22. Identify [Y] in the following reaction.
hν
23. Cl2C = C = O → A B, A & B are:–
CHCl2 CCl2 Cl
•• •• ••
(a)
C Cl2 , (b) C2Cl2, Cl (c) C Cl2 , (d) C Cl2 , Cl
CCl2
Cl
174 Problems in Organic Chemistry
24. Arrange the following hydrocarbons in decreasing order of their acid strength
Propyne, Ethyne, But – 2 – yne Ethene
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(a) 2 > 1 > 3 > 4 (b) 2 > 1 > 4 > 3 (c) 1 > 2 > 4 > 3 (d) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4
25. 1 mol of hydrocarbon ‘A’ gives 4 moles CO2 on combustion. It can decolourise Br2 water. A gives B when treated with Pd/C.
B can also decolourise Br2 water. A can react with Tollens reagent but B can not. A & B are:–
(a) , (b) , (c) , (d) ,
2 5 KOH in C H OH
26. ΦCH 2 Cl →[X] , [X] may be:–
(2 − Moles)
(a)
Φ — CH — CH 2 — Φ (b) ΦCH2 — CH2 Φ (c)
ΦCH = CH Φ (d) 2 moles of PhCH2OH
|
Cl
27. Which product will not form in the following reaction?
CH3 — C — CH 2 — CH = CH 2 → O3 ,H 2O
Product
|| ∆
CH 2
(a) HCOOH (b) CH3COCH2COOH (c) Me2CO (d) All are possible
∆ NaOH Pd O3
CHO
28. A + maleic acid → → → →3 | (A) will be:–
CaO / ∆ ∆ H 2O + Zn CHO
CH 2
(a) || (b)
(c)
(d) Ethene
CH 2
H( + )
CH2 = CH — CH = CH2 → Product
D 2O
(a)
CH3 — CH — CH CH 2 (b) CH3 — CH = CH — CH2OD
OD
CH 2 D — CH — CH = CH 2
(c) (d) Both b & c
|
OD
30. Which among the following will liberate two moles of CO2 gas on oxidative ozonolysis followed by heating?
Mg(1mol)
31. BrCHDC º C - CHD - Br ¾¾¾¾¾
® Product
Ether
H PO A MnO (–)
4 → NaOH
32. Butan – 1, 4 – di – ol 3 4→
→ → Butane. (A) is:–
∆ ∆ ∆ CaO, ∆
•• •
(a)
C H 2 (b)
CH3 (c) C2H2 (d) C2H4
Hydrocarbon (Alkane, Alkene & Alkyne) 175
∆ ∆
+ CH2=CH2 ...................(1) + CH2 =CH2 ...................(2)
(i) NaNH
2 → X (i) NaNH
2 → Y 0°C
34. Acetylene
(ii) (CH ) Br (ii) Ni –B (–)
→ Z , Z is:–
2 4 2 2 MnO4
CHOHCH2OH C=O OH
(a) (CH2)4 (b) (CH2)4 (c)
Br(CH 2 )4 CH — CH 2 OH (d)
CHOHCH2OH C O= |
OH
OH
35. Correct order of boiling points of n – hexane, n– pentyne, iso – pentyne, iso pentene, iso pentane is:–
(a) n – hexane > n – pentyne > iso pentyne > iso pentene > iso pentane
(b) n – pentyne > iso pentyne > iso pentene > n – hexane > iso pentane
(c) n – hexane > iso pentyne > n – pentyne > iso pentene > iso pentane
(d) n – pentyne > iso pentyne > n – hexane > iso pentene > iso pentane
CN
∆
36. + [X], X is:–
CH3
CH3 CH3
CN
CN CH3
(a) Me (b) Me
Me CH3 Me
CN
Me
(c) Me CH3 (d) Me
Me CH3
CN
OHC CHO
(a) (b) CHO
OHC CHO |
CHO
(2 moles)
COH
(c) OHC — CH2 — CH2 — CHO (d) |
C OH
(3moles)
(a) CH2Br CH = CHD (b) CH3 CH = CHBr (c) CH2 = CH CHDBr (d) both a & c
H
CH3 CH3ONa(in DMSO)
41. → X, X is:–
Br heat
H
D
H
H H
CH3
CH3 CH3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
H CH3
H D D H
D H
CH3
H Br I(–)
42. Br H → X, X is:–
in Me2CO
CH3
CH3 CH3
H I H I CH3 CH3 H CH3
(a) I H (b) H I (c) C C (d) C C
H H H H
CH3 CH3
Hydrocarbon (Alkane, Alkene & Alkyne) 177
COONa
Current
43. ¾¾¾¾
® [X] dim erisation
¾¾¾¾¾® [Y]
COOK
COONa
Current
COOK ¾¾¾¾ ® [Z]
O
Aromatic products are
(a) All (b) Y & Z (c) X & Y (d) Z
(i) Na / liq NH
3 → ortho-Xylene, A is:–
44. A
(ii) A / ∆
(iii) Pd / ∆
CH3
H NAOEt
46. → product
Br
H
H3C
H
The product of this reaction is:–
CH3 CH3
H H
(a) (b) (c) (d)
CH3 H CH3 H
CH3 CH3
48. By the ozonlysis of cis – jasmone propanal & 3, 4, 7 – trioxo heptanal are produced, the structure of cis jasmone will be:–
O
(a) O (b)
(c) (d)
178 Problems in Organic Chemistry
O
49.
→
51. In which alcohol acid catalysed dehydration is not possible via E1 mechanism:–
(a)
(CF3 )2 — COH (b) CF2MeOH (c)
Φ2CMeOH (d)
CH3 — CH — OH
| |
CH3 CH3
52. In which case 1st compound has higher melting point than 2nd.
Cl Cl Cl Cl
Cl
(a) & (b) CH3COONa & NaCl (c) & (d) both (a) & (b)
Cl
Cl Cl
53. The compound with highest value of heat of combustion is:–
(+ )
54. ΦCH (OH) C ≡ CH H3O
→ CH =CHCHO
Which intermediate will not form during the course of above reaction?
+ (+ ) (+ )
ΦC H C ≡ CH (b)
(a) ΦCH= C= C H (c)
ΦCH(OH) C = CH 2 (d) All are correct
55. Identify the unexpected product in the following reaction:–
Me Br
2 →
Product
in NaCl
Br
Cl Me
Me
(a) (b) Me (c) Br (d) All products are possible
H
H H
Br
Br Br
Cl2 →
56. A, Product A is:–
in CCl 4
H Cl H Cl Cl
Cl
H Cl H Cl
(a) (b) (c) (d) None
Hydrocarbon (Alkane, Alkene & Alkyne) 179
H3C COOR
∆ heat strongly
57. + →
→
COOR
The end product of this reaction is:–
Me CO2R Me CO2R
(a) (b)
CO2R CO2R
Me
CO2R Me CO2R
(c) (d) & CH 2 = CH 2
CO2R CO2R
CH Cl(excess)
3 2 4 → (i) C H / ∆
58. N
→ E
AgOH/∆ (ii) Pd / ∆
CH3
59. Which isomer of pentane will produce three mono chloro derivatives (including stereoisomers)
MeO(–)
60.
in MeOH/∆
→ [X]
Br H
Br
MeO(–)
in MeOH/∆
→ [Y]
H
(X) & (Y) are
(a) Same alkyne (b) Cumulated diene & alkyne respectively
(c) Alkyne & cumulated diene respectively (d) Same cumulated diene
61. Wurtz reaction will be observed in:–
OH OH
CH ≡ C — CH 2 Cl (b)
(a) (c) CH3CHCl2 (d)
Cl
Br
62. A Hydrocarbon ‘A’ (C6H10) on reduction with limited quantity of H2 gives another hydrocarbon B. B on mono chlorination
gives two isomers. A is :–
CH3
(a) (b)
CH3 CH3 (c) (d) All of these
180 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Cl Cl Cl
NH2
Li / liq NH
3→ H 2 / Ni
64. (B) → (C)
CH OH 3
(A)
Correct order of basic strength of A, B & C is:–
(a) B > C > A (b) B > A > C (c) C > B > A (d) A > B > C
65. Styrene (Phenyl ethylene) + Chloro methoxy methane ——→ Product P. P would be:–
(a) Ph—CH(OCH3)CH2CH2Cl (b) PhCH(CH2Cl)CH2OCH3
(c) Ph–CH(CH2OCH3)CH2Cl (d) Ph–CHCl(CH2)2OCH3
Hg(OAc)2, THF
NaBH4
A
Me H
H OH
(–)
66. THF/BH3
X
H2O2, OH
C
Me H
Me H H OH
CH3COOH
B
Me
H
(CH2)3Br
67.
CH2Br
O H SO
2 4
CH3
(a)
O (b)
OH (c)
OH (d)
Hydrocarbon (Alkane, Alkene & Alkyne) 181
Passage– I
LiAlH
4 → B dil H SO
2 4 → C → D H( + ) ,Heat
A
Compound D on ozonolysis gives heptan – 2, 6 – dione
OH OH OH
(a) (b) (c) (d)
OH
71. Compound B would be:–
Passage–II
An alkyl halide (X) C4H8Br2 gives (A) when treated with alcoholic KOH. A gives B when fused with KOH at 197°C .When (A) &
(B) are treated with NaNH2 (C) & (D) are formed respectively. (D) On treatment with HCl gives (E). (E) On reaction with (C) can
produce (D). Compound (A) & (B) have same degree of unsaturation (A) can react with Tollen’s reagent but (B ) can not. However
both (A) & (B) forms same compound (F) on hydration.
73. Compound X is
(a) 2,3 – di bromo butane (b) 1,1 di bromo butane (c) 1, 4 di bromo butane (d) All of these
74. Compound A is:–
(a) Butyne (b) But–2–yne (c) Buta–1, 3–diene (d) But–2–ene
75. Compound B is
(a) Butyne (b) But–2–yne (c) Buta–1, 3–diene (d) But–2–ene
76. Compound C is:–
(a) Cis–but–2–ene (b) Trans–but–2–ene (c) Butylide ion (d) None of these
77. Compound D is:–
(a) Cis–but–2–ene (b) Trans–but–2–ene (c) Butylide ion (d) Butene
78. Compound E is:–
(a) 2 – chloro butane (b) 2, 2 di chloro butane (c) Both (a) & (b) (d) 1 – chloro butane
79. Compound F is:–
(a) Butanal (b) Butanol (c) Butanone (d) Butan–2–ol
182 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Passage – III
2 6B H
Reaction - 2 (–)
→ B
H 2O2 , OH
oxymercuration
Reaction - 3 → C
Passage – IV
Passage – V
Fe/∆ A A
(A) (B) Heat (C) Heat (D)
2 moles O3/Zn/ H2O
2 moles of glyoxal
Answer the questions from 91 to 93
91. Compound (A) is:–
(a) Propyne (b) Ethyne (c) Ethene (d) Propene
92. Compound (C) is:–
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
OH
CH2 C CH2
(+ )
H
97. CH3 CH2 NH2 →(X) product
Heat
CHO
CH2 C CH CH C CH
(a)
CH3 NH2 (b)
CH3 CH2 NH2
CH2
CHO CHO
NH
CH2 C CH2 CH2 C CH3
(c)
CH3 CH NH2 (d) CH3 CH2
CHO CHO
Br
2 → Product
in NaCl
Br
(a) Br (b)
Br
Br
100. Identify the alkene which will not provide the following alcohol upon oxymercuration – demercuration.
OH
101. CH 2 CH 2 2H SO
4
AlCl —HCl
102. Assertion: – CH3 — CH2 — CH3
3 → No product:–
25°C
Reason: – For product formation temperature should be 300°C.
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
103. Assertion: – In pyrolysis of alkane lower alkenes and alkanes are formed
Reason: – Disproportionation of free radial takes place in this reaction
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
104. Assertion: – Methyl isonitrile can not be reduced to Dimethyl amine by Sabatier senderson reduction
Reason: – Sabatier senderson [Link] a kind of syn – molecular addition while above reduction requires nascent H
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
Na
105. Assertion :– (C6H5)3CCl + chlorobenzene (C6H5)4C → (C6H5)4C
Ether
The product (C6H5)4C does not form in this reaction
Reason: – In chloro benzene resonance occurs and C – Cl bond acquires double bond character which is difficult to break.
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion.
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
106. Assertion: – Methane has largest Calorific value among all hydrocarbon nevertheless it is not used in L.P.G.
Reason: – When it comes out from the cylinder it does not convert it self in to gas and remains in liquid state
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
186 Problems in Organic Chemistry
107. Assertion: – Hyrdrogenation of compound (given below) by Pd / H2 (1mol) gives an optically inactive compound.
Me H
H
H
Reason: – It is a kind of anti addition
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
108. Assertion: – n – Butane on mono chlorination gives three products which on distillation gives 2 products,
Reason: – On distillation association takes place
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
109. Assertion: – Addition of bromine on fumaric acid yield enantiomers.
Reason: – Bromination of alkene is an example of electrophilic addition.
(a) Assertion is True, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is False, Reason is true
OH
(+ )
H /∆
110. Assertion : – → A (Product)
(A) does not give addition with Cl2 / CCl4 (in dark)
Reason: – A contains phenyl group which does not show addition with Cl2 in dark.
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
Answer Key
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (a) 16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (a)
31. (b) 32. (d) 33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (b) 36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (d) 39. (a) 40. (d)
41. (a) 42. (d) 43. (a) 44. (d) 45. (d) 46. (b) 47. (d) 48. (c) 49. (d) 50. (c)
51. (a) 52. (a) 53. (c) 54. (c) 55. (c) 56. (a) 57. (d) 58. (b) 59. (c) 60. (a)
61. (c) 62. (b) 63. (c) 64. (c) 65. (d) 66. (a) 67. (b) 68. (c) 69. (a) 70. (c)
71. (a) 72. (d) 73. (b) 74. (a) 75. (b) 76. (c) 77. (b) 78. (a) 79. (c) 80. (b)
81. (d) 82. (a) 83. (a) 84. (c) 85. (b) 86. (c) 87. (a) 88. (c) 89. (b) 90. (d)
91. (b) 92. (d) 93. (a) 94. (a) 95. (c) 96. (a) 97. (a) 98. (b) 99. (b) 100. (c)
101. (a) 102. (c) 103. (a) 104. (a) 105. (b) 106. (a) 107. (c) 108. (c) 109. (d) 110. (a)
Hydrocarbon (Alkane, Alkene & Alkyne) 187
1. Which among the following compound can produce two moles of ethane when 1 mol of the compound reacts with excess of
EtMgBr?
OH
(a) CH3CH = CH2 (b) (c) (d) Buta -1,3-diene
OH
2. Maleic acid on neutralization by NaOH followed by electrolysis gives ‘X’, ‘X’ on reaction with:-
(a) Cl2/H2O can produce dichloro ethanal (b) MnO4(–) / 0°C can produce glyoxal
(c) H2O/H(+) can produce ethanol (d) O3 followed by hydrolysis can produce acetic acid
3. Which statement is true about addition reactions?
(a) Unsymmetrical alkenes on reaction with HCl give markownikoff product in presence of sun light
(b) C2H5SH shows KHARASCH effect in presence of active peroxide
(c) When addition reaction occurs via the formation of free radicals, antimarkownikoff product is obtained as major product
(d) C C bonds on addition reaction with I2 can not produce vicinal di iodide
4. Which among the following reagent is not suitable for the following transformation?
H
|
→ CH3 — C = C— CH3
CH3 — C ≡ C — CH3
|
H
(a) Na/liquid NH3 (b) P - 2 Catalyst (c) Pd / C (d) H2 / Ni
OH
CH3 H
R
5. → R may not be:-
H CH3
OH
HCOOOH / H3O(+)
(a) (b) OsO4 / H2O2 (c) Cold MnO4(–) (d)
CH3COOH / H3O(+)
A & B are primary and secondary allyl bromides. Select the true statement/s:-
(a) A is thermodynamically controlled product (b) B is thermodynamically controlled product
(c) A is kinetically controlled product (d) B is kinetically controlled product
7. In which case 1st compound has higher value of heat of hydrogenation than 2nd compound.
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
O
10. In which case meso isomer is produced.
4 KMnO
(a) in CCl4
+ Cl2 → Product (b) → Product
0°C
H
KMnO4 | Cl
(c) → Product (d) Ph — C = C— Ph 2 →
Product
0°C in CCl 4
|
H
Answer Key
1. (b), (c) 2. (a), (b) 3. (a), (b), (c), (d) 4. (b), (c), (d) 5. (b), (c)
6. (a), (d) 7. (d) 8. (b), (c) 9. (a), (b), (c), (d) 10. (c), (d)
LEVEL - II
dil H SO
2 4→
Product
OH
OH
2. Which intermediate will not involve in the following reaction.
H( + ) Me Ph
= CH 2 →
2mec
|
PH
Me Me
CH2
Ph
(+ ) | (+ ) (+ ) Me2 C C–Me
(a)
Me2CPh (b)
Me2 C — C —CH 2 (c)
MeC — CH 2 — CMe (d)
+ Ph
| | | |
Ph Me Ph Ph
3.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Arrange the following compounds in decreasing order of their calorific values.
(a) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 (b) 4 > 3 > 2 > 1 (c) 4 > 2 > 1 > 3 (d) 4 > 2 > 3 > 1
Hydrocarbon (Alkane, Alkene & Alkyne) 189
Na
(c)
→ (CH2)n (d) All are correct
Br Br dry Ether
Na
7. ICHDC2CHDI → X, [X] is:-
THF
(a) An alkyne and can react with tollen’s reagent
(b) Optically active
(c) alkyne and can not react with tollen’s reagent
(d) Not optically active but can show geometrical isomerism
8. Select the reaction with wrong produced
COOK
Current
(a) →
COOK
Current
(b) (CH3)3CCOONa → (CH3 )3 CC(CH3 )3
100%
Current
(c) KOOC COOK →
KOOC
(d) Current
→
COOK
Current
9. CH3 — C H — CH 2 — COONa → [X], [X] would be:-
|
Cl
(a) CH3 — CHClCH2CH2CHClCH3 (b)
CH3 — C H — CH 2 Cl
|
CH3 —CH—CH 2Cl
Cl
|
CH3 — C = CH 2
(c) (d) CH3 — CH — CH3
|
Cl
190 Problems in Organic Chemistry
10. How many structural alkenes on hydrogenation can give following alkane?
(a) (b)
(c) (d) CF2 = CF2
Each question contains statement given in two columns which have to be matched. Statement (A, B, C , D) in column I have to be
matched with statements (p, q, r, s) in column II. The answers to these questions have to be appropriately bubbled as illustrated in
the following examples. If the correct match are A – p, A – s, B – r, B – r, B – q, C – q, D – S, then the correctly bubbled 4 x 4 matrix
should be as follows.
A p q r s
B p q r s
C p q r s
D p q r s
3 H O( + )
(B) CH2 = CH — SiH3 → Product (q) Nucleophilic addition reaction
2 → Product Br
(C) CH2 = CH — CH2 — CH3 (r) Electrophilic addition
hν
3 → CCl Br
(D) CH2 = CH — CH3
Peroxide Product (s) Markownikoff addition
hot KMnO4
(B) (CH3)2C = CHCH3 → (q) CH3COOH
3 2 → O ,Zn,H O
(C) (CH3)2C= CHCH3 (r) CH3COCH3
heat
3 O ,Zn
(D) (CH3)2C = CHCH2COCH3 →
H O, heat (s) CH3COCH2CHO
2
Hydrocarbon (Alkane, Alkene & Alkyne) 191
Answer Key
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (a)
11. (d)
SOLUTION
Br Br
(–)
NBS KMnO4 COO(–) Kolbey’s
1. (a) electrolysis
CH2=CH—Br
COO
Tautomerism KOH
CH2CHO CH2=CH—OH 623 K, 200 atm
Et-Br
3. (c) CH3CH 2C º CH + NaNH 2 ® CH3CH 2C º CNa ¾¾¾¾
® CH3CH 2C º C - Et
(meso isomer)
4. (b) On dehydrobromination it will produce cyclobutadiene which is less stable because it is antiaromatic.
Cl
Na / Et O
2 →
5. (d)
Br Wurtz reaction
Cl Cl
Cl
Mg H 2O
→ →
Et 2O –MgBrOH
Br MgBr
Wurtz reaction Wurtz reaction
Cl Cl
Zn | | Zn / ∆
6. (c) 2CH3CHCl2 → CH3 — CH — CH — CH3 → CH3CH = CH — CH3
Ether
7. (d) OsO4 gives syn hydroxylation. cis alkene on syn addition produces meso isomer; options (a) (b) & (c) all are meso isomers
hence all are correct.
O O
O3
8. (d) CH3—C C—CH3 CH3—C—C—CH3
H2O2
2CH3COOH
H2O
O O
Tautomerism
CH3—C—C=CH2
9. (d) Halogenations of alkene is anti addition. cis alkene on anti addition forms mixture of enantiomers i.e. racemization takes
place hence (d) is not stereo specific.
Note: - See question no. 5. topic electrophilic and free radical addition in chapter - 4
10. (d) In the atmosphere of N2 triplet carbene is formed. (see question no. 10 topic reaction intermediate in chapter -04 )
11. (b) Less substituted alkene is less stable and hence undergoes reduction easily. Benzene ring does not undergo reduction
because after reduction it loses its Aromaticity
(+)
(+) (+)
H ring opening H2O
12. (c) OH
13. (d) •
RCOOOCOR
→ 2RCO O
• • • •
RCO O
→ R + CO 2
R + CHCl3
→ RH + C Cl3
CCl3 CCl3
• RH
+ C Cl3 • –R•
•
CCl3
or
CCl3
14. (d) HI solid does not undergo addition reaction with alkene.
Br Br Br
Br
15. (b) Br Br Br Br
(+)
(–) Na NH3 •
16. (b)
CH2 = CH—CH= CH2
Na
CH2 = CH —CH—CH2 –NaNH2 CH2=CH—CH—CH3
(+)
(–)Na
NH3 Na •
CH3—CH =CH—CH3 –NaNH2 CH2—CH=CH—CH3 CH2—CH=CH—CH3
Hydrocarbon (Alkane, Alkene & Alkyne) 193
O ozonolysis
17. (a) O
O → CH3COCOCH2CHO + OHCCH2COCH2CH2CHO
O
O
O
Cl
20. (c) 3rd will undergo dehalogenation rapidly because after dehalogenation resonance stabilized alkene i.e. CH2 = CH — CH =
CH — CH = CH2 forms. 1st will undergo dehalogenation slowly because it forms cyclo propane which is less stable due
to ring strain. 2nd also gives alkene on dehalogenation but resonance stabilization of CH2 = CH — CH = CH2 is less in
comparison to the alkene given by 3rd compound. Thus, rate of dehalogation is 3 > 2 > 1
1
2
21. (c) 3
hν ••
23. (d) CCl2 CO → CO + C Cl2
Di chloro carbene
Dichloro carbene undergoes addition reaction with alkene.
+ CCl2 Cl
Cl
24. (b) Acid strength ∝ 1 / stability of conjugated base
(A) (B)
Partial reduction
To
CAg
(A) decolourises Br2 water which indicates presence of multiple bond. (A) reacts with Pd / C which indicates presence of
triple bond & since (A) reacts with Tollen’s reagent hence triple bond must be present at the terminal.
(–)
alc
26. (c) Ph — CH 2 Cl → Φ — CH — Cl
KOH Stabilised by resonance
Cl
(–)
alc KOH
ΦCHCl + Φ —CH2—Cl Φ—CH=CH—Φ
(–)
Cl Φ—CH2—CH—Φ Elemination
dicarboxylation
27. (b) CH3COCH 2COOH
→ CH3COCH3 + CO2
Heat
CH—COOH COOH
28. (c) + Diels Alder NaOH
CaO/∆
CH—COOH COOH
29. (c) See question no. 27 topic - Electrophilic & free radical addition, Chaptor -04.
30. (a)
31. (d)
OH CH C
0°C Ni2–B
(CH2)4 (CH2)4 – NaBr
MnO4
CH C
OH
Y X
35. (b) boiling point ∝ van-der-waal’s forces of attrations ∝ surface area
36. (d)
37. (c) Bredt’s rule: - A bridged bicyclo compound can not have a double bond at bridged carbon untill ring contains at least 8
carbon atoms.
38. (d) In 1st reaction base is sterically hindered thus alkene will produce via elimination reaction
In 2nd case alkene will produce due to iodination - deiodination. In 3rd & 4th cases dehydrobromination & debromination
take place respectively.
39. (a) CH = CH CH = CH
dimerisation dimerisation
CH = CH CH = CH
42. (d) Trans alkene will produce via anti elimination reaction.
43. (d)
2 NaNH
44. (d) CH2 = CH — CH = CH2(A) → CH3 — CH = CH — CH3 (But-2-ene)
For this conversion See question no. 16. This but-2-ene undergoes Diels alder with A to produce o-xylene i .e. o-methyl
toluene o - xylene
Pd/∆ o-xylene
+ –2H2
(A)
O OH
(+)
H3O
45. (d) R—CH= CH—R PBA
R—CH—CH—R R—CH—CH—R
OH
46. (b) Same as question no. 41
47. (d) Cyclo butane has more strain in its ring hence it is more reactive than cyclo hexane.
(a) is incorrect because cis form will have greater heat of hydrogenation than trans form.
(b) is incorrect because former alkene is more stable than later because of resonance.
(c) is incorrect because benzene is more stable due to Aromaticity.
48. (c) 49. (d)
O3
50. (c)
H2O/Zn/∆ CHO
CHO
(+) (+)
(+) (+)
H H2O OH H /∆
(+)
O
Ozonolysis
O
51. (a) Because (a) gives less stable carbocation
(+)
(F3C)2 C—CH3 (unstable due to strong -I effect of CF3)
52. (a) Melting point ∝ closed packing
Out of cis and trans forms later has higher mp than former because molecules of trans isomer are closely packed.
⇒ Trans - but-2-ene
⇒ Cis-but-2-ene
(poor packing)
Thus, option (b) & (d) are wrong. The para substituted benzene has linear geometry & such molecules are closely packed
in their solids state.
Cl Cl Cl
⇒ Closely packed
Cl Cl Cl
Cl Cl Cl
⇒ Poor packing
Cl Cl Cl
Hence (a) is correct
196 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Ha
At 1, 2 position
(a, a) → Trans, (a, e) → Cis,
(e, e) → Trans (e, a) → Cis
56. (a) Although in chlorination of alkene anti addition takes place yet in the given reaction syn addition occurs due to steric
hindrance.
(–) H
Cl Cl Cl
(+) Cl
H
Cl
2→
steric hindrance
→
57. (d) If product of Diels -Alder reaction is heated ‘C’ chain forming bridge in bicyclo compound comes out from compound in
the form of alkene.
CO2 R
Me COOR Me CO2R
(+) Me
+ H + CH2 = CH 2
COOR CO2 R
CO2 R
58. (b) Hoffman elimination followed by Diels - Alder reaction See question no. 14, topic Elimination reaction, chapter - 04.
59. (d)
60. (b)
61. (c) Wurtz reaction is carried out by Na which is very sensitive towards active ‘H’. Except (c) rest all compounds contain
active hydrogen (acidic ‘H’) so (a), (b) & (d) will remove hydrogen on reaction with Na metal.
ONa
OH
+ Na 1/2 H2 +
Br
Br
(–) ( + )
CH ≡ C — CH 2 Cl + Na
→ ClCH 2 — C ≡ C Na + 1/ 2H 2
OH ONa
+ Na + 1/2 H2
Cl Cl
Hydrocarbon (Alkane, Alkene & Alkyne) 197
63. (d)
NH2 NH2 NH2
64. (c) Birch reduction H2/Ni
2 ••
(–) (+ )
Second way:- CH — OCH Cl ←→ Cl + CH O CH
3 2 3 2
•• ( + ) (+ )
CH3 — O CH2 ←→ CH3 — O
••
= CH 2
(B)
Resonance stabilization of (B) is greater than (A) because 3p of Cl will not overlap with 2p of carbon effectively
(+ ) (+ )
Cl(–)
= CH 2 + CH 2 OMe
PhCH → Ph C HCH 2 CH 2 OMe → PhChClCH 2 CH 2 OMe
(Styrene)
Passage - I
(69 to 72)
(+)
(+) (+)
LAH H
Cl
A B
H2 O
LAH
O O (+)
(+)
ozonolysis H
A OH
∆
Cl D C
198 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Passage - II
(73 to 73.9)
Passage - III
(80 to 84)
Reaction 1st is hydration reaction. Here carbocation is formed as an intermediate which may show rearrangement as
follows:-
(+) HO
2
(+)
(+) OH
Reaction 2nd is hydroboration. Here antimarkownikoff addition of water takes place.
hydroboration
OH
rd
Reaction 3 is oxymercuration where markownikoff addition (without rearrangement) takes place.
oxymercuration
OH
Passage - IV
(85 to 90)
48 ml vapours has wt. = 1.49 g
22400ml vapours will have wt. = 1.49 x 22400 / 448 = 74.5 g
Thus, molecular wt of A = 74.5g
A os a chloro compound hence it should have Cl atom (at. wt. = 35.5 g)
Therefore remaining carbon chain will have wt. = 74.5 - 75.5 = 39 g
Thus, compound A should be 3- chloro propyne.
Cl NaNH (+) Cl A
2 Na (–)
A B C
Cl
Hydrocarbon (Alkane, Alkene & Alkyne) 199
A can not show Wurtz reaction because it contains acidic hydrogen which can liberate hydrogen gas with sodium metal.
A & C both can exhibit substitution reaction with Tollen’s reagent as well as with ammonical cuprous chloride as both are
terminal alkynes.
Passage - V
(91 to 93)
C2 H 2(2 moles) ∆ A B
Fe ∆ ∆
A
B C D
ozonolysis
2 moles of CHO–CHO
CH 2CH3
|
94. (a) Optically active alkane with least mol. wt. (100) CH3 — C H — CH 2 CH 2 CH3
CH 2
||
CH3CH 2 — C — CH 2 CH 2 CH3
Least molecular wt. (98) can not show geometrical
Isomerism but becomes optically active after reduction
CH3
|
alkene with least [Link](84). & optically active CH 2 = CH 2 — C H — CH 2 CH3
95. (c) In compound A both double bonds are anti to each other hence it can’t show Diels- Alder reaction
Pd/C/H H H
2
syn addition
(C)
96. (a) Heat of combustion ∝ 1 / stability of compound
97. (a) When acid reacts with OH group, A is formed which undergoes hydride shift to produce more stable carbocation B
(+) (+)
CH2CCH 2 CH2CHCH
CH3 NH2 CH3 NH2
CH2 CH2
A B
CHO CHO
Thus due to the formation of B, product (a) is obtained.
(–)
OH O
98. (b) CH3 MgBr CH3MgBr
A
Br Br O
OH
Br2 water aq KOH B
O
Br
OH OH
Cl2 water K2CO3 C
Cl OH
PAA D
O
200 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Br
(+)
99. (b) Br2
(–) (–)
Br Cl
Br Cl
Br Br
100. (c)
Oxymercuration
OH
101. (b)
102. (c) Propane can not exhibit isomerisation reaction because for chain isomerism molecule should have at least 4-carbon
atoms.
isomerisation
isomerisation no isomer will form
103. (a) Disproportionation of free radial produces alkane & alkene
LIAlH4 → CH NHCH
104. (a) CH3 NC 3 3
This reduction is not possible by H2 / Ni because in this reduction unsymmetrical addition of hydrogen occurs on triple
bond for which nascent hydrogen is required.
105. (b) The product Ph4C is sterically hindered thus, difficult to form.
106. (a) When CH4 comes out from the cylinder it does not convert it self in to gas and remains in liquid state.
107. (c) It is a kind of syn addition & after reduction moslecule becomes achiral because of absence of chiral carbon atom.
108. (c) H H
Me Me
Pd/H 2
H H
H
H H H
mono chlorination +
A B
Cl Cl
optically active
distillation
B d & l isomers
H COOH
COOH Br2 Br H Br
COOH
109. (d) HOOC anti addition
HOOC OR
H
H Br
Br
COOH
110. (a) A is ethyl benzene & benzene ring does not undergo addition reaction easily.
6. (a, d)
+ HBr +
Br Br
[A] [B]
LEVEL - II
(+)
(+) (+) H2 O
HO
H
1. (a)
(+) (+)
2. (b) MeC =CH 2 H
MeC — CH3
Ph (A) Ph
Me Me
Me—C—CH2 Me—C—CH2
+ C—Me C—Me
(+) (+)
Ph Ph
Me
Me Ph
(+) Me
–H
Na
dry Ether (CH2)n
Br Br
• •
7. (d) I—CHD—C C—CHD—I Na
CHD—C C—CHD
H H
C=C = C
D D
Current +
8. (b) (CH3)3CCOONa → disproportionation
202 Problems in Organic Chemistry
9. (b) If α –carbon possesses halogen then rearrangement in free radical takes place.
•
CH3—CH—CH2COONa Current CH3—CHCH2 COO
Cl Cl
•
dimerisation CH3CHCH2Cl CH3—CH—CH 2
Cl
10. (a) Double bond can be placed at numbered positions
9
10
2 3 5 11
6
1 4 7 8
11. (d) Due to strong -I effect of fluorine CF2 = CF2 becomes electron deficient thus, can not undergo electrophilic addition
reaction with bromine water.
7
Alkyl Halide &
Grignard’s Reagents
Main Features
ALKYL HALIDE & GRIGNARD’S REAGENT
Preparation Properties
HBr HBr
3. CH3CH = CHCH3 → MeCHBrEt 4. (CH3)2C = CH2
in CCl
→ Me2CBrCH3
in CCl 4
If these reactions have rates R1, R2, R3 & R4 respectively then correct order of rates of reaction will be:–
(a) R1 < R3 < R2 < R4 (b) R1 < R2 < R3 = R4 (c) R1 < R2 < R4 < R3 (d) R1 < R4 = R3 < R2
4. In the following reaction the most probable product is :-
Cl
H CH3
NaOH
→
CH3 H in DMSO
n-Pr
OH CH3 n-Pr OH
n-Pr n-Pr OH H
CH3Br 3 CH I
RX + Mg → RMgX RX + Mg → RMgX
(c)
(X = Cl,F,I) Ether (d)
(X = F,Cl,Br) Ether
OH
lucas
7.
→ Product is:–
reagent
CH3
Cl
Cl
CH3 CH3
OH O
CH3
(a) (b) (c) (d) All are possible
CH3
9. Which among the following will have highest boiling point:–
(a) CH3CH2F (b) CH3CHF2 (c) CH3CF3 (d) CF3CF3
10. Correct sequence of dipole moment is:–
(a) CH3F > CH3Cl > CH3Br > CH3I (b) CH3I > CH3Br > CH3Cl > CH3F
(c) CH3F > CH3I > CH3Br > CH3Cl (d) CH3Cl > CH3F > CH3Br > CH3I
∆
11. CH3COOAg + Br2 → AgBr + CO2 + CH3Br
This reaction is called Borodine Hunsdecker reaction. If in this reaction Br2 is replaced by I2 then the product will be:–
(a) CH3COI (b) CH3I (c) CH3COOCH3 (d) No reaction
(–)
12. CH3F OH CH3OH ...................(A)
(i) NaI
(–) CH3OH ...................(B)
(ii) OH
Br
Finkelstein reaction
→
t-Bu
H
H
H H I
I
(a) H , SN1 (b) I , SN1 (c) H, SN2 (d) , SN2
I t-Bu
t-Bu H H
t-Bu H t-Bu
206 Problems in Organic Chemistry
14. Which among the following will not show haloform test:–
(a) CH3COCH2COOC2H5 (b) (CH3)3COH (c) 2 – Butanol (d) Both (a) & (b)
15. List the following alkyl halide in decreasing order of SN2 reactivity:–
Me Me Me
Cl
(1) Cl (2) Pr (3) Pr (4)
Cl I
D
(5) Cl
(a) 3 > 2 > 4 > 5 > 1 (b) 2 >3 > 5 > 1 > 4 (c) 5 > 3 > 2 > 1 > 4 (d) 5 > 3 > 2 > 4 > 1
16. Which among the following will not produce ethane when treated with ethyl magnesium halide:–
(a) CH3SH (b) Propyne (c) C2H5CH = CH2 (d) C2H5OH
17. Identify the product of following reaction.
Br
+ AgNO3 + HO2 Product
Br
OH
O O
Br
(a) (b) OH (c) (d)
NO3 OH
Ac
18. NaOCl A + B electric current C
(ppt)
19. tert – butyl chloride on treatment with lithium aluminium hydride will provide:–
(a) Iso butane (b) Iso butene
(c) 2, 2, 3, 3 – Tetramethyl butane (d) no reaction takes place
CH3
| Hoffman
20. CH3 — CH —CH — CH3 → (B) HBr
(C)
E limination
| HBr/hv
Cl
(A) (D)
HBr(I − mole)
24. → A Product A will be :
Br
Br Br
(a) (b) (c) (d) both a & c
Br
25.
Mg
→[X] →[Y]
PhOH
THF
O OH
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Moist [Link]
(a) EtBr
→ EtOH (b) EtBr → EtNO2
Ag 2O
(i) B H /OH(–)
2 6
27. Me
(ii)SOCl
→ A, Product A is :–
2
H Me Me Me
(a) H (b) (c)
H (d) Cl
Me Cl H Cl
Cl Cl H
208 Problems in Organic Chemistry
H OH
HBr
Br H
→ Product
CH3
H Br H OH H Br H OH
(a) (b) (c) (d)
H Br H Br Br H Br H
29. 0.037 gm of alcohol was added to CH3MgBr and the gas evolved has volume equal to 11.2 cm3 at S.T.P. This alcohol gives
haloform test ,thus, alcohol would be:–
(a) CH3CH2OH (b)
CH3 — CH — CH3 (c) iso butyl alcohol (d) n — Propyl alcohol
|
OH
Br
H
H O CH OH
(a)
2
→ (b)
3
→
H Br
NaCN
(c) (d)
in DMF
→
Br NaOH
in DMSO
→ H Br
CH3
CH3
OH CH2OH and
(a) and OH (b)
OH
OH O
(c)
Me 2 C – CH 2 CH3 and CH3 – CH – Et (d) and
| |
OH OH OH
current
(A) CHCl3 + KOH(Excess) →
→ X (1) Mesitylene
Na/liq NH3
(C) Bromo benzene → (3) Cyclohexene
EtOH
(a) A
→ 2; B
→ 4 ;C
→ 1; D
→ 3 (b) A
→ 2; B
→ 3; C
→ 1; D
→1
(c) A
→ 2 ; B
→ ;3 C
→ 4; D
→ 1 (d) A
→ 1 ;B
→ 2 ; C
→ 1; D
→ 4
Br
CH3 H O + C H OH
H
2 2 5
→ Products
∆
CH3
OH CH3
OH
(a)
H
CH3 (b) H (c) H (d) H
36. Identify the reaction in which benzene does not form as an end product:–
(i)Ag/ ∆ 2(i)H O
(a) Acetone →(A) ↓ → (b) CaC2 →
(–)
OI (ii)Fe/ ∆ (ii)Fe/ ∆
(i) ∆
(c) 1, 3 – Butadiene + ethene → (d) In all cases benzene is formed.
(ii)Pd/ ∆
NOCl Moist Ag O
2 →(P),
37. →
(+ ) Product P is :–
CH2NH2 H /∆
COCH3
(–)
OI
38. → ppt + (A), (A) will be :–
COCH2I
(–) (–)
(–) COO COO COCH3
COO
(a) (b) (c) (d)
ICH2OC
(–)
COO COCH2 OI COCH2 OI
H (A)
NaC
39. CH3—CH—CH2Cl AgC (A) & (B) would be :
N
(Major)
CH3 (B)
CH3 CH3
(a)
CH3 —C—CN & CH3 —C—NC (b)
CH3 —CH—CH2CN & CH3—CH—CH2NC
CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
40. When Ethylene dichloride is treated with alc KOH followed by NaNH2 (A) is formed. (A) on treatment with tertiary butyl
chloride forms (B) which on reduction with H2 / Ni gives (C), (C) will be:–
H
H H
Br CH3ONa
41. → (A) + (B) , (A) & (B) are :–
in CH3OH Major Minor
H H D H Ph H Ph H
(a) C =C & C =C (b) C =C & C =C
Ph H Ph H H H H
D
Ph H Ph H Ph H Ph H
(c) C = C & C =C (d) C =C & C =C
H D H H H H H D
42. An alkyl Magnesium bromide on reaction with ethyl alcohol forms a hydrocarbon ‘X’ which occupies 0.2872 lit per gm at
S.T.P. Grignard reagent will be :–
(a) C2H5MgBr (b) PhMgBr (c) CH2 = CHCH2MgBr (d) (CH3)2CHMgBr
43. Which graph is incorrect?
(a)
Rate For Ph3CBr + OH(–)
→ Product
Base
Alkyl Halide & Grignard’s Reagents 211
(–)
(b)
Rate For (CH3)2CHBr + O H (in acetone)
→ Product
Base
(c)
∆G For PhCHDBr + EtOH
→ Product
Reaction progress
(d)
∆G For Me2(Et) COTs + NH3
→ Product
Reaction progress
MgBr MgCl
(a) Cyclo butane (b) Cl (c) Br (d)
Cl
→ (+)
→ (+)
Cl ∆H1 ∆H2
Br
→ (+)
→ (+)
I ∆H3 ∆H4
212 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Q.49 A + HCl
→ 1-chloro-1,2-dimethyl cyclo hexane (A) can be :-
OH
Passage – I
Compound (A) is optically active and gives (B) on treatment with (KOH + H2O) compound (B) is also optically active. (B) On
heating with phosphoric acid gives (C) which does not show geometrical isomerism. When (C) is subjected to ozonolysis (O3 / Zn,H2O, heat)
(D) & (E) are obtained. (D) & (E) on treatment with OI(–) give precipitates. These precipitates are removed by filtration and filtrates
of (D) and (E) are then treated with soda lime, (D) gives (F) while (E) gives methane .Compound (F) can be obtained by heating
cyclo hexane with Al2O3 | Cr2O3.
52.
(C) would be: –
Ph Ph Ph Me
Φ 2 C = CMe2 ,
(a) (b) Ph (CH3) C = CMe2 (c) C = C (d) C =C
Ph Me Et Ph
Passage – II
56. Which two alkyl halides on treatment with KOH (alc) will give same product:–
(a) 1 & 2 (b) 2 & 3 (c) 3 & 1 (d) None
57. Which alkyl halide will form higher alkene on treatment with Zn / THF / heat :–
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 1 & 2
58. The alkyl halide which on treatment with alc KOH followed by CH3MgBr can liberate CH4
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) None
59. Halide which can give two different bromides when treated with alcoholic KOH followed by HBr
(1 mol) is / are –
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 1 & 2 (d) 2
Passage – III
I Cl Cl Cl
(a) (b) (c) I (d)
Cl I I Cl
Passage–IV
Ph
(a)
Br (b) Ph (c) Ph (d) Ph
66. Compound (E) is:–
COOH
HOOC
Ph
CO2H
O HOOC O
OH OH
(c)
PhCH2 OH (d) PhCH2
COOH OH
Current Acetone/KOH
68. (A) + Brine → (B) → Hypnotic medicine, (A) will be:–
(a) CH2 = CH2 (b) CH3COONa (c) C2H5OH (d) CH3CH2COONa
69. Identify the reaction in which alkyl chloride is not form as product:–
(i) AgOH SOCl
→
CH3COOH .......... (1) 2→
CH3CHOHCH3 .......... (2)
(ii) X 2 / ∆
FeCl P + Cl / ∆
3→
Φ — H + Cl2 ......... (3) 2 →
Φ —CH 2 OH .......... (4)
(a) 1 (b) 4 (c) 1 & 3 (d) 1, 2 & 3
Alkyl Halide & Grignard’s Reagents 215
(a) (Me3CO)3 Al
+ CHCl3 → CCl2
Mg
77. Assertion: – PhCH2Br → Ether PhCH2MgBr
This reaction is not possible.
Reason: – PhCH2Br Undergoes nucleophilic substitution reaction with PhCH2MgBr to produce PhCH2CH2Ph
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
78. Assertion: – In proteic solvent order of nucleophilicity of halide ions is I(–) > Br(–) > Cl(–) > F(–)
Reason: – In polar proteic medium ion–dipole attraction takes places. F(–) is strong base hence due to more ion dipole attraction
it is arrested by solvent molecules.
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
79. Assertion: – The relation nucleophilicity proportional to basicity holds in protic solvent but not valid in aprotic solvent like
DMSO
Reason: – If the solvent is protic it forms H – bond with nucleophile but aprotic solvent like DMSO con not form H – bond
with nucleophile.
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
80. Assertion: – In SN1 reaction 100% racemisation occurs.
Reason: – Here initmate ion pair is formed
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
81. Assertion: – DMF is aprotic solvent
Reason: – C –H bond is not polar
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is False
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
Answer Key
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (c) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (b)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (d) 36. (d) 37. (d) 38. (b) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (b) 42. (b) 43. (d) 44. (b) 45. (c) 46. (a) 47. (b) 48. (a) 49. (d) 50. (c)
51. (c) 52. (b) 53. (d) 54. (c) 55. (c) 56. (a) 57. (c) 58. (c) 59. (c) 60. (b)
61. (d) 62. (d) 63. (b) 64. (b) 65. (d) 66. (c) 67. (a) 68. (c) 69. (c) 70. (d)
71. (d) 72. (d) 73. (a) 74. (c) 75. (a) 76. (c) 77. (a) 78. (a) 79. (d) 80. (d)
81. (a)
Alkyl Halide & Grignard’s Reagents 217
O
Fe
(a) + HBr (b) Pr opyne
→
heat
(1 mol)
Cl
VO
(c) alc KOH (d) 2 5
n − hep tan e →
773K,10 − 20atm
O
2. The method which can not be used for the preparation of propane is:–
(a) Wurtz reaction (b) Frank – land reaction (c) Finkelstein reaction (d) Corey – House reaction
O OH
(a) (b) (c) Cl — CH2 — NH2 (d) CH3 CH — C
|
Cl CH = CH 2
Cl
5. Which statement is true about the products A & B present in the following reaction scheme?
••
6. CHCl3 + (X)
→ C Cl2
(X) would be:–
(a) alc NaOH (b) Me3CO(–) (c) Pyrrole (d) All of these
8. Which of the following reagent is not required during the following transformation?
Cl
I
COOH
(a) NaOH / CaO, ∆ (b) NaI / acetone (c) H2 / Ni / heat (d) KOH + H2O
9. Permanent dipole moment is shown by:–
O
Cl Cl Cl Cl
(a) (b) Br (c) Cl (d)
10. Pick out the correct equations
AlCl + HCl
(c) CH3CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 Br + Zn + H ( + ) 3
→(A)
→
11. X + NaOH + I2
→ Yellow ppt + sodium adipate, X would be:
(a) octan – 2, 7 – dione (b) 7 – oxo heptanoic acid (c) HOOC (d) `
O O O
Answer Key
1. (a), (b, (c), (d) 2. (a), (b), (c) 3. (b), (c) 4. (a), (d) 5. (b), (c)
6. (a), (b) 7. (a), (b), (c), (d) 8. (d) 9. (a), (b), (d) 10. (a), (b), (c), (d)
11. (a)
LEVEL – II
(+ ) (+ )
→ R ( + ) + H 2 O .....................(1)
1. R — OH 2 → N 2 + R (+ )
R N 2 ...................(2)
4. The reaction in which 4 products can form (including stereo isomers) is:–
Br
2. (q) 52
3. Br (r) 46
1. (a) 1 → r, ; 2 → p; 3 → q (b) 1 → q; 2 → p; 3 → r (c) 1 → p; 2 → q; 3 → r (d) 1 → r; 2 → q; 3 → p
Comprehension
Cl Cl
Me Me
alc KOH (excess) alc KOH (excess)
(c)
→ C (d)
→ D
Me Me
Cl Cl
Cl
Me
alc KOH (excess)
(e)
→ E
Me
Cl
LiNH2
8. CH3OH [X]
Each question contains statement given in two columns which have to be matched. Statement (A, B, C , D) in column I have to be
matched with statements (p, q, r, s) in column II. The answer to these questions has to be appropriately bubbled as illustrated in the
following examples. If the correct match are A – p, A – s, B – r, B – r, B – q, C – q, D – S, then the correctly bubbled 4 x 4 matrix
should be as follows.
220 Problems in Organic Chemistry
A p q r s
B p q r s
C p q r s
D p q r s
Ph
(A) C—Br + NH3 Product (p) SN1
Et
Me
Br
(B) in CCl4 Product
2
(q) SN2
Cl
2 →
(D) Product (s) Meso product
in CCl 4
Br
HBr
(B) → (q)
hν
Br
HBr
(C) → (r)
peroxide
NBS Br
(D) → (s)
hν
(B) → Pr— H
i — pr — I (q) KOH + C2H5OH
(C) → i — Pr— I
i — Pr— Br (r) I(–) / Acetone
(A) (p) 1
(B) (q) 2
Alkyl Halide & Grignard’s Reagents 221
(C) (r) 3
(D) (s) 6
(C) (r) 4
(D) (s) 5
Answer Key
10. (A) – p, r (B) – r (C) – q (D) – s 11. (A) – p, q, s (B) – p (C) – q (D) – r
12. (A) – p, q, (B) – p (C) – r (D) – s 13. (A) – r, (B) – s, (C) – r, (D) – q
14. (A) – p, (B) – q, (C) – p, (D) – q
SOLUTION
1. (c) Reaction 2nd & 4th are going on by SN1 pathway which is independent of concentration of base hence both will have same
rate because concentration of alkyl halide is same.
1st and 3rd are going on by SN2 depends upon concentration of base hence R1 will be different from R3 because
concentration of base is different.
(+)
2. (b) CH3Cl Mg. Ether
CH3MgCl HCHO, H 3 O
CH3CH2OH Haloform CHCl3 Ag. heat
CH CH Fe, heat
∆ CH CH(B)
(2 mol)
(E) (C)
3. (a) Rate of reaction ∝ Stability of carbocation
4. (b) In DMSO SN2 reaction takes place
5. (d) CH3I is very sensitive towards Grignard’s reagent formation. Hence to increase the rate of formation of Grignard’s reagent
small amount of CH3I is added. This is called entertainment technique.
6. (c) As no. of halogens increases boiling point decreases (Except fluorides)
222 Problems in Organic Chemistry
5 Br Br
1
6 OH
17. (c) Br Ag
(+) 4 (+) 6 2 (+) H2O
–AgBr 1 Br 3
Br 3 2 5
4
18. (d) Haloform gives CHCl3 (A) & cyclo hexyl carboxylate ion (B) which undergoes Kolbey’s electrolysis as follows:–
Disproportionation +
Cyclohexyl free radical
→
Dimerisation
Cyclohexy Free radical →
Alkyl Halide & Grignard’s Reagents 223
RCOOH + RMgBr
→ RH + Other Product
(B) (A) (C)
RMgBr + C2 H5OH
→ RH + Other Product
(E)
22. (c) In this reaction NaCl or NaBr or NaF is formed along with alkyl iodide
in water
RX + NaI
→ NaX + RI
[X = Cl,Br,F]
In water NaCl , NaBr & NaF are soluble thus can not precipitate out.
While in acetone these are insoluble due to their more ionic character thus; precipitate out.
in acetone
RX + NaI NaX + RI
Soluble
in acetone insoluble in acetone
Br
(A)
(–) • •
26. (b) O N O nitrite is an ambident nucleophile because it can attack from its O as well as N site.
NaNO2 is an ionic compound so O site of nitrite is free to attack on halide hence ethyl nitrite forms as:–
(formNaNO )
EtBr + (–) ONO → 2 Br + EtONO
Ag – ONO is a covalent compound so nitrite can not attack from its oxygen site because covalent bond is present between
silver and oxygen. Hence nitrite attacks from its nitrogen site & nitro alkane is formed
••
EtBr + Ag—ONO Et—NO2+ AgBr
224 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Me
B2H6 Me H2O2/Base Me
27. (c) Me H H
H H
BH2—H BH2 OH
Me
SOCl2
H
H
Cl
Zn / HCl (aq)
→ 4(H)
Zn / HCl (alc)
→ 2(H)
Zn/HCl(aq)
CHCl3 + 4(H)
→ CH3Cl + 2HCl
Zn/HCl(aq)
CHCl3 + 2(H)
→ CH2Cl2 + HCl
Zn/H O or H /Ni
2 2
CHCl3 → 3HCl + CH4
34. (c)
35. (d) During elimination reaction more stable or more substituted alkene is produced.
36. (d) (c) is Diels–Alder reaction
(a)
CH3COCH3 Haloform
CHCl3
Hydrolysis
(b) CaC2 → ACETYLENE
→ 6 6
Alkyl Halide & Grignard’s Reagents 225
37. (d) NOCl is called Tilden reagent and can convert amine in to halide.
(–) ••
39. (d) C N is an ambident nucleophile
NaCN is an ionic compound so CN can attack from ‘C’ site. In NaCN, CN behave as strong base hence reaction occurs via
SN2 pathway therefore CH3CH(CH3)CH2CN is formed.
In Ag–CN, C is joined with Ag by covalent bond so CN attacks from lone pair present on N atom. Now CN becomes weak
base and reaction occurs via SN1 pathway
1
SN (+ ) Rearrangement (+ )
CH3 — C H — CH 2 — Cl ? CH3 — CH — CH 2 ————————→ CH3 — C — CH 3
| | |
CH3 CH3 CH3
CH3
|
•• CH3 — C — NC + Ag ( + )
AgCN
|
CH3
alcKOH
40. (b) CH 2Cl — CH 2Cl → Acetylene
(–) ( + )
CH ≡ CH + NaNH 2
→ CH ≡ C N a + NH3
CH3 CH3
(–) | |
CH ≡ E limination
C + (CH3 )3 C – Cl
Reaction
→ CH3 — C =
CH 2
H 2 / Ni
→ CH3 —C H — CH3
41. (b) Bond energy of C — D bond is greater than that of C — H bond so former is more difficult to break in comparison to later.
The alkene in which D is present will be major product.
42. (b) 0.2872 lit of gas has weight = 1 gm
22.4 lit of gas will have weight = 22.4 / 0.2872, = 78
Hence molecular weight of gas RH = 78 Mol. Wt. of R = 77
Hence R will be C6H5 (12 × 6 + 5 = 77) Hence Grignard reagent is C6H5MgBr
RMgBr + C2H5OH
→ RH + other product
[Link] = 78
43. (d) this is SN1 reaction hence1st step should be RDS and endothermic but in the proposed graph 1st step is exothermic.
44. (b) rate of dehydrohalogenation ∝ stability of product formed
226 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Ph
CH3CHO
45. (c) PhCl + Mg (Ether) PhMgCl CH3—CH—OMgCl
Ph
(+)
mildoxidation H3O
PhCOCH3 CH3—CH—OH
Cl
+ Mg (Ether) (+)
46. (a) Br MgBr(–)
Cl
(A)
Acetone
47. (b) CH3 — CHBr — CHClCH3 + 2NaI → CH3CHICHICH3
→ CH3CH = CHCH3 + I2
Unstable
OH
(+) Cl
(+) (+)
H Methyl shift
49. (d) –H2O
Passage – I
50 to 53
Al2O3, heat
(F)
Hence (D) should be PhCOCH3 (acetophenone)
haloform sodalime
→ PhCOO(–)
PhCOCH3 → PhH
(D) (F)
haloform sodalime
→ CH3COO(–)
CH3COCH3 → CH 4
(E)
Hence (C) would be:–
CH3 CH3
C=C Ozonolysis PhCOCH3 + CH 3 COCH3 (E)
Ph CH3
CH3 CH3
| |
Ph — C — CH(CH3 ) 2 → Ph — C = C(CH3 ) 2
H3PO4
| (C)
OH
CH3 CH3
| 1 |
SN *
Ph — *CH — CMe2
→ Ph — *C — CHMe2 , Here C = Chiral carbon atom
| KOH |
Cl OH
(A) (B)
Alkyl Halide & Grignard’s Reagents 227
Passage - II
(54 to 59)
Zn, heat
54. (c) ClCH 2CH 2CH 2Cl →
Cl
Cl2 Pd/C
heat H2
(1) Cl
alc KOH
CH2CH 2CH2—CH 2 Cl
Cl
CH—CH—CH=CH
3 2 CH3CH=CHCH2Br
Br
Passage – III
(60 to 63)
Cl I
(+)
ICl finkelstein H3O
I I
A B C
Mg in ether
Cl Cl
H2O P, Cl2, heat
Cl OH
E MgI G D
228 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Passage – IV
(64 to 67)
A is 3– bromo propyne which on reaction with 1 mol of HBr gives (B) BrCH2—CBr = CH2
Now allylic bromine of B undergoes substitution reaction with PhMgBr to produce (C)
Which is Ph CH2—CBr = CH2. Compound (D) is grignard’s reagent Ph CH2—CMgBr = CH2
Which on reaction with carbon dioxide produce Ph CH2—C(COOH) = CH2
68. (c) By the electrolysis of aq NaCl (brine), Cl2 librates & NaOH is Produced.
C2H5OH + Cl2 ——→ CH3CHO + 2HCl
CH3CHO + 3Cl2 ——→ 3HCl + CCl3CHO
CCl3CHO + NaOH ——→ CHCl3 + HCOO Na
CHCl3 + acetone ——→ Chloretone
(Hypnotic medicine)
69. (c) 1→ Borodine– Hunsdecker reaction. In it alkyl bromines are formed.
3→ Here aryl halides is formed.
70. (d) Here tri chloro carbanion is formed which attacks on carbonyl group of acetone .
71. (d) In this BuNC will form(See q. n 39)
72. (d) Substrate is sterically hindered & base is strong so cyanide ion will give elimination product with
3°–BuCl thus; instead of alkyl cyanide alkene is formed
73. (a) Ag 2 O + H 2 O
→ 2AgOH
AgOH + RX
→ AgX + ROH
74. (c) Here intimate ion pair is formed thus, retention occurs.
75. (a) Boiling point of alkyl halides is proportional to polarisability and I has good polarizing power in comparison to that of F.
76. (c) Bond length of C—Cl bond is larger than bond length of C—F bond.
77. (a) PhCH2Br undergoes nucleophilic substitution reaction with PhCH2MgBr to produce PhCH2CH2Ph
78. (a) In polar proteic medium ion–dipole attraction takes places. F(–) is strong base hence due to more ion dipole attraction it is
arrested by solvent molecules.
79. (d) In protic solvent nuceophile is caged by solvent molecules by H—bonding thus, in protic solvent
Nuceophilicity ∝ 1 / Basicity
80. (d) Here initmate ion pair is formed. Hence racemisation occurs along with retention.
81. (a) Di methyl formamide (DMF) does not contain acidic hydrogen (C–H bond is not polar)
HCON(CH3)2 .........D.M.F
O OH OH OH OH
(+) (–)
H Br
1. a, b, c, d
(+)
Br Br
O O O O OH
(Aromatic)
Alkyl Halide & Grignard’s Reagents 229
CH3
Fe
Propyne heat
(Aromatic)
H3C CH3
Cl
alc KOH
O O OH
(Aromatic)
2. a, b, c
3. b, c In (a) but–2–ene is formed while in (d) benzene is formed
4. a, d (b) & (c) contain active hydrogen
5. b, c Compound A is benzene while B is PhCH2CH = CH2
6. a, b Pyrrole is not a strong base
7. a, b, c, d CHCl3 is sweet smelling liquid and the proposed reaction is haloform reaction. Since all a, b, c & d contains CH3CO
linkage hence all will undergo haloform reaction.
Cl
NaI NaOH/CaI H/Ni
2
8. d) Acetone ∆ ∆
I
COOH COOH
LEVEL –II
H I I H H I I H
4. (a)
H Cl Cl H Cl H H Cl
(D.D) (L.L) (D.L) (L.D)
Br
(+) (+) (–)
H Br
+ 46%
5. (d)
(–) (+) (+)
Br
resonance
Br (More Stable)
2%
52%
230 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Comprehension
H
Cl Cl
H alc KOH
→ Me alc KOH
H (Anti elimination) H →
H (Anti elimination)
Me
Me (A) H Me
(B)
Me
Similarly C is
Me
Me
D is
Me
Me
E is
Me
2LiNH
Compound X is formed by Birch reduction as:– →
CH 2OH
6. (a) 7. (a) & (b) 8. None 9. A < B < E < C = D
Alcohol, Ether,
Epoxide Grignard’s
Reagents 8
Main Features
Preparation Properties
(+)
H2O/H CrO3 or PCC
Alkene aldehyde or ketone (mild oxidation)
or PDC
Aldehyde or ketone
or ester or acid LAH KMnO4
RCOOH ( strong oxidation)
halide or carboxylic
acid
A (+)
ROH/H
Fermentation L RCOOR ( Esterification)
Sugar
C
Fermentation O (–)
Starch RCOCl / OH
H RCOOR (Acylation)
NaNO2+HCl O (–)
RNH2 (RCO)2O / OH
L RCOOR ( Acylation)
O3/H2O S
Alkene NH3/Al2O3
NaBH4 RNH2
B2H 6 (+)
Alkene H
H2O2 / OH(–) RCH = CH2
170°C
(+)
Ester H 2O / H
(+)
H
O (+)
RCH2CH2OCH2CH2R
H3O 140°C
CH2–CH2 + RMgX ( not for 3°alc)
PCl5 /PCl3 /SOCl2
RCHO or (+) RCl
H3O
RCOR + RMgX Red P + HI
alkane
232 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(+)
H / 140°C HI (cold & dil)
ROH RI + ROH
Ag2O HI (hot & conc)
RX E 2RI
H
RONa T H2SO4
RX H R—O—R
(+)
(+)
(1° or 2°) E H2O / H
R 2ROH
S PCl5 / heat
2RCl
SOCl2 or PCl
heat RCl
LEVEL - I
CH2NH2
(i)Tildent reagent
+
→
1. (ii)aqKOH (iii) H ,heat A, Compound (A) will be:-
CH2OH OH
Br 3CH MgBr
3. → X
heat
In this reaction X would be:-
Br
O
(a) (b) (c) CH4 (d) Both b & c
Alcohol, Ether, Epoxide Grignard’s Reagents 233
4. How many intermediate carbocations are involved during the following transformation?
H( + )
OH → Alkene (major product)
Heat
OH
OH H( + ) NaOH + H O
2 →
(a) → (b)
OH OH H( + )
(c) → (d) All of these
NO2 NO2
(a) H H (b)
OH
OH
NO2
OH NO2
(c) H H (d) OH H
H PO
3 4→
7. Which product is not expected for Products?
OH OH
COCH3 O COCH3
(AcO) Pb
4 → (B)
8. (A) → + ve haloform test (A) may be:-
(a) (CH3CH2CHOH)2 CH2 (b) CH3CHOHCHOHCH3
(c) CH3— CHOHCOCHOHCH3 (d) (b) & (c)
H
H( + )
9. OH → ?
OH
H
Product of this reaction will be:-
(a) Cyclo pentan carbaldehyde (b) 2 - Hydroxy Cyclohexanone
(c) Cylco hexanone (d) All of these
234 Problems in Organic Chemistry
10. Correct order of acid catalyzed dehydration to produce alkene in the following compounds will be:-
OH
|
OH CH 2 = CH — CH = CH — CH — CH3
(1) (2)
CH 2 CH — CH — CH3
Φ3COH OH
(3) (4)
(a) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 (b) 3 > 1 > 2 > 4 (c) 3 > 2 > 1 > 4 (d) 1 > 2 > 4 > 3
11. Consider the following reduction.
NaBH 4
O
→ Product
D ether,H( + )
4 H(+) /KMnO
(b) CH3CH2OH → Product
CH 2CHO
|
CH3 C = CCH3
O3
(c) → Product
| H 2O/Zn, heat
CH 2CHO
OH O
14.
OH
|
15. Φ 2 — C — CH3 + Ac Cl
→ X + Y, X & Y are :
CH3 CH3
CH3 CH3
| |
| |
(a) Φ 2 C — Ac + HCl (b)
Φ 2 COAc & HCl (c) Φ 2 C — Cl & AcOH (d)
Φ 2 C — COOH + CH3Cl
Alcohol, Ether, Epoxide Grignard’s Reagents 235
H
SOCl
Pr OH 2
in dioxane
→ CH3CH—Pr
|
Cl
16. CH3
Configuration of product will be:-
(a) R (b) S (c) Racemic mixture (d) Unpredictable
17. Consider the following reagents:-
Al2O3 / 350°C H2SO4 / 1400C (CH3)2SO4 / NaOH CH2N2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Methyl alcohol can be converted in to dimethyl ether by using
(a) 1, 2, 3 & 4 (b) 1, 2 & 3 (c) 1 & 2 (d) 1, 2 & 4
CH3 SOCl2
Φ Φ
| |
19. CH3 — CH — CHOHCH3
→ CH3 — C — CH 2 — CH3 , Here A will be:-
(A) |
Cl
(a) Sarret reagent (b) Lucas reagent (c) SOCl2 (d) All of these
Passage I
An organic compound A (C7H13OCl) contains one four membered ring whose two opposite corners are substituted by two group, one
of which is Cl. This Compound reacts with lucas reagent immediately. This compound gives B & C on treatment with aq Na2CO3 &
aq KOH respectively. Compound (B) can react with Sarret reagent. (A) On reaction with dilute sulphuric acid gives D(minor) which
can react with lucas reagent with in 5 minutes. When (D) is subjected to heat in presence of H(+) (E) is formed which can decolourise
Br2 water. (E) On treatment with KMnO4, heat gives (F). (F) Gives haloform test & on treatment with excess of CH3MgBr followed
by hydrolysis (F) gives (G) which can not react with Sarret reagent.
Answer the questions from 20 to 26.
20. Compound (A) is:-
CH—Et OH
OH OH
(a) (b) (c) (d) OH
Cl Cl Cl Cl
OH CH —Et
OH
OH
(a) (b) (c) O (d)
OH
OH OH
236 Problems in Organic Chemistry
O OH OH
(a) (b) O (c) (d)
OH OH
23. Compound (D) is:-
OH OH OH
OH Cl
(a) Cl (b)
Cl (c) (d)
Cl
(a) Cl (b)
Cl (c) Cl (d) Cl
COCH3 COCH3
CHO COCH3
COCH3
(a) Cl (b) Cl CHO (c)
Cl (d) None
COH(CH3)2 COHMe2
COHMe2
CHOCH3
(a)
Cl (b) Cl
COCH3
COHMe2 CHOHMe
CHOHMe
(c) Cl (d) Cl
Passage II
An organic compound (A) on hydrolysis gives (B) along with ethyl alcohol & on treatment with LiAlH4 (A) gives (C) & ethyl
alcohol. Compound (B) can be converted in to (C) by the help of LiAlH4. Compound (C) gives two moles of CH4 while (B) gives
one mole of CH4 when treated with excess of [Link] (C) does not give lucas test under ordinary condition. Com-
pound (A) on treatment with excess of CH3MgBr/H3O+ gives (D) which gives haloform test but when (D) is treated with PCC fol-
lowed by CH3MgBr(excess) / H3O+ compound (E) is formed which does not give haloform test.
Alcohol, Ether, Epoxide Grignard’s Reagents 237
(a)
HO COOC2H5 (b) EtO2C CO2Et
OH
(c) OHC COOEt (d) CH—CO2Et
COOH
CH2OH
(c) HOOC (d)
HOH2C
CH2OH
(c)
HOH2C (d) HOCH OH
2
COOMgBr
(a)
OH (b) HO CHOHCH3
OH CHOHCH3 CHO
(c) (d)
Ac
Passage III
An organic compound (A) can decolourise Br2 water but does not react with Pd / CaCO3 / H2. (A) gives (B) on treatment with hot
KMnO4 followed by reaction with NaBH4 / Ether. (A) Gives (C) on treatment with cold KMnO4. (B) Gives blue colouration in
victor maeyer test. (B) gives (E) when heated with H3PO4 followed by treatment with hot KMnO4. When alkaline solution of (E) is
electrolysed ethane is formed. (C) On reaction with H3PO4 gives (D) which does not give victor maeyer & lucas test.
OH
OH CH3 O
(a) (b) (c) CHOH (d)
CH3
34. Compound (C) will be:-
OH OH OH
(a) (b)
OH
OH OH
Passage - IV
An organic compound (A) gives 3 moles of CH4 when one mole of it reacts with excess of CH3MgBr. Compound (A) on dehydration
gives (B). (B) gives +ve Br2 water test but -ve haloform test. (B) on reaction with CH2N2 gives (C) which on reaction with LiAlH4
followed by H3O+ gives cyclo propyl methanol. Compound (B) on reaction with cold KMnO4 gives (D). (D) Can be converted in to
(A) by treatment with LiAlH4/Ether/H+.
OH OH
OH OH
OH
(a) (b) OH (c) (d)
HO OH OH CH2OH HO OH
38. Compound (B) is:-
O
(a) (b) CH2 = CH—CHO (c) (d)
OH OH
Alcohol, Ether, Epoxide Grignard’s Reagents 239
OH
(a) CHO (b) (c) (d)
OH OH
40. Compound (D) is:-
O O
HO OH
HO OH HO O CHO
41. Ether (A) when reacts with cold HI gives alcohol & iodide. Alcohol does not give haloform test but iodide can give haloform
test (A) Will be:-
O—CH2
(a) AcCH2– O (b)
COCH2I
Cl OEt
AgNO3
(c) → (d) PhONa + CH3Br PhOCH3 + NaBr
EtONa
OH NO2
OH
is treated with NaOH / I2 and then acidified, the product obtained after the removal of precipitates is treated with 3 moles of
NaOH and another salt (A) is formed (A) will be:-
240 Problems in Organic Chemistry
ONa ONa
OH ONa
2 H CrO
4
46. R2CHOH → R2CO
In this oxidation colour of the solution changes from
(a) Orange to Red (b) Red to Blue
(c) Orange to Blue - Green (d) Orange to white
47. Which is not correctly matched:-
DMSO PCC
(a)
RCH 2 OH → RCHO (Swern oxidation) (b) R 2 CHOH → R 2 CO(Sarret oxidation)
in CH Cl 2 2
3 CrO H 2CrO4
RCH 2 OH →
(c) RCHO (Colling oxidation) (d)
RCH 2 OH → RCHO (Robin oxidation)
Pyridine in acetone
C OOH
Br |
48.
D KOH DMSO
→ (A)
CH 2 = CH — CH 2CH 2OH →
hot
C H2
→ (B) KMnO 4 |
H DMSO
CH 2 —COOH
H
OH
D D O
(a) (A) & (B) both are (b) (A) is & (B) is
H
H H
H H OH
D D O D D
(c) (A) is & (B) is (d) (A) is & (B) is
OH OH H
H H H H
49. Consider the following reagents:-
(i) LiAlH4 / Ether / H+ (ii) CH2N2 / H3O+
(iii) NaOH / CaO, mono chlorination, aq KOH (iv) B2H6 / THF
For the conversion of cyclo propane carboxylic acid to cyclo propyl methanol we can use.
(a) (i), (iv) (b) (ii), (i), (iii), (iv) (c) only (i) (d) (i) & (iv)
(A)
50. CH = CHCHO PhCH2CH2CH2OH, Here (A) is:-
(a) LiAlH4 / Ether / H+ (b) H2 / Ni (c) NaBH4 / Ether (d) (a) & (b)
51. Which reaction is least likely to occur ?
(–) (–) + Me COH
(a) → CH3OH + CH3COO(–) (b)
CH3 O + CH3COOH Me2 CHCO 3 → Me3CO(–) + Me2 CHOH
(–) (−) (–)
NH 2(–) + EtOH
(c) CH 2 = CH + BuOH
→ Et O + NH3 (d) → Bu O + CH 2 = CH 2
Alcohol, Ether, Epoxide Grignard’s Reagents 241
52. An alcohol (A) on heating with Cu / 300°C gives (B). (B) on oxidation gives (C). (C) on reaction with CH3MgBr / H3O+ gives
(A). (A) will be:-
OH
OH
CH3 O CH3MgBr Cu
53. C—CH2 (+ )
→ (A) →
300°C (B) Here (B) is:-
CH3 H3O
O
||
CH3 — C = CHCH3
(a) (CH3)3CCHO (b) (c) (CH3)2CHCOCH3 (d)
CH3 — C CH 2 CH 2 CH3
|
CH3
C2H5SH, MeOH
(C)
CH3MgBr/H3O(+)
54. (B)
MeOH, H(+)
(A)
O
Out of (A), (B) & (C) the compound which will not give victor maeyer test is:-
(a) (A) & (C) (b) (B) & (A) (c) (C) (d) (B) & (C)
55. Which among the following reaction is not possible:-
(a)
CH 2 = CHCH 2CH 2OH
O3
Me S
→ HCHO + CHO
2 |
(CH 2 )2 OH
(b)
CH 2 = CH — CH 2CH 2OH
DMSO
→ CH 2 = CHCH 2 — CHO
(c)
CH 2 = CH — CH 2CH 2OH
MnO2
→ CH 2 = CHCH 2 CHO
C OOH
|
(d)
CH 2 = CH — CH 2CH 2OH →
hot
KMnO
C H2
4 |
CH 2 —COOH
56. What will be the order of reactivity of following compounds with Grignard’s reagent?
CH3CHO O
58. Consider the following two reactions having R1 & R2 rates of reactions respectively.
R
RMgX O
¾¾¾¾ ® RMgX
¾¾¾¾ ®
(1) H3O(+) (2)
R H3O(+) OH
OH OH
Phosphoric acid
59. CH3 Br → [X], product
CH3
O O
(a) (b)
CH3 Br Br
O O
(c) (d)
CH3 Br
CH3
Br
60. When cyclo hexane is added in ethanol then which of the following will happen
(a) Heat is evolved & boiling point does not change (b) Heat is absorbed and boiling point increases
(c) Heat is evolved and boiling point decreases (d) Heat is absorbed and boiling point decreases
3 2CH MgBr
61. (A)
→ (B) If B is acetone then A would be:-
O O O
63. The common cyclic ether containing least number of carbons is:-
(a) Oxolane (b) Oxetane (c) Oxane (d) Dioxane
Alcohol, Ether, Epoxide Grignard’s Reagents 243
O
H( + )
64. → Product, Product of this reaction will be:-
H 2O
CH2OH CH3
OH
OH
(a) (b) CH2OH (c) (d)
CH3 OH CH3
OH OH OH
65. H SO
2 4→ (A), (A) is:-
o
HO
(a) (b)
OH
(c) (d)
OH OH
* * H( + ) * * * H (+ )
* 1
(a) RC O OH + R1OH
1
RC O OR + H 2 O (b) RCO 2 H + R1 O
RCO O R + H 2 O
H
(+ )
*
(c) RCOOH + R1 O H *
RCOOR + H 2 O (d) all are correct
H 1
OH HI Zn
→ →
67. excess Ether P, Product P is:-
OH
(+)
+ H3O CH2OH
68. CH3OH +
O
CHO
OMe
In this reaction which intermediate will not form during the mechanism.
COOCH3
Ph Ph
H( + )
69. → A, Product (A) would be:-
Ph
Ph Ph
COOH
Ph Ph
CO
(a) (b)
Ph Ph Ph
Ph Ph
O OCH3
Ph Ph Ph
(c) (d)
Ph Ph
70. Which ether will not react with dil HI at room temperature ?
Anh
6 6 → C H
71. + HCHO + HCl
ZnCl
→(A)
dil H SO (B), (A) & (B) respectively are:-
2 2 4
CH2OH
(a)
HOCH2 OH (b) CHOH (c) both (a) & (b) (d)
CH2OH
H( + )
73. →[P] major
OH Heat
CH3
[P] would be:-
CH3 CH3
Alcohol, Ether, Epoxide Grignard’s Reagents 245
R O
2 → RMgX
76. Assertion: - RX + Mg
R OR2
Here RMgX is present in the form of Mg
X OR2
Reason: - Due to-I effect of halogen Mg is electron deficient thus, receive electrons from ether.
Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(a)
Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(b)
Assertion is true, Reason is false
(c)
Assertion is false, Reason is true
(d)
77. Assertion- acylation of alcohol by acid halide is carried out in basic medium
Reason- base neutralizes HCl produced in the reaction and avoid the formation of alkyl halide
Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(a)
Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(b)
Assertion is true, Reason is false
(c)
Assertion is false, Reason is true
(d)
78. Assertion- OH group is better leaving group than I in acidic medium
Reason- In acidic medium OH of alcohol picks up proton and comes out in the form of water
Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(a)
Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(b)
Assertion is true, Reason is false
(c)
Assertion is false, Reason is true
(d)
79. Assertion: - Rates of acid calatysed dehydration of CH3CH2OH & CD3CH2OH are almost equal.
Reason: - Breaking of C—H or C—D bond is not rate determining steps.
Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(a)
Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(b)
Assertion is true, Reason is false
(c)
Assertion is false, Reason is true
(d)
246 Problems in Organic Chemistry
OH OH
83. Assertion: - does not undergo pinacole-pinacolone rearrangement.
Answer Key
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (d)
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (a) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29. (c) 30. (c)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (a) 37. (b) 38. (b) 39. (a) 40. (d)
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (d) 45. (b) 46. (c) 47. (d) 48. (c) 49. (d) 50. (d)
51. (b) 52. (c) 53. (b) 54. (d) 55. (c) 56. (d) 57. (b) 58. (b) 59. (d) 60. (d)
61. (c) 62. (a) 63. (b) 64. (a) 65. (c) 66. (b) 67. (b) 68. (a) 69. (c) 70. (c)
71. (b) 72. (b) 73. (a) 74. (a) 75. (c) 76. (c) 77. (a) 78. (a) 79. (a) 80. (a)
81. (b) 82. (d) 83. (a)
Alcohol, Ether, Epoxide Grignard’s Reagents 247
(a)
O OH
O OH
(c)
CHO CH2OH
O O
(d) EtOH
O
4. Which will undergo oxidation by IO4(-)?
OH
OH OH CH 2OH
|
(a) (b) C = O (c) (d)
OH | OH OH
CH 2OH
OH
5. In which of the following case alkane is producing.
110°C
(a) Glycerine + EtMgBr
→ (b) Glycerine + oxalic acid
→
PAA
(c) → (d) C H 2
heat
|| + Ag + 1/ 2O 2
→
CH 2
7. Which among the following will not be oxidized by CrO3?
(a) 2-Methyl propan 2- ol (b) PhOH
(c) 3-Phenyl propan-2-ol (d) CH3CH2OCH2CH3
248 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(a) ∆
Gycerine + conc H 2SO 4 → CH3CHO (b) PhCH = CHCHO + LAH
→ PhCH 2CH 2CH 2OH
D
O LAH OH
(c) → PhCH 2OH + CH3OH
PhCOOCH3 + NaBH 4 (d)
(+ )
→
D
9. Which of the following is not the preparation of alcohol?
aq KOH
Sucrose + H3O( + )
(a) → (b) Cl →
OH
3 O / H O / NaBH
2 4 →
(c) (d) Sucrose + yeast
→
Answer Key
1. (a), (d) 2. (c), (d) 3. (b), (d) 4. (a), (b) 5. (a), (c), (d)
6. (a), (b) 7. (a), (b), (d) 8. (a), (c), (d) 9. (a), (b) 10. (a), (b), (d)
LEVEL - II
CH2OH
1. CHOH + CH3MgBr
→ 44.8 lit CH4 + [X], [X] would be:-
CH2SH
(1 mol)
CH2OMgBr CH2OMgBr CH2OH CH2OMgBr
(a)
CHOMgBr (b)
CHOH (c) CH2OMgBr (d)
CHOMgBr
CH2SMgBr CH2SMgBr CH2SMgBr CH2SH
2. Which among the following will consume more than two moles of Grignard’s reagent?
OH O
O O
OEt
(a) (b) (c) (d)
O OH
O COOH O
Br
3. Dehydration of alcohol is performed by concentrated H ion. It involves 3 transition states (TS)1 (TS)2 & (TS)3. If free energy
(+)
changes for these transition states are ∆G*1, ∆G*2 & ∆G*3 respectively them:-
Et
CH MgBr
4. ¾¾¾¾¾
3 ® Product
H O( +)
3
O
Products in this reaction will be
(a) Emnantiomers (b) Stereoisomers (c) Diastereomers (d) Geometrical isomers
O
CH MgBr
5. ¾¾¾¾¾
3
( +)
® [X]
H3O
CH2OH
OH
H( + ) H( + )
1. → Product 2. HO OH → Product
∆ ∆
Cl
Cl Cl
OH H( + ) Zn dust
3. → Product 4. → Product
OH ∆ heat
Cl Cl
Cl
250 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Cl
Cl Cl
Zn dust
5. → Product
heat
Cl Cl
Cl
Reaction in which benzene is formed as a product is / are:-
(a) 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5 (b) 1, 3 & 5 (c) 1 & 5 (d) 1, 2, 3 & 4
8. Consider the following acid catalysed transformation.
OH
H(+)
→
∆
OH O
5. (+)
D( + ) H (+ ) D( + ) H( + )
1. CH3CH = CH2 → 2. CH3CH = CH2 → 3. CH3CH = CH2 → 4. CH3CH = CH2 →
H 2O D 2O D 2O H 2O
CH3
NaNO2 + HCl
10. i–Pr CH2NH2 → [ X]
i–Pr
We have following statements about the proposed reaction.
1. [X] is optically active 2. [X] gives red colour in victor maeyer test
H( + ) ozonolysis
3. [X] shows haloform test 4. [X] →[Y] → O + CHO
Heat
Alcohol, Ether, Epoxide Grignard’s Reagents 251
Each question contains statement given in two columns which have to be matched. Statement (A, B, C , D) in column I have to be
matched with statements (p, q, r, s) in column II. The answer to these questions have to be appropriately bubbled as illustrated in the
following examples. If the correct match are A – p, A – s, B – r, B – r, B – q, C – q, D – S, then the correctly bubbled 4 × 4 matrix
should be as follows.
A p q r s
B p q r s
C p q r s
D p q r s
12. Select the reagents form list -II by which you can differentiate the pairs of compounds given in List I
List - I List - II
OH OH
OCH3 CH2OH
HO—CH—CH3 OH
OH CH2OH
LiAlH
4→
(A)
(+ ) (p)
O H OH
CH MgBr
3
(B)
(+ )
→ (q)
O H3O OH
252 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(C) OH OH
→ (r)
O CH MgBr
3
(+ )
H3O
O
LiAlH 4→
(D) H( + ) (s)
OH
?
(B) PhCH = CH — CHO
→ Ph(CH2)3OH (q) H2 / Ni
?
(C) PhCH = CH—CHO
→ PhCH = CH—CH2OH (r) NaBH4 / Ether / H(+)
?
(D) CH3CH = CH—CHO
→ CH3CH2—CH2CH2OH (s) LiAlH4/Ether/H(+)
Answer Key
1. (b) 2. (a), (b), (c) 3. (b) 4. (b), (c), (d) 5. (b), (c), (d)
SOLUTION
NOCl aq KOH
1. (a)
CH2NH2 CH2—Cl CH2OH
CH3MgBr
3. (d) Br CH4 + Br
O
Heat
ring opening
(+)
(+)
H
4. (d) OH 1
(+)
hydride
shift 2
(+)
–H
H
•• (+)
H( + ) OH
••
OH OH O
→ (+) –H( + ) ••
5. (d) –H 2O
→
→
OH O(–)
O
Cl Cl
NaOH
→
→
••
OH H
••
(+)
(+) O O
(+) (+)
OH + H –H
ON O2H
H H Intramolecular–H–bonding
254 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(+)
OH OH OH OH (+)
(+) (+)
OH OH
(+)
–H (+)
–H
COCH3 O
(a) (b)
4 (AcO) Pb
CH3CHOHCOCHOHCH3 → 2CH3CHO + CO 2
→ + ve haloform test
H H
(+)
OH (+ )
9. (a) →
H
OH OH
H H
Here H - migration does not occur because always anti migration takes place hence contraction in ring occurs.
H OH CHO
(+) (+)
–H( + )
→
→
OH
H
10. (d) Acid catalyzed dehydration occurs by E1 pathway hence for arrangement stability of carbonium is considered. 3rd can not
produce alkene on acid catalyzed dehydration.
11. (d) Product is optically inactive due to the presence of plane of symmetry.
D H D OH
OR
H OH H H
OH H
D D
12. (b) H OR OH
13. (d) In a & c active methylene compounds are produced while in b acetic acid is produced . Both active methylene compounds
& acetic acid are inactive towards haloform test.
14. (a) At - tert - butoxide can oxidize 2° alcohol in to ketone without affecting double bond jones reagent at 0° C behaves as mild
oxidizing agent but above 25° C it can oxidize multiple bond.
Alcohol, Ether, Epoxide Grignard’s Reagents 255
OCOCH3
|
15. (c) Φ 2C(OH)CH3 + CH3COCl
→ Φ CCH3 + HCl
(+ )
OCOCH3 H– O COCH3
| | (+ )
Φ 2 C — CH3 + H ( + )
→ Φ 2 — C — CH3
→ CH3COOH + Φ 2 C CH3
(resonance
stabilized)
(+ )
Φ 2C CH3 + Cl(–)
→ Φ 2 C CH3
|
Cl
16. (b) Alcohols can be converted in to halides by SOCl2, PCl5, PCl3 & P + X2. In case of SOCl2 configuration of the reactant does
not change after reaction (Retention)
Hence in the given question configuration of reactant & product will be same
4
H
2 1
Pr Cl
‘S’
3CH3
17. (b) CH2N2 can not methylate less acidic hydrogen of aliphatic alcohols
18. (a) Alcohols can be converted in to halides by SOCl2, PCl5, PCl3 & P + X2. In case of SOCl2 configuration of the reactant does
not change after reaction (Retention) while in case of P + Br2 inversion in configuration takes place (see q.n. 16)
19. (b) Anhydrous ZnCl2 + HCl is called Lucas reagent
H
(+) (+) (+)
H rearrangement CH3—C—CH2—CH3
CH3CH(Ph)CHOHCH3 –H O CH3C—CH—CH3
2
Ph
Ph Cl
(–)
Cl
CH3—C—CH2—CH3
Ph
Passage - I
(20 to 26)
PCC in CH2Cl2 is called sarret reagent. It can oxidize 1° and 2° alcohols in to aldehydes and ketones respectively.
(D) reacts with Lucas reagent with is 5 minutes. It means it is 2° alcohol
(D) on dehydration gives (E) which can decolourise Br2 water. Hence E is alkene.
F gives haloform test hence F must have ‘CH3CO’ linkage.
G does not react with sarret reagent (PCC in CH2Cl2) hence it is a 3° alcohol.
(A) reacts with Lucas reagent immediately hence it is 3° alcohol.
256 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Passage - II
(27 to 31)
(C) does not gives Lucas test under ordinary conditions it indicates that it is primary alcohol.
(D) gives haloform test hence (D) must have CH3CO linkage.
(D) should have either 1° or 2° alcoholic group because it is oxidized by PCC.
E does not give haloform test hence it should be 3° alcohol & (D) should be 2° alcohol.
(A) on hydrolysis gives alcohol hence it may be an ester.
Since (B) given are mole & (C) given two moles of CH4 on treatment with CH3MgBr hence (B) contains 2OH groups
Hydrolysis
OHC COOEt OHC COOH + C2H5OH
(A) (B)
LiAH4
LiAlH4
HOCH2 CH2OH + C2H5OH
(C)
OH CH3
(A) CH3MgBr (Excess)
CH3CH C—CH3 +ve haloform test
H2O(+)
(D) OH
O CH3 OH OH
CH3MgBr (Excess)
CH3—C C—CH3 CH3—C C—CH3
H3O(+)
OH CH3 (E) CH3
–ve haloform test
Alcohol, Ether, Epoxide Grignard’s Reagents 257
Passage - III
(32 to 36)
A decolourises Br2 water but does not react with Pd/CaCO3 hence it may be an alkene.
B gives blue colour in victor maeyer test thus B must be a 2° alcohol.
Alkaline solution of (E) on eletrolysis gives ethane thus, (C) should be a carboxylic acid
(D) does not give victor maeyer test and lucas test hence (D) is not an alcohol.
O OH
(+)
• Hot KMnO4 NaBH4 H , heat
(A) (B)
cold KMnO4
OH(–), Electrolysis
COOH Hot KMnO4
CH2 = CH2 + 2CO2
(E)COOH
OH OH OH
3 2 (+)
(+)
1 (+) OH 1 O
H 1 4 2
(D)
4 5
5 3
(C)
Passage - IV
(37 to 40)
A contains 3 - active hydrogen’s because it produces 3 moles of CH4 when reacts with Grignard’s reagent
(B) Gives -ve haloform test but positive Br2 water test it indicates that (B) contains C - C multiple bond.
B is obtained by the dehydration of A hence (B) must be an alkene.
CH2OH CH2
H2SO4 CH2N2 LiAlH4
CHOH CH CHO CH2OH
CH2OH CHO
(A) (B) (C)
Cl (+)
OEt
Ag (+) EtONa
42. (c) –AgCl, SN1 Hydride
shift
OH NO2 OH NO2
haloform and
Ac acidification HO2C
COCHI2 COOH
OH OH
OH NO2
3 moles of base
NaOOC COONa
ONa
LiAH4
CH = CH—CHO CH2—CH2—CH2OH
H2/ Ni
51. (b) Because Me3CO(-) is stronger base than Me2CHO(-). So Me2CHO(-) can not remove H(+) from Me3COH
(+)
52. (c) OH Cu, 300°C
OH Oxidation
OH
CH2MgBrH3O
(A)
(A) (B) (C)
Alcohol, Ether, Epoxide Grignard’s Reagents 259
Cu,300°C
CH3—C = CH—CH3
CH3
(+)
H , CH3OH
1
(A)
SN OCH3
(+)
OH
CH3MgBr, H3O
54. (d) 2 (B)
SN
O OH
C2H5SH, MeOH
2 (C)
SN
H5C2S OH
Since B & C are tertiary alcohols hence they will not exhibit victor maeyer test
55. (c) Because MnO2 oxidises allylic alcohol.
56. (d)
O O O
OH OTs Me
(–)
TsCl, Pyridine CH3O
57. (b) –HCl 2 + OTs
(–)
SN
(A) Me (B) Me (C) OCH3
From (A) to (B) configuration does not change. From (B) to (C) inversion in configuration occurs because reaction occurs
via SN2 pathway.
58. (b) This reaction is an example of SN2 reaction. In first substrate steric hindrance is more, thus, rate of reaction will be less
59. (d) Migrating aptitude of phenyl group is greater than p–Br–C6H4–
OH OH OH
H
(+) (+)
CH3 Br CH3 Br
OH
(+)
(d) –H
(+)
CH3 Br
H C 2 H5 C 2 H5
| | |
60. (d) C2 H5 — O.......H — O.......H — O..... ( Before addition of cyclo hexane)
It is an example of non ideal solution with positive deviation. In ethanol hydrogen bonds are present when cyclo hexane is
mixed in it H–bonds get broken down for this heat is absorbed.
260 Problems in Organic Chemistry
O O
|| ||
CH3MgBr
CH3MgBr
61. (c) H5C2 O — C OC2 H5 → CH3 — CO 2 H5 → Acetone(B)
62. (a) In each case oxygen contains two lone pairs of electrons thus, due to lp–lp repulsion contraction in bond angle takes place
. This contraction in angle will be maximum in water & minimum in di methyl ether because size of methyl group is larger
than hydrogen
O O
63. (b) O
O O
Oxetane Oxolane Oxane Dioxane
(+)
O O–H CH2OH CH2OH
64. (a)
(+)
H H2O
(+)
–H(+)
OH
(+)
(+)
65. (c) H
O (+) OH
OH
(+)
–H
OH
(+)
O OH OH OH
|| (+)
66. (b) R — C— O — H + H ( + )
1* 1*
ROH
R—C—OH
R—C—OH ROH
R—C—OH2
1
O(+) O—R
1 * *
R H
O OH
(+) (+)
–H * 1 * 1 –H
R—C—OR
R—C—OR
(+)
67. (b) OH
HI (Excess)
I HI I
–I2
OH I
(Frank land reaction) Zn, Ether
Alcohol, Ether, Epoxide Grignard’s Reagents 261
(+) –H2O
H2O
68. (a) H (+) H
O O OH OH
(+)
OMe MeO OH2 MeO OH
OMe
unstable
CH2OH –MeOH
CHO
(+) H
COOCH3 COO (+)
O
CO
CH3
Ph Ph Ph Ph Ph Ph
(+)
H –CH3OH ArSE
69. (c)
Ph Ph Ph Ph
•• (+)
O—Ph O—Ph
70. (c) •• ••
(–)
Due to double bond character in C - O bond this ether does not react with HI
H
(+)
O (+)
O •• OH OH
••
H2O
72. (b) CH—CH2
H
CH—CH2 CH—CH2
CH3
73. (a) (+) (+)
H –H
OH (+)
(+)
CH3 CH3 CH3
74. (a)
75. (c) Reaction occurs via SN1 pathway because PhCH2+ is formed.
76. (c) Solvation of grignard’s reagent takes place by ether
77. (a) Base neutralizes HCl which is produced during acylation and avoid the formation of alkyl halide
Me3COH + CH3COCl
→ Me3COCOCH3
(+ ) (+ )
–CH COOH Cl(–)
Me3COH + H ( + ) (from HCl)
→ Me3C — OCOCH3
3
→(CH3 )3 C → Me3CCl
|
H
Hence to avoid the formation of alkyl halide base should be added to neutralized acid (HCl)
(+)
78. (a) In acidic medium OH (alcoholic group) converts itself into O H 2 & release water.
79. (a) Breaking of C – H or C – D bond is not rate determining steps. In slowest step breaking of C– O bond takes place
262 Problems in Organic Chemistry
80. (a) As branching increases, surface area of hydrocarbon part (hydrophobic part)decreases so solubility increases
81. (b) Molecules of cyclohexanol are more closely packed in comparison to that of hexan–1–ol
•• (+)
O—H O—H
82. (d) •• ••
(–)
Due to resonance bond length of C– O bond decreases thus dipole moment of phenol is found to be lower than that of cyclo
hexanol.
83. (a) Due to resonance it acquires C = O bond hence, no need to show pinacole-pinacolone rearrangement
•• (+)
OH OH OH OH
••
(–)
LEVEL -II
1.
CH2OH More acidic hydrogen
3. (b)
(TS)2
(TS)3
(TS)1
P.E
(+) (+)
ROH2 R alkene
4. (b) b, c, d
OH CH3
O CH3 OH
+
Me Mg Br
(+) →
H3O
Et Et Et
5. (b, c, d)
O
R OH
Rmgx
H O
→
2 [X]
(+)
H
R OH →
D
Because [X] contains plane of symmetry hence it can not show optical isomerism
6. (a) In 1st reaction propyl shift occurs.
CH3 CH3
(+) (+)
H CH3CH2CH2–C–CH2
CH3CH2CH2 —C—CH2OH
CH3 CH3
(+)
CH2OH CH2
(+) (+)
7. (d) H –H
–H2O
(+)
(1)
OH OH OH OH
(+) (+) (+)
H (+) –H
OH –H2O OH OH OH
OH (3)
CH2OH OH OH
(+) (+)
H –H
In 4th Case anti elimination is not possible hence here benzene does not form?
264 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(+)
(+)
H
8. (b) –H2O ••
OH
OH OH + ••
(+)
–H
+
O O
H
(+) *
D
9. (d) (1) CH3 —=
CH CH 2 → CH3 — CH — CH 2 D
H 2O |
OH
(opticallyactive)(d & 1 isomers)
(+)
H
(2) CH3 —=
CH CH 2 → CH3 —CH — CH3
D 2O |
OD
Optically inactive (Only one product)
D( + ) *
(3) CH=
3CH CH 2 → CH 2 —CH — CH 2 D
D 2O |
OD
(Opticallyactive) (d & 1 isomers)
H( + )
(4) CH=
3CH CH 2 → CH3 — CH — CH3
H 2O |
OH
(Optically inactive)
i-pr i-pr
CH3
H2O
i-pr CH2 i–Pr
optically active
OH
(+)
CH2I CH2 OH O
OH Ag
(+) OH
11. (b)
Aldehyde & Ketone
9
Main Features
Reaction Chart for Aldehyde & Ketone
Preparation Properties
266 Problems in Organic Chemistry
LEVEL - I
NaBH H+
1. (A)
Ether
4 → (B)
D
→ no reaction, Here (A) is :-
|
↓
Blue colour in victor
Maeyer test
O
CO2C2H5
(a) CHO (b) (c) (d)
O
2. Choose the answer that has the following compounds located correctly in the separation scheme. Propanone - A , Methanol - B,
AcOH – C.
Pass through NaHSO
A
+
B +
C → ppt + Solution
3 → ppt + solution
Ca(OH)2 (3)
vapours (1)
ppt (1) ppt (2) solution (3)
(a) A B C
(b) B C A
(c) C B A
(d) C A B
LiAH / Ether
3.
4
(+) →(X), (X) wiil are:-
COPh H
OH
CH—Ph
CHOHPh
(a) (b) O
Ph
CHOHPh
(c) O (d) OH
4. Cyclo petntanone can be converted in to 5 – Hydroxy pentanoic acid by:-
(a) hot KMnO4 (b) SeO2, H3O+ (c) NH2OH/H3O+ (d) CH3CO3H & H3O+
Al(OEt)3 CH3MgBr(excess)
(c)
CH3CHO → (+) →
H3O
H O( + ) OH OH (–)
(a)
3
→ (b)
ΦCHO → ΦCH 2 IG + ΦCO 2(–)
H( + )
(c) → (d) None
D
OH
Ca(OH)
10. CH3CHO + HCHO 2
→ Products of this reaction will be:-
D
(1 : 4)
12.
(+)
(i) ΝΗ3/Η
(A)
(i) CH3MgBr/H3O(+)
16. HCHO can be separated from the mixture of HCHO, CH3COCH3 & CH3CHO by treating the mixture with;-
(a) NaHSO3 (b) 2, 4 DNP (c) Semi carbazide (d) [Ag (NH3)2] (+)
17. Pyroligneous acid does not contain
(a) HCHO (b) CH3CHO
(c) CH3CH2OH (d) All of these are absent in pyroligneous acid
18. Which will not show reducing property with tollens & fehling solution?
I - Hemi acetal of acetaldehyde II - acetal of formaldehyde
III - Hemi ketal of acetone IV - formic acid
(a) III & II (b) II, III & IV (c) I, II, III & IV (d) I & II
19. Which base catalysed reaction is least likely to occur?
O
EtONa
(a) +
→
D
O
EtONa
(b) +
→
D
O CO2Et
EtONa
(c) CH3COCH2COOC2H5 +
→ |
D Ac – C = CMe2
OH (–)
(a) (CH3 )2 CHCHO + HCHO
→ Me2 C — CH 2 OH + HCOONa
1 : 2 |
CH2OH
OH COOH
OH (–)
(c)
→
H 2O
O O
(d) CH ≡ CH + Ag 2 O
→ H 2 O + AgC ≡ CAg
Passage - I
An organic compound (A) [C8H8O] gives (B) & (C) on reaction with NH2OH / HCl. (B) & (C) give (D) & ( E) on reaction with
sulphuric acid with formula (C8H9NO). When (D) is boiled with alcoholic KOH an oily compound (F) separates out. (F) Rapidly
reacts with acetyl chloride to reproduce (D). (E) on boiling with KOH followed by acidification gives a white solid (G). If benzoic
acid is produced by the oxidation of (A) then:-
Answer the questions from 22 to 27.
22. (B) & (C) is the mixture of:-
(a) Syn and anti PhCH2CH = NOH (b) Syn and anti Ph(CH3)C = NOH
C3H7
(c) Syn and anti NOH (d) both (a) & (b)
C4H9
23. Compound (D) is:-
(a) CH3CONHPh (b) PhCONHCH3 (c) PhCH2NHCHO (d) PhCH2NHCH3
24. Compound (F) is an :-
(a) aliphatic amine (b) aromatic amine (c) aliphatic aldehyde (d) aliphatic ketone
25. Compound (A) when subjected to heat with aq KOH another compound (H) is formed. Which is correct about the newly formed
compound (H) :-
(a) (H) can show addition with sodium bi sulphite (b) (H) can decolourise bromine water
(c) (H) can not exhibit haloform test (d) All of these
26. Compound (G) is:-
(a) Benzoic acid (b) Acetic acid (c) Phenyl acetic acid (d) None of these
270 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Passage - II
For Aldol / Ketol condensation aldehyde and Ketone must contain a – H – atom. This reaction is base catalysed. Base removes
acidic a – H – atom and forms carbanion. This carbanion produces aldol / Ketol when attacks on other aldehyde or ketone on the
other hand cannizaro reaction is exhibited by those aldehydes which do not contain a – H – atom.
Answer the question from 28 to 33.
O CH3
O
(a) (b) PhCOCHO (c) H (d) All of these
Me
H
30. The compound which can undergo cross aldol with HCHO is:-
NO2
OH ( − ) LAH
32. (A) → (P) → (Q)
D
OH ( − )
33. CH3CHDCHO
→ Product, The product of this reaction would be:-
D OH H
| | |
(a)
CH3 —C — CH — CHDCH3 (b) CH3 — C — CHOHCHDCHO
| |
CHO CHO
CHO
CH3 |
(c) C = CHCHDCHO (d) CH3 —CH — CHOD CHD CHO
OHC
Aldehyde & Ketone 271
Passage - III
An organic compound (A) is highly volatile. (A) On reaction with HI gives two products (B) & (C). (C) gives red colour in victor
Maeyer test but when (C) is heated with H+ followed by dilute sulphuric acid, it gives (D) which immediately reacts with Anhydrous
ZnCl2 + HCl. (B) on treatment with C2H5OH + KOH followed by O3 / Me2S gives (E). (E) can gives haloform test. (E) When heated
with NaOH gives (F). (F) Also gives haloform test & can decolourise Br2 water.
Answer the question form 34 to 39.
34. Compound (A) is:-
O O–CH3
(a) (b) O (c) (d) O—CH2—Ph
CH3 I
I I
(a) I (b) (c) (d)
Passage - IV
(A) (B)
HO CH2OH MeO CH2OH (V)
OH OH
(D) (C)
MeO CH–CHOH MeO CH–CHCO2Et
Me Me
Answer the questions from 40 to 43
40. A would be:-
(–)
(a) CH3OH / H+ (b) CH3OH / Al2O3 (c)
O H/ MeCl (d) All of these
272 Problems in Organic Chemistry
O OD O OH D
46. Identify the compound for which rate of hydration is least
O
OH
49. An organic compound (A) on hydrolysis by aq KOH gives another compound B. B gives cannizaro reaction with NaOH. What
is (A) if (A) can exhibit haloform test?
(a) PhCCl2CHO (b) CHCl2CHO (c) CH3CCl2CHO (d) CH3COCHCl2
50. Acetaldehyde can be converted in to an optically active compound
(a) By treating it with LiAlH4/Ether/H+ (b) By treating it with (i) KCN (ii) H3O+
(c) By heating it with aq NaOH (d) By treating it with OH(–) / D followed by H2 / Ni
51. By the help of formaldehyde we can not prepare
(a) Urotropin (b) Bakelite (c) Farmose (d) Phorone
52. In which of the following cannizaro reaction products are not proposed correctly.
OH (–)
(a) HCHO + PhCHO
→ HCOO– + PhCOO– + CH3OH + PhCH2OH
(–)
CHO CH2OH CO2
(–)
OH (–)
(b)
PhCHO + PhCH2OH + + PhCO2 +
(−)
OH
(d) PhCOCHO → PhCHOCOO(–)
H O18
53. CH3COCH3 →
2
(+) P
trace of H
OH
|
(c)
CH3 —C— CH3
|
OH
18
(a) CH ≡ CH
SeO aq KOH
2 →(A) (b) (B)
CHCl2
O
(c) Ethene
3 →(C) (d) None of these
H 2O
274 Problems in Organic Chemistry
OH
(i) N 2O 4 / CHCl3
CH—Φ
n →(P)
56. (ii) Zn/Hg Conc HCl, D
OH
Product P of this reaction will be:-
OH
CH—Φ
(a) (b)
CH2—Φ
CH2—Φ
(c) (d)
Cl
OD
CH2OH CHD
57.
=
(i) CH CHCO Et / D
59.
2 2 → [X]
(ii) O3 , CH3 –S–CH3
(iii) OH (–)
CO2Et OH
CH2OH
(a) (b)
(–)
COO CO 2 Et O
61. In a cannizaro reaction the intermediate which is the best hydride ion donor is:-
H H
| |
p — NO 2 — C6 H 4 — C— O(–)
(a) (b) p — OCH3 — C6 H 4 — C — O
(–)
| |
O(–) O(–)
(–) OH
O (–)
CH (–) O—C—H
O
(c)
NH2 (d)
O2N NO2
NH2 NO2
+ CH3COCH = CH 2
NaOH
64. → (P)
D
O
Here P is:-
OH
CH = CH2
C
CH3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
CHCOCH=CH2 O O O
65. Which among the following will not show cross aldol with formaldehyde?
(a) Glyoxal (b) nitro methane (c) cyclopentadiene (d) 3–oxo butanal
66. Which will have least pKa?
(a) Di chloro acetaldehyde (b) Tri fluro acetaldehyde (c) Fluro acetaldehyde (d) Acetaldehyde
67. Match the following
Compound Properties
(A) Methyl cyclo hexanol (1) disproportionation by caustic soda
(B) Glyoxal (2) Haloform as well as tollen’s test
(C) 2- oxo propanal (3) gives alkene with Ag/ 673K
(D) Nitro methane (4) negative bendict’s test but gives
aldol with HCHO
(a) A-3 B-4 C-2 D-1 (b) A-3 B-1 C-2 D-4 (c) A-4 B-3 C-2 D-1 (d) A-4 B-3 C-1 D-2
276 Problems in Organic Chemistry
69.
OH
(i) NH OH
X →Y
heated with silver metal 2
70. (ii) H3PO 4
Compound Y is:-
(a) An imine (b) cyclic amide
(c) cyclic secondary amine containing one C=C bond (d) alkane
Passage - V
COOD
73. CH3CO CH CH3 ∆ [X]
CF COOH
[Y] 3
O
74.
75. The compound which will not show geometrical isomerism after acidification:-
(a) Ph(CH3)CO (b) Ph(CH3)CNH (c) CH3CHO (d) CH3CHS
76. The compound which can show geometrical isomerism after acidification is :-
CH3 O
Et
(a) O (b) (c) CH—C—(i–Pr) (d)
S CH3 NH
77. Which is correct for following reactions?
O OH
K K
1→
←
3→
← CN
K2 K4
O
(a) K1 > K3 (b) K3 > K1 (c) K3 = K1 (d) K4 = K2
CHO
|
(c) Different, A is PhCH 2 —CHCH — (CH 2 )2 Φ & B is ΦCH = CHCH2OH + ΦCH = CHCO2 anion
|
OH
OH (–)
79. CH3 — CH = CH — CHO
D
→ Product, Product of this reaction is:-
(a) CH3CH2 = CHCOO– & CH3CH = CHCH2OH
CH3 — CH 2 — C = CH — CH = CH — CH3
(b)
|
CHO
(c) CH3 — CH = CH — CH = CH — CH = CH — CHO
(d) Reaction is not possible
80. Assertion - Ketones have slightly higher bp than the isomeric aldehydes
Reason - Presence of two + I group in ketone makes C = O bond polar
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
81. Assertion-Neo butyl alcohol can show Haloform test
Reason- Halogens are weak oxidizing agents & can not oxidize tert- alcoholic group
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
278 Problems in Organic Chemistry
82. Assertion- Tri chloro ethanal can not exhibit cannizaro reaction
Reason -It undergoes haloform test
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
83. Assertion- Tri chloro ethanal can show hydration reaction & can form gem di ol
Reason -strong -I effect of chlorine atoms makes carbon of carbonyl group more electropositive
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
84. Assertion- formic acid can show reducing properties
Reason - It is stronger carboxylic acid than other non substituted aliphatic carboxylic acid
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
O O O O
O / H O / Zn
85. Assertion:-
3 2 → +
Boil
(A)
H (B)
H
Along with (A) & (B) CH3COCHO also forms
Reason: - A & B on reaction with Zn / H2O undergo rearrangement to given CH3COCHO
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
86. Assertion: - Cyclo propanone undergo addition with HCN more easily in comparision to that of acetone
Reason: - Cyclo propanone contains strained ring.
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
O OH
87. Assertion:- CH3—C—CH 2 —CH3 CH3 —C = CH—CH3
(A)
OH
CH2= C—CH2—CH3
(B)
Out of A & B, (B) is less favourable tautomeric form than (A).
Reason: - A is more substituted alkene & hence more stable
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
Aldehyde & Ketone 279
OH
O O
(+)
H
88. Assertion:- → +
heat
OH (A) (B)
OH
Out of A & B, B does not form.
Reason: - H+ attacks on C = O and not on OH group because in C = O oxygen acquires –ve charge due to resonance.
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
O
∆
89. Assertion: - [X], [X] can not release CO2 on reaction with NaH CO3
COOH
Reason: - [X] does not contain COOH group
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
90. Assertion: - Cl2C(OH)2 is unstable and produce phosgine along with H2O but CCl3CH(OH)2 does not loose water.
Reason: - In CCl3CH(OH)2 intera-molecular H - bonding presents.
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
LiAlH
91. Assertion: - CH2 = CH — CHO
4→
(A)
LiAlH 4
PhCH = CH — CHO → (B)
(A) gives Br2 water test but (B) does not.
Reason: - (B) does not contains CHO group.
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
92. Assertion: - Zn/Hg/HCl converts Acetone to propane but Mg/Hg/H2O can not convert acetone to propane.
Reason: - Mg/Hg/H2O converts acetone to pinacole
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
93. Assertion: - R2C(OH)(OMe) easily looses methyl alcohol along with ketone but R2C(OMe)does
not loose di methyl ether along with R2CO
Reason: - Di methyl ether is more volatile than MeOH
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
280 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Answer key
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (b)
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (d) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (d)
21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (d) 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (c)
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (a) 36. (b) 37. (d) 38. (b) 39. (a) 40. (c)
41. (d) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (c) 46. (b) 47. (c) 48. (d) 49. (b) 50. (b)
51. (d) 52. (a) 53. (c) 54. (c) 55. (c) 56. (d) 57. (d) 58. (a) 59. (a) 60. (a)
61. (c) 62. (d) 63. (c) 64. (c) 65. (a) 66. (a) 67. (b) 68. (d) 69. (b) 70. (b)
71. (b) 72. (b) 73. (d) 74. (a) 75. (b) 76. (b) 77. (a) 78. (c) 79. (c) 80. (a)
81. (d) 82. (a) 83. (b) 84. (b) 85. (c) 86. (b) 87. (a) 88. (a) 89. (a) 90. (a)
91. (b) 92. (a) 93. (b)
(a)
CH3 —CH — OCH3 (b) CH3COCH3 (c) PhCHO (d) CHO
|
OH
3. CH3CH = N NH2 is called acetaldehyde hydrazone. Which is not true about it?
(a) It can produce methane on reaction with conc. H2SO4.
(b) In can not show geometrical isomerism
(c) This compound can show geometrical isomerism after protonation.
(d) On heating with NaOH it will produce ethane
4. In the context of following road map which statement is correct?
O
CF3CO3H LiAlH4
(A) (B)
D2O
(X) Ph3PCH 2
(C)
(a) Reaction (X) to (A) is Baeyer villiger oxidation (b) Reaction (X) (C) is tollen’s reaction
OH O
D while (C) is O
(c) (B) is (d) while (B) is
O O
5. Which of the following compound is not required in the preparation of urotropin?
(a) HCHO (b) CH3CHO (c) NH3 (d) CH3NH2
6. In which of the following case plastic is not formed.
H( + ) high P & T
(a) n(HCHO + PhOH) → (b) n(CH2 = CHCl)
→
very dilute alkali
(d) n HCHO
→
dry HCl gas
(c) CH3COCH3 →
Aldehyde & Ketone 281
7. Which among the following reagent are required for the transformation of ethene in to CH4?
(a) O3 / H2O / Zn / ∆ (b) Zn / Hg + HCl
(c) H2 / Ni (d) NaOH / CaO / ∆
Cr O 2 − PCC
CH 2 OH OH (–)
H (+)
8. (B) ← → (A) → (D) → (E)
2 7
|
CH2OH
Select the correct statement:-
(a) (D) is CH2OH – COO(–) (b) (B) & (E) are same compounds
(c) (A) is glyoxal (d) (E) on oxidation gives (B)
9. LiAlH4 can reduce:-
O O O
|| ||
(a) (b) CH3 — C— CH 2 — C— CH3
O
O
||
(c) CH2 = CH — NCH3 (d) CH3 — C— OCH3
Answer Key
1. (a), (b), (c), (d) 2. (b), (c) 3. (a), (b) 4. (a), (d) 5. (b), (d)
6. (c), (d) 7. (a), (b) 8. (a), (c), (d) 9. (a), (b), (d)
LEVEL - II
Comprehensions
Comprehension - I
Comprehension - II
H O( + )
B + CH3MgBr → C + D
3
6.
Select the correct statements
(a) Both C & D can show haloform test (b) Both C & D can show Victor maeyer test
(c) Out of C & D, one can show Tollen’s test (d) Both C & D can react with Br2 water
7. Provide the missing reagents & products.
C
HO CH2OH MeO CH2OH
A PCC
D
HO CHO ∆ CH2(COOEt)2
E
B
(–) (–)
O COO
&
(–)
O CH2OD
O (limited) NH ( − )
3
→(A)
2 →(B)
Zn, H 2O,
8.
What is B? Write mechanism for the transformation (A → B)
9. You have following aldehydes
NO2
NO2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Select the compounds which can show cannizaro
Aldehyde & Ketone 283
Each question contains statement given in two columns which have to be matched. Statement (A, B, C , D) in column I have to
be matched with statements (p, q, r, s) in column II. The answers to these questions have to be appropriately bubbled as illustrated
in the following examples. If the correct match are A – p, A – s, B – r, B – q, C – q, D – S, then the correctly bubbled 4 × 4 matrix
should be as follows.
A p q r s
B p q r s
C p q r s
D p q r s
O
COOH COOH
?
(B) (q) Zn / Hg + HCl
Cl Cl
OH OH
Ph Ph (–)
(C) ? (r) OH / D
O Ph Ph
(D) → But − 2 − en − 1 − al
CH3CHO (s) CH 2 = CH — CHO / OH(–)
11. List - I (Reaction) List - II (Type of Reaction & Product)
(A) 2, 4- dimethyl hepane (p) Decarboxylation
Al2 O3–CrO 3
Product
∆
(B) (q) Mesitylene
(A) Ethene
→ Oxirane (p) Ag, air, heat
Acetone
→ Methylacetate
(B) (q) Ph3PCH2
Ethanal
→ Ethyl acetate
(C) (r) Me3CO(–)K(+)
(D) Acetone
→ isobutene (s) PAA
284 Problems in Organic Chemistry
13. Select the reagents from list II by which you can differentiate the pairs of compounds given in list I
List - I List - II
CHO
(A) & [Ag(NH3 )2 ]( + )
(p)
O CHO
(B) & (q) KOI
Ac CHO
(C) & (r) Cu +2 / OH (–)
O CHO
(D) & (s) 2, 4 – DNP
Answer Key
1. (d) 2. 2>3>1>4
4. (b), (c) & (f) 6. (c) & (d)
7. A is PCC (or other mildoxidizing agent), B is OD(–)
E = MeO CH = CH(COOEt)2
8. Compound B is 9. None
OH
10. (A) – s, (B) – q, (C) – p, (D) – r 11. (A) – q, s, (B) – q, (C) – p, q, (D) – r
12. (A) – p, s, (B) –s, (C) – r, (D) – q 13. (A) – r, (B) – p, r (C) – p, q, r, (D) – s, p
14. (A) – r, (B) – p, s, (C) – p, r, s, (D) –p, q, r
Aldehyde & Ketone 285
SOLUTIONS
LEVEL-I
OH
O
H,(+) heat
NaBH No Reaction
1. (c)
4→
(B)
(A) Blue colour in victor Maeyer test
Alcohol (B) can not undergo dehydration because bridge ‘C’ can not bear double bond.
2. (d) In ppt(1) acetic acid separates as [Link]
2AcOH + Ca(OH)2 ——→ 2H2O + Ca(OAc)2
After separation solution contains MeOH & propanone. Propanone separates as propanone sodium bi sulphite (ppt-2)
O SO3Na
|| |
NaHSO
CH3 — C— CH3
3→
CH3 — C — CH3 ppt–2
|
OH
Thus, solution contains methyl alcohol.
3. (c) Reduction followed by pinacole pinacolone rearrangement takes place.
Ph
ring opening
H (+) (+)
LiAlH / Ether
4 → → OH
COPh (+) CHPh CHPh
H
(+)
OH OH OH OH
Ph (+)
–H
OH
O O
COOH
O
CH3CO3H H3O( + ) OH
4. (d)
→
→
OH (+) O
Zn–Hg + HCl
5. (a) OHC COCH3 OH, H
CH COCH3
O
(+) O
H3O
OHC Et CH Et
O
Tollen’s Reagent
6. (a) HC ≡ C — CH2COCH3 → AgC ≡ C — CH2COCH3
Since it has ketone group hence it will undergo Baeyer villiger oxidation.
7. (b) In II-process propyne undergoes partial reduction to give propene which on oxidation by KMnO4
Gives acetic acid which undergoes esterification with methyl alcohol to give methyl [Link] III- process propyne gives
acetone on hydration which undergoes Baeyer villager oxidation to produce methyl acetate.
8. (c) CH3COCl + (CH3)2CuLi (Gilman reagent) ——→ CH3COCH3 + CH3Cu + LiCl
O
hot, KMnO 4
O
Al(OEt) CH MgBr(excess)
CH3CHO 3 → CH3COOC2 H5
3 →(CH3 )COH
Tishenko reaction H3O( + )
286 Problems in Organic Chemistry
CH2OH CH2O(–)
| | (–) (–)
H O HCHO OH
H 2 C — C H — CHO ←
2 HOH C — CHCHO ←
2 HOH 2 C — CHCHO
–H2O
CH2OH
(–) |
OH, HCHO
HOH 2 C — C — CHO (P)
|
CH2OH
This is Cross aldol condensation. Now (P) does not contain a - H atom so further addition of HCHO will lead to cross
cannizaro reaction
OH (–)
→(HOCH 2 )4 C + HCOO(–)
(HOH 2 C)3 CCHO + HCHO
11. (c) is exceptional case
12. (b)
NH NH2
CH3MgBr CH3
NH3
(+)
H3O (A)
O
OH
13. (b)
Ph3P =CH 2 H3O (+)
(B)
OH
LiAlH4
(C)
Since (B) & (C) are 2° alcohols hence they will produce blue colour in victor maeyer test (A) is primary amine which is
inactive towards victor Maeyer test.
14. (c) Addition of HCN on carbonyl compound is nucelophilic addition reaction
Rate of nucleophilic addition ∝ electropositive character of ‘C’ of carbonyl group
OH
15. (d) cold KMnO 4 (AcO) 4 Pb CHO Aldol
CHO CHO
OH
16. (a) HCHO on reaction with NaHSO3 produces white precipitates of formaldehyde sodium bi sulphite
17. (d) By the destructive distillation of wood pyroligneous acid is formed along with wood tar & waste gases. This acid contains
acetone, methyl alcohol & acetic acid.
Aldehyde & Ketone 287
18. (a) Hemi acetal of acetaldehyde is unstable & dissociates in to alcohol & acetaldehyde. Thus, it shows reducing properties.
O
||
HCOOH also shows reducing properties because it contains CHO as well as COOH group H — C— OH
(–)
Passage - I
(22 TO 27)
Passage - II
(28 To 33)
28. (b) Became after the removal of α – H atom carbanion is formed which is stabilized by resonance.
(–) (–)
H 2 O + CH 2 NO 2
CH3 NO 2 + O H
O O(–)
(–) || |
CH 2 — N — O ←→ CH 2 =(N+ ) — O
( + )
O O(–) OH
|| (–) | |
H 2O
31. (d) H — C— H + CH 2 NO 2
→ H —CH — CH 2 NO2 (–) → CH 2 — CH 2 NO 2
–OH
(–)
OH ,heat
32. (a) PhCH 2 CHO → Ph — C
Aldol |
= CHCH 2 Ph
LiAlH 4
→ Ph — C H — CH 2 CH 2 Ph
|
CHO (P) CHO
Compound (P) can be reduced to by LiAlH4 here it should be noted that double bond in conjugation of phenyl group can
be reduced by LAN. Since (P) does not contain C = C bond hence it can not decolourise Br2 water
33. (a) It is aldol condensation base will break C -H bond & not C -D bond as we know that former has less bond energy than
later.
288 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(–) (–)
H 2 O + CH3 CDCHO
CH3CHDCHO + O H
O O(–)
(–) || |
H O
CH3CDCHO + CH3CHD — C— C
→ CH3 — CHD —C HCD — CHO
2 → CH CDCHOHCHDCHO
3
| |
CH3 CHO
Passage - III
(34 TO 39)
A is highly volatile & can react with HI to give two products hence a may be an ether.
(C) gives red colour in Victor maeyer test hence (C) is 1° alcohol.
(D) reacts immediately with Lucas reagent hence D is 3° alcohol.
E & F can show haloform test hence both should have CH3CO linkage.
Passage - IV
(40 TO 43)
(–) (–)
OH MeCl
OH CH2OH –H2O O CH2OH MeO CH2OH
CH3CH2COOEt, OH MnO2
MeO CHOHCHCO2Et Aldol
MeO CHO
Me
LiAlH4
Product
CHO CHO
44. (b) CH2 Tollen's reagent
CH2 heat
–CO2
CH3COOH –ve haloform test
CHO CHO
(A) (B)
Aldehyde & Ketone 289
Steric hindrance
O O OH OH
D D
(+) (+)
45. (c) glycol, H NaBD4 H3O
H2O
O O O O O O
46. (b) (c) & (d) forms stable hydrates as they are stabilized by intramolecular H- bonding . Thus rate of hydration will be maxi-
mum in these two cases. Although hydrates of both (b) & (c) are not stabilized by H bonding yet hydrates of (a) will be
more stable because of decrease in angle strain. Hence rate of hydration will be least in (b)
(+)
H3O
47. (c) –H2O
OH OH OH CHO OH
OH OH OH
HO O
H
OH
(+)
H, heat
CHO
(A) Contains double bond hence it will decolourise Br2 water. Due to the presence of CHO it will show all reducing proper-
[Link] Tollen’s & Bendict’s Solution Due to the presence of CHO group it will undergo condensation with 2, 4 - DNP &
semicarbazide.
48. (d) CH2 = CH – CH2CH2OH will decolourise Br2 water because it has C = C bond. It will react with Na because it has OH
group. OH group can be oxidized by chromic acid. Since it has 1° alcoholic groups hence it will not react with Lucas
reagent CH3CH2COCH3 can not decolourise Br2 water & can not react with Na because of the absence of C = C bond &
OH group chromic acid can not oxidise keto group.
OH (–) (–)
49. (b) CHCl2CHO 2KOH HCCHO –H O CHOCHO OH OOC–CH2OH
–2KCl 2
OH (Cannizaro)
OH (–) OH (–)
→ CHCl3 + HCOO(–)
CHCl2 CHO + Cl2
→ CCl3CHO
O( − ) OH
| |
KCN H3O( + )
50. (b) CH3CHO → CH3 CHCN
→ CH3 — CH — COOH
(A)
Compound A is lactic acid and optically active due to the presence of chiral carbon atom
51. (d) Phorone is prepared by acetone, by treating it with dry HCl gas (dehydrating agent)
52. (a) Reactivity of base is more towards aliphatic aldehyde than aromatic aldehyde.
(–)
O O
(–)
H—C—H + OH H—CH—OH
O( −)
(–)
O O
|
Ph—C—H + H —CH—OH
→ HCOOH + Ph — C — H
→ HCOO(–) + PhCH 2 OH
|
H
(+)
O OH OH OH
|| 18 (+)
53. (c) CH3 — C— CH3 + H ( + ) H2•O• –H
••
→ CH3—C—CH 3 CH—C—CH
3 3 CH3—C—CH 3
(+)
18 OH2 18 OH (P)
Product P will not loose H2O because C — O & O — H bonds have high bond energies
18 18
54. (c)
55. (c) CH 2 = CH 2
O3
H 2O
→ HCOOH
→ –ve cannizaro reaction
CH ≡ CH
2 → CHO — CHO SeO
→ +ve cannizaro reaction
290 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Zn/Hg+HCl
Cl CH2Ph
O (–)
O(–) OD
|| | |
N 2O 4CHCl3 D from D 2O
57. (d) PhCH 2 OH
→ Ph — C— H → Ph —C — H
→ Ph —CHD
NaBD 4 |
D
58. (a)
OHC
59. (a) CH2
Diels-Alder ozonolysis
+
CHCO2Et
OHC
CO2Et CO2Et
CO2Et
(–)
CH2OH OH
Cannizaro
COO(–)
60. (a) In wurtz reaction free radical generation takes place thus, in reaction (a) free radical will undergo disproportionation
61. (c) +R effect of NH2 group helps in the dissociation of C — H bond
62. (d) Migration of hydride ion is rate determining step.
Rate = (aldehyde)2 (base) & some times kinetic studies show that Rate = (aldehyde)2 (base)2
63. (c)
64. (c) It is an example of cross aldol condensation.
O
(–) (–) H2O
OH
CH2 = CH—C—CH 3
–H2O (–)
O O O CH O O CH OH
3 3
(–)
OH
–H2O
O O CH O O CH O
2 3
O (–)
(–)
(–)
H2O OH, heat
Aldehyde & Ketone 291
65. (a) Glyoxal & formaldehyde both are independent from alpha hydrogen atom thus, these two will show cross aldol
condensation
(−)
base
66. (a) CHCl2 CHO
→ C Cl2 CHO (highly stabilised by resonance as well as –I effect of Cl)
67. (b) A is tertiary alcohol hence undergoes dehydration by Ag / 573 K. B does not contain alpha H atom thus, it will show
disproportionation (cannizaro). C has MeCO linkage thus, it will exhibit haloform. D does not contain CHO group so it
will not react with bendict solution but can show cross aldol as follows:-
(−)
OH (–)
CH3 NO 2
→ CH 2 NO 2 + H 2 O
stabilized by resonance
O O(–) OH
(–) | |
OH (–)
H—C—H CH2NO2
→ H — C — H
→ H — C — H
→ CH 2
H 2O
Heat
= CH 2 NO2
| |
CH2 NO2 CH2 NO2
68. (d) Formic acid can show reducing properties as it contains CHO as well as COOH group
HCOOH + 2HgCl2 ——→ 2HCl + CO2 + Hg2Cl2
Hg2Cl2 + HCOOH ——→ 2Hg ↓ + 2HCl + CO2
69. (b).
(+)
OH O NOH N—OH2
(+)
Ag/573K NH2OH H
70. (b) backman
rearrangement
H
N N N
O OH HO (+)
2
71. (b) & 72. (b) Solution of these two question is given below
tautomerism C2H4
∆
O O OH OH
H
+ OH OH
(–)
∆
O O (A)
intramolecular O
aldol
CH= CH2
(B)
292 Problems in Organic Chemistry
73. (d)
O
wattig Birch
74. (a) reaction reaction
Ph (+) Ph H
75. (b) NH H
N can not show geometircal isomerism
(+) H
CH3 CH3
76. (b) Same as previous.
77. (a) Attack of cyanide ion is easy on cyclo propanone as carbon CO group is more electropositive.
78. (c) (B) forms via cannizaro reaction
LiAlH PCC
= PhCH CH — CHO
4 → PhCH CH CH OH
→ Ph(CH 2 )2 CHO
2 2 2
(–)
PhCH 2 CH — CH(CH 2 )2 Ph OH
(A) | |
CHO OH
(–) (–)
79. (c) → CH 2 CH = CH — CHO
OH
= CH3CH CH — CHO
–H 2O
(–)
O O
(–)
CH3CH = CH—C—H + CH2CH = CH—CHO CH3—CH = CH—CH—CH2CH=CH—CHO
OH H2O
(–)
CH CH=CH—CH=CH—CH=CH—CHO –H O CH3CH = CH—CHCH2CH= CH—CHO
OH, heat
3 2
80. (a)
81. (d) Neo butyl alcohol is 3° alcohol & can not be oxidized in to ketone by mild oxidizing agents like halogens thus, can not
exhibit haloform test.
82. (a) See mechanism of haloform reaction from your text book
83. (b) Hydrate of tri chloro ethanal is stabilized by intra molecular H - bonding
Cl H–O
Cl—C —— C—H
Cl H–O
84. (b) See Question Number 68
O O O O
85. (c) O3/H2O/Zn
+
Boil
(A) H (B) H
O O
O3/H2O/Zn
+ CH3COCHO
Boil
H H
86. (b) Because of less steric hindrance around CO group.
87. (a) A is more stable due to more hyperconjugation.
88. (a) H+ attacks on C = O and not on OH group because in C = O oxygen acquires –ve charge due to resonance.
89. (a)
90. (a) See Question Number 83
Aldehyde & Ketone 293
91. (b) Double bond present in conjugation with Ph group can be reduced by LAH thus, B is PhCH2CH2CH2OH & can not show
bromine water test.
92. (a) See acyloin condensation in your text book
93. (b) OH is attracted by OMe by H bonding so bond angle reduces thus, to remove strain R2C(OH)(OMe) looses MeOH
More than one may correct:-
1. a, b, c, d
F
CH3—CH HF + CH3CHO
(unstable)
OH (+ve tollen’s test)
OCH3
CH3CH CH3OH + CH3CHO
OH (+ve tollen’s test)
(unstable)
2. b, c 3. a, b 4. a, d
5. b, d 6HCHO + 4NH3
→ (CH 2 )6 N 4 + 6H 2 O
(urotropin)
LEVEL -II
3.
(–)
O O O
(–)
PhCCH2CH3 + CH2 = C—C—CH 2 PCC
Ph—C—CH2CO—C = CH2
CH3 CH2CH3 CH3
OH
(–) H2O
OH
PhC=CHCOC = CH 2 Ph—C—CH2CO—C = CH2
∆
Et CH3 CH2C3H CH3
4. (b) (c) & (f)
(–) (–)
OH
5.
=
CH3CH CHCHO → CH
= 2 — CH CHCHO –H 2O
O
(–)
PhCH = CH—C—H + CH2CH = CHCHO
294 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(–)
O OH
H2O
PhCH = CH—CH—CH2CH =CHCHO PhCH=CH—CH—CH2CH =CH—CHO
(–)
OH
PhCH=CH—CH =CH—CH = CH—CHO
∆
OMgBr OMgBr
CH3—CH 2 —CH=C—H CH2= CH—C—H
CH3
(+) (+)
H3O H3O
OH
CH3CH2—CH = CH—OH CH2= CH—CH—CH3
Can show haloform &
vector Maeyer test
CH3CH2CH2CHO
can show tollens test
7. A = PCC (or other mild oxidizing agent)
B = OD(–)
D = MeO CHO
E = MeO CH=CH(COOEt)2
O
C—H NH 3
(–) (B)
O OH
(–)
9. None of these can show cannizaro reaction. 1 gives haloform, in 2 & 4 CHO group is sterically hindered. In 3rd case
st nd th
Main Features
Preparation Properties
(+)
H3O NH3
RCH2CN RCH2CONH2
heat
(+)
H3O PCl3/PCl5/SOCl2
RCH2CONH2 RCH2COCl
(+)
H2O ROH/H
RCH2COCl RCH2COOR
(+) N3H
H3O
(RCH2CO)2O H2SO4 RCH2NH2
hot KMnO4 P2O5
Alkane / alkyne RCH2COOH (RCH2CO)2O
heat
CARBOXYLIC
KMnO4 ACID Na
RCH2CH2OH RCH2COONa + 1/2 H2
KMnO4 FeCl3
Aldehyde Fe(OOCCH2R)3
KMnO4 (Blood red colouration)
Ketone heat NaHCO3
CO2+H2O+RCH2COONa
aq KOH
RCH2CX3 H(+) NaOH / CaO
RCH3(Decarboxylation)
(+)
H3O
Ester LAH
RCH2CH2OH
P + X2
H2O RCHXCOOH [ HVZ ]
296 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(–)
O O (i) OH
1. (+) (A), Compound (A) is:-
(ii) H
CH2CO2H
OH
OH O
(a)
O (b)
O
CH2COOH
OH OH O
(c) O (d)
O
O
COOH
O
How many chiral ‘C’ atoms will be present in the compound after heating?
(a) 5 (b) 6 (c) 4 (d) 3
3. Which reaction product is not expressed correctly?
EtO( )
–
CH 2O + 2CH 2 ( CO 2 Et ) 2
(a) ( +) →
H EtO2C CO2Et
O
O
EtO(–)
(b) + CH 2 ( CO 2 Et ) 2
( +) → H3O
O
O
EtO( )
–
(c)
HCHO + 2CH3COCH 2CO 2 Et
( +) → H
CO2H
( +)
CH 2 ( CO 2 Et ) 2
(d) H3O
→ CH3COOH
Heat
OH
H (4)
O O
HOH2CCO
4. Given the structure of ascorbic acid (vitamin C) (3)
Which proton is most acidic? HO OH
(2) (1)
D
10. + 2 – acetyl propenoic acid → product
Ac COOH
(c) (d)
Ac
EtONa
11. CH3COOC2H5 → Product,
Product of this reaction would be:-
( +)
( – ) Na
(a) CH3COCH2COOEt (b) CH3COCHCOOEt
(c) CH3COCH2 — COH(OEt)2 (d) CH2(COOEt)2
12. In which of the following case only one molecule of active methylene compound is formed:-
EtONa EtONa
(a) CH3COOCH3 + EtCO2Et
H( )
+
→ (b) HCOOEt + CH3COOEt
( +) →
H
EtONa EtONa
(c) CH3COOMe + CH3COOEt → (d) (CH3)3CCOOC2H5 →
H( ) H( )
+ +
O
LiAlH / Ether
NaBH 4
4
( +) →
13. (A) ←
O O H (B), (A) and (B) are:-
O CH2OH CH2OH
(a) , CH2OH (b) , CH2OH
OH OH HO O O HO
O OH OH
(c) , (d) Both are
CH2OH CH2OH
HO O HO HO
298 Problems in Organic Chemistry
O
O O
(1) CO
CH3MgBr ¾¾¾¾¾¾
2 ®[Y]
(2) dil H 2SO 4
Select correct statement
(a) [X] and [Y] are same compounds
(b) pKa of [X] is lesser than that of [Y]
(c) [X] can release CO2 on reaction with NaHCO3 while [Y ] can not
(d) [Y] can release CO2 on reaction with NaHCO3 while [X] can not.
P2O5 / heat
17. (A) (B), (A) would be :-
(+)
H3O
COBr O
X ⇒ Y ⇒ Z ⇒
(a)
O CH3
O
(b) X & Y are & Z is
(d)
X= Z ≠ Y
Carboxylic Acid & Its Derivatives 299
CHO
Passage – I
Ethyl acetoacetate and malonic ester are used for the synthesis of various important organic compound like ketone & substituted
carboxylic acid. It contains active methylene (CH2) group. If contains acidic hydrogen and can be replaced as:-
.. (–)
Base
CH3COCH2COOC2H5 CH3COCHCO2Et
R
R–X
CH3COCHCO2Et
This alkyl substituted ethyl acetoacetate on hydrolysis produces acids
dil NaOH
CH3COCHCO2Et (+)
CH3COCH—COOH
H
R R
Now answer the questions from 22 to 27
22. CH3COCH 2CO 2 Et (1 mole) (i) EtONa / Br
Br (P), P is:-
(+)
(ii) H3O /∆
(+)
EtONa H3O O3
25. CH3COCH2COOC2H5 RX CH3COCHCOOC2H5 –C2H5OH
X
H2O
R
CH3COCOOH + HCOOH + CH3COCH2CH2COOH
RX would be:-
XCH = CH — C = CH2
(a) (b) XCH2CH = CCH3CH = CH2
CH3
(c)
XCH2 — C — CH = CH — CH3 (d) XCH — C = CH — CH = CH
2 2
CH3 CH3
COOH
(a) CH3COCH2CH2COOH (b)
Passage - II
An organic compound (A) containing six membered ring gives (B) when treated with KOH + C2H5OH. (B) Gives (C) when
subjected to heat with KMnO4. (C) Releases CO2 with NaHCO3 & gives (D) & (F) when treated with [CaO / heat] &
[CH2N2/heat] respectively.(D) gives (E) when heated with Ca(OH)2. (E) further gives (D) when treated with [N2H4/ heat] followed
by ozonolysis. On the other hand (F) gives (G) when treated with EtONa/ H+. (G) Also gives (D) by [H3O+ / heat]. If compound (A)
on reduction with LiAlH4 gives hydrocarbon then
Answer the questions from 28 to 34.
28. Compound (A) is:-
Br
O
(a) (b)
Br O
Br
(c) (d)
OH
(a) (b)
COOH
O
(c) (d)
O
(a) (b) O
O
(a) (b)
O OH
O
(c) (d)
(a) (b)
O
O
CO2Me
O
(c) (d) None
Passage - III
H( )
+
2A + B
→ C
(A) Can not show haloform test but can reduce schiff’s reagent.A can not show aldol condensation but its oxidized form can show
reducing properties. Compound B can be obtained by partial reduction of the alkyne which can not show tollen’s test. If compound
B contains 4 carbon atoms then
Answer the questions from 35 to 42.
35. Compound (A) is:-
O O O O
(a) (b)
O O O O
(c) (d)
302 Problems in Organic Chemistry
38. Which intermediate will not form during the formation of (C) from (A) & (B)?
OH (+)
(a) (b) CH2OH
(+)
(+)
O O H
(+)
(c) (d) H O O
H O( )
+
( B) + ( CN) 2 → ( X )
3 → ( Y)
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5
40. Which statement is not correct about (Z) & (W)?
( i) alkaline CuSO
→4
( W)
(B) Hot KMnO 4
→ ( Z) , (A) ( +)
( ii) H
(a) pKa of (W) is lesser than that of (Z)
(b) Both can show reducing properties
(c) (Z) gives blood colouration with neutral FeCl3
(d) (W) produces mercury on reaction with corrosive sublimate
41. What is (P) in the following reaction?
+ HCl
( Y)
NaOH / CaO
→ ( I)
AlCl
→ ( P)
3
(a) (b)
O
(c) (d) O O
CH3 CH3
42. (Y) is subjected to heat to produce another organic compound R. Which is correct about (R)?
(a) It is a carboxylic acid (b) It is optically active
(c) It is an anhydride (d) It is an ester
43. Consider the following reagent:-
NH3 / heat NH2OH PCl5 / heat Na / heat
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Which among the above reagents will react with both the functional group of lactic acid?
(a) (3) (b) (4) (c) (1), (2), (3) & (4) (d) (3) & (4)
44. An organic compound on treatment with NH3, NaOBr & NaNO2 + dil H2SO4 gives cyclo pentanol.
Organic compound will be:-
H O( )
+
45. ( A)
3 → ( B) Na
→ 2 moles of H gas
2
(1 mol) (1 mol)
COOEt CO2Et
(a) (b)
CN
OH
OH
HO (CH2)3Ac HO (CH2)4Ac
(c) (d)
HO EtO2C
CH2CH = NH CN
Br
(1) 1 mol Mg
46. [X]
(2) D2O
I
[X] would be:-
D
D
(a) (b)
I
D
LiAlH
48. → (X), (X) would be:-
O D O
O
CH2OD CH2OD
(a) (b) CH2OD
CH2OH
CD2OD CHDOD
(c) CH2OD (d) CH2OD
304 Problems in Organic Chemistry
CONH2 (+)
P2O5 H3O
49. (CH2)2 ∆
(B) (C)
(A) H2O2
CONH2 (D)
(–)
OH
(+)
H3O NH3
(E) (F)
∆
O
CN (+)
H3O
53. HOOC COOH [X]
∆
ClOC
O
Select the correct statement
(a) X will give effervescence of CO2 with NaHCO3
(b) X will produce alkane when treated with Zn / Hg + HCl
(c) X will produce symmetrical diketone when heated with sodalime
(d) All are correct
54.
Assertion: - Rate
. of decarboxylation of ethanoic acid is greater than propanoic acid.
.
Reason: - CH3 is less stable CH3CH2
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
Carboxylic Acid & Its Derivatives 305
55. Assertion:- Vont Hoff’s factor for carboxylic acid is more in aqueous medium but least in benzene
Reason: - In benzene RCOOH is present in its associated form while in water it is gets dissociated in to caboxylate and hydro-
nium ions
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
NaOH
56. Assertion: - RCOOH → RH
heat
This reaction requires the presence of CaO
Reason: - CaO absorbs the released CO2 in the reaction and forms CaCO3.
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
C2H5
heat
57. Assertion:- CH3 — C — COOH
→ Product
COOH
In this reaction two products are formed
Reason: - Due to rearrangement CH3 — C ( COOH ) converts in to the mixture of
2
|
C2 H5
CH3 — C ( COOH ) 2 and HOOCCH 2 — CH — COOH
| |
C2 H5 C2 H5
Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(a)
Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(b)
Assertion is true, Reason is false
(c)
Assertion is false, Reason is true
(d)
58. Assertion: - rate of decarboxylation of fluoroacetic acid is greater than that of chloro acetic acid
Reason: - fluoro methyl carbanion is less stable than chloro methyl carbanion.
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
59. Assertion: - decarboxylation by sodalime in 4-methoxy phenyl acetic acid occurs rapidly in comparison to that of 4- nitro
phenyl acetic acid.
Reason: - Rate determining step involves the formation of carbanion.
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
306 Problems in Organic Chemistry
→ ( A ) + ( B)
dil H 2SO 4 soda lim e
60. Assertion:
= CH 2 CH — OCOEt → Et − H
A does not release H2 on reaction with Na
Reason: - A is an aldehyde.
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
COOH
soda lime
61. Assertion:- → Product
Br
This reaction gives decalin as a product
Reason: - carbanion is formed as intermediate which undergoes SN2 reaction
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
Answer Key
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (a)
31. (a) 32. (a) 33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (d) 36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (b) 40. (b)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (d) 45. (d) 46. (d) 47. (b) 48. (b) 49. (c) 50. (d)
51. (b) 52. (a) 53. (b) 54. (b) 55. (a) 56. (a) 57. (c) 58. (d) 59. (d) 60. (a)
61. (a)
LiAlH Red P + Br
(c)
HOCH 2 — CH — COOH 4 PhCH 2COOH
( + ) → (d)
2→
| H H 2O
CH3
Carboxylic Acid & Its Derivatives 307
10. Which among the following can not show HVZ reaction?
(a) PhCOOH (b) CH3CHBrCOOH
(c) CH3CBr2COOH (d) PhCOCOOH
Answer Key
1. (b), (c), (d) 2. (a), (c) 3. (a), (b), (c), (d) 4. (a), (b), (c), (d) 5. (b), (d)
6. (a), (b), (c) 7. (b), (c) 8. (a), (b) 9. (b), (c) 10. (a), (c), (d)
308 Problems in Organic Chemistry
LEVEL - II
Comprehension
Each question contains statement given in two columns which have to be matched. Statement (A, B, C, and D) in column I have
to be matched with statements (p, q, r, s) in column II. The answer to these questions has to be appropriately bubbled as illus-
trated in the following examples. If the correct match are A — p, A — s, B —r, B — q, C — q, D — S, then the correctly bubbled
4 x 4 matrix should be as follows.
A p q r s
B p q r s
C p q r s
D p q r s
4. List - I Comprise of reagent for given compounds (X) List - II indicates the possible products (s)
COOC2H5
List - I List - II
(CH2)2OH
OH
(A) LiAlH4
(p)
OH CH2OH
COOC2H5
COOEt
OH
(C) NaBH4 (r)
OH CH2OH
COOC2H5
O
(D) Cu/300°C (s)
Cl
O
(B) (q) EtMgBr / H3O(+)
OMe
OH
O O
(C) (r) NH3 / D then KOBr
MeO OMe
O
(D) (s) N3H / H2SO4
OH (t) MeMgBr (2 moles)
6. Column-I Column-II
O
CN
(A) dil H 2SO 4
→ (p) Product contains ketonic group
∆
(B) 2 4→
(i) KCN / H SO
(q) Product contains CONH2 group
(ii) H 2O 2 / NaOH
O
H O( +)
3 →
∆
(C) (r) Product contains COOH group
NC CN
CN
NH2 OH
HONO
(D) →
(s) Product contains OH group
∆
310 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Answer Key
O
O
O
O
1. P1 = O P2 = O P3 =
SOLUTIONS
LEVEL - I
O
OH OH H
H OH OH
O O basic hydrolysis esterification O
1. (a) MeCHO +
OH
(–)
CH2CO2
CH2CO2H
2. (c) Because compound will lose two molecules of carbon dioxide one from left hand side and other from right hand side to
produce :-
S
HOOC—CH2—(CH2)3CONH * *
COOH
*
*
O
Base (–)
(–)
O OH
O
(–) H2O
+ CH(CO2Et)2
CH(CO2Et)2
CH(CO2Et)2
(–) (–)
O O O
Base
OH (+)
H2O H3O
CO2H
C(CO2Et)2
OH CO2H
4. (a) Because when it removes -ve charge comes on oxygen which is stabilized by resonance.
OH Br2
5. (d) CH3CONHCH3 –H2O
CH3CONCH3 CH3CONBrCH3 (Hoffman Bromamide)
In CH3 — CON(CH3)2, H is absent on ‘N’ hence it can not undergo Hoffman Bromamide reaction however it undergoes
haloform reaction because it contains CH3CO linkage:-
NaOBr or (–)
CH3 CON(CH3)2 CHCl3 +(CH3)2NCOO
NaOH + Br2
CHCl3
6. (c) Because formic acid contains CHO as well as COOH group & can show reducing properties with fehling solution
(CuSO4 + NaOH).
O
H—C — O – H acid group
aldehyde gp.
7. (d) Since compound gives blood red colouration with neutral FeCl3 hence it should have COOH group. Option b & d may
correct but HCOOH does not react with neutral FeCl3 hence (d) is correct.
(–) (+)
CHO CuSO4 + NaOH COO H COOH
9. (c) OH OH OH
O
Diels-Alder
10. (c) + heat + CO2
Ac COOH
Ac
312 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(–)
O O
(–)
CH2COOC2H5 + CH3 — C — OC2H5 CH3 — C — OC2H5
CH2CO2Et
(–)
CH3 — COCH2CO2Et + EtO
If we do not add H(+) at the last of the reaction then EtO(–) will remove H(+) from CH3COCH2CO2Et
(–) (–)
as:- CH3COCH2COOEt + EtO CH3COCHCOOEt + EtOH
12. (b) Except (b) in all cases mixture of active methylene compound will form however in (d) condensation is not possible
O NaBH4 O LiAlH4 OH
13. (c)
CH2OH
OH O O O HO
NaBH4 can not reduce ester group but LiAlH4 can reduce ester as well as ketone group.
(+)
14. (b) CH3COOC2H5 EtONa, H
CH3COCH2COOC2H5
Claisen Condensation
(+)
heat H3O
CH3COCH3 CH3COCH2COOH – C2H5OH
– CO2
15. (c) Carbanion is formed as an intermediate in decarboxylation. Since (a) gives more stable carbanion thus decarboxylation of
4th acid occurs rapidly & it is too slow in 3rd case
P2O5, heat
17. (c) CH3COOH (CH3CO)2O
(+)
H3O
+ (–)
H3O COOH ∆ N2H4,OH
OHC O O
OHC
(Z)
Carboxylic Acid & Its Derivatives 313
O HO
Pr—C C—Pr
O—H O
Here two H — Bonds are present in between two molecules. After 3rd, 1st will have higher boiling point than 2nd due to
H — bonding.
H
O O
OH O
21. (a) Because configuration changes only when bond breaks and forms in new direction.
H4 H4
1 Ac2O 1
H3C OH –AcOH
H3C OAc
3 3
CH2CH3 CH2CH3
2 2
[R] [R]
(–) BrCH2CH2Br
EtONa
22. (b) CH3COCH2CO2Et CH3COCHCO2Et CH3COCHCO2Et
CH2CH2Br
Ac COOH (+)
H3O (–)
EtONa
CH3CO—CCO2Et CH3COCCO2Et
CH2CH2 – Br
heat
– CO2 Ac
COOH
CH2CH CH2CH(COOC2H5)2
COOH H3O(+) SN
2
–4C2H5OH
COOH
CH2CH CH2–CH(COOC2H5)2
COOH
CH2CH2COOH
heat (Adipic acid)
CH2CH2COOH
(–)
O
(–) CH3CHO
24. (a) CH2(COOEt)2 EtONa
–EtOH CH2(COOEt)2 CH3—CHCH2(COOEt)2
OH
H3O
(+) EtOH
heat
CH3CH=CH(COOEt)2 CH3—CHCH2(COOEt)2
COOH heat
CH3CH=CH COOH –CO CH3CH=CHCOOH (Crotonic acid)
2
314 Problems in Organic Chemistry
OH H (+)
H3O
25. (b) CH3COCH2COOC2H5 EtONa
RX
CH3COCHCOOC2H5
CH2CH=CMeCH=CH2
CH3COCH(COOH)CH2CH=CMeCH=CH2
X
ozonolysis
(–)
26. (a) CH3COCH2CO2Et CH3COCHCO2Et
EtONa CH3COCl
RX
CH3COCHCO2Et
COCH3
(+)
heat H3O
CH3COCH2COCH3 –CO2 CH3COCH—COOH
1 2 3
(1, 3 di Ketone) COCH3
Passage - II
(28 to 34)
(C) releases CO2 with NaHCO3, Thus, (C) must be a carboxylic acid.
Since (A) on reduction with LiAlH4, gives hydrocarbon hence (A) must be a 1° or 2° alkyl halide.
O COOCH3
heat COO
–CaCO3 Ca COOCH3
COO
(F)
Aldol, Ca(OH)2 (D) (F)
+
ozonolysis EtONa, H Claisen Condersation
O CO2Me
(–)
N2H4, OH O
(E) (G)
Carboxylic Acid & Its Derivatives 315
Passage - III
35 to 42
Since A can reduce schiff’s reagent hence it should contain CHO group & since its oxidized form can show reducing properties
thus, it should be formaldehyde.
Since B is obtained by reduction of the alkyne which can not reduce thus, B should be 2-butene
Pd / C
→ (B)
••
(+) (+) CH2OH CH2OH
••
HCHO + H CH2OH B A
(+)
(+)
O=CH2
H
O O (+)
(C)
O O
CN (+)
COOH
H3O
B + (CN)2 (Y)
CN COOH
it contains two chiral carbon atoms
NH3 NaOBr
CH2COCl CH2CONH2 CH2NH2
OH OH
HO (CH2)4Ac HO (CH2)4Ac 4-moles of Na
45. (d) acidic hydrolysis
EtO2C HO2C
CN COOH
ONa
NaO (CH2)4Ac
+ 2H2
NaO2C
COONa
46. (d)
Rest all amide produce resonance stabilized amines. Hence (a) will provide least yield of carboxylate ion on hydrolysis.
47. (b) See chemical reactions in your text book
(–)
CHO
H from LiAlH4 O(–) D2O
48. (b) O
(–)
O O O
H
(–)
H O
CH2OD CH CHO
D2O OD (–) OD
H
CH2OD
50. (d) In (c) tri nitro glycerine is produced which is a nitro ester.
51. (b)
52. (a) Because electron donating effect of Me3Si is greater than Me3C.
O O
CN COOH
53. (b) HOOC COOH (+)
H 3O HOOC COOH
ClOC ∆
HOOC [X]
O O
O
Zn-Hg+HCl Heat
[X]
O
Carboxylic Acid & Its Derivatives 317
COOH COOH
57. (c) C2H5
heat
C—COOH CH3 + C2H5
CH3 H C2H5 H CH3
COOH
58. (d) See question number 54
59. (d) See question number 54
H OH
dil H2SO4
60. (a) CH2=CH—OCOEt CH2=CH—OH + EtCO2H soda lime Et—H
hydrolysis
tautomerism
CH3CHO
COOH
(–)
soda lime
61. (a)
Br Br
More than one may correct:-
1 b, c, d 2. a, c
COOH
OHC COOH ∆ OHC
3. a, b, c, d O O
4. a, b, c, d Organic compounds can be arranged in their decreasing order of acid strength as follows:-
RSO3H > HCOOH > RCOOH > PhOH > H2O > ROH > RNH2
H O / OH (–)
b, d CH3CN
2 2 → CH3CONH 2
5.
OH + CH3COCl OCOCH3 + HCl Cl +CH3COOH
6. a, b, c See mechanism of esterification in your text book
Br
(–)
OH MnO4 HVZ
7. b, c (+) COOH COOH
H
[A] [B] [C]
LEVEL -II
O O O
(+)
C—OH C—OH2
1 & 2 (CH2)2 (CH2)2 (–) O P1
C—OH COO
O O
O O O
(+)
C—OH C—OH2 O
(CH2)3 (CH2)3 (–) P2
C—OH COO O
O
O O
(+)
C—OH C—OH2 O
(CH2)4 (–) H2O + CO2 + P3
C—OH C—O
O O
(–) (+)
3.
CH2Br Mg (1 mol)
CH2Mg Br
(THF)
CH2=CH2+ MgBr2
CH2Br CH2—Br (A)
(+)
H3O KMnO4 neutral
CH2 = CH2 EtOH CH3COOH FeCl3
(CH3COO)3Fe
(Blood red)
Amines
11
Main Features
Preparation Properties
LEVEL - I
C H ONa
1. Urea (A) + Diethyl malonate
2 5 → (B)
110°C
OH
C H OH
+ NH2NHCONH2 →
2 5
75°C,8hr (X)
COCH3
OH
ONHNHCONH2
(a) (b) C= NHNCONH2
COCH3
CH3
OH
ONHCONHNH2
(c) (d) C=NCONHNH2
COCH3
CH3
3. Rank the following compounds in order of basic strength.
O O O
N N N N
(1) CH3 (2) CH3 (3) H (4) CH3
(a) 2 > 3 > 4 > 1 (b) 2 > 3 > 1 > 4 (c) 3 > 2 > 1 > 4 (d) 3 > 2 > 4 > 1
CH3
|
(i) LiAlH
4. CH3 — C(NO 2 )C(OH)Me2 4
(ii) NaNO + H SO
→ Product
2 2 4
5. Cyclobutyl Ethanoic acid is treated with N3H / H2SO4 and the product formed in this reaction is further treated with potassium
nitrite & dilute sulphuric acid to give [X] , [X] would be:-
(a) Cyclobutyl Methanol (b) Cyclo pentanol
(c) Cyclobutyl ethanol (d) Nitrosocyclo butyl methanamine
110°C
6. Carbamide + N2H4
Amyl alcohol
→ (X), (X) will not react with
LiAlH 4 (i) NH
AcNH 2 → Product .............(3) CH3CHO 3
(ii) LiAlH
→ Product .............(4)
4
(2)
O N (3) N
CH3
(a) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 (b) 2 > 1 > 3 > 4 (c) 1 > 4 > 3 > 2 (d) 1 > 3 > 4 > 2
9. 3° — butyl alcohol can be converted in to 3° butyl amine conviently by:-
(a) PCl5, NaNH2 (b) HCN + H2SO4
(c) AcCl / C2H5N & NH3 / Heat (d) All of these
10. The reaction which can not be performed by H2 / Ni is:-
(a) CH3NO2
→ CH3NH2 (b) CH3CONH2
→ CH3CH2NH2
Φ CH = CH — CN
(c) — → ΦCH 2 — CH 2CH 2 NH 2 (d) CH NC
3
→ CH3NHCH3
NaNO2
11. (A) (C) –ve victor maeyer test
+ve mustard oil test
(B) (D) Blue colour in vector maeyer test
NaNO2
HCl
CH3 NH2
| Et
|
(c)
CH3 CH — CH 2 NH 2 , (d) ,
CH3 —CH — NH 2
CH2NH2
12. Which product will not form when primary amine reacts with sodium nitrite & HCl ?
(a) Alcohol (b) Alkylhalide (c) Alkene (d) Chloramine
13. Which of the following is the weakest bronsted base ?
N
(a) (b) (c) (d)
O
322 Problems in Organic Chemistry
14. Mitomycin C is an anticancer agent & used to treat stomach and colour couch. Its structure is
2
O CH2OCONH2
1
H2N
OMe
N 3
O 4 NH
Which is correct about mitomycin C?
(a) It contains 5 chiral carbon atoms (b) 3rd nitrogen is highly basic
(c) It contains 3 chiral carbon atoms (d) 4th nitrogen is highly basic
15. Arrange the following compounds in decreasing order of boiling point
(a) (CH3)3N < CH3NHEt < PrNH2 < PrOH (b) (CH3)3N < PrNH2 < PrOH < MeNHEt
(c) PrNH2 < MeNHEt < Me3N < PrOH (d) Me3N < MeNHEt < PrOH < PrNH2
16. Strongest acid among the following is:-
H
NH2
N SO NH
(a) (b) (c) (d) 2 2
N
17. Consider the following reactions
(i) L.A.H
® [A] Benzonitrile ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾
dil H 2SO 4 ® [B]
CH 2 = CH 2 + (CN)2 ¾¾¾¾¾ (ii) MeCl / NaOH
OH O NH2
(i) AgNO 2
+HI (excess)
→ → [C]
(+)
(ii) Fe / H H ( ) H / Pd
+
2 [D]
OH
Out of A, B, C & D the product (s) the product which can show Hoffman mustard oil test is/are:-
(a) B & D (b) only D (c) A, B & D (d) Only C
18. Identify (X) in the following reaction.
(+)
(i) LaH (ii) H / heat
ClCOCH 2CH 2CH 2 NH 2
→(X)
(iii) NaOH
H
H
N
N CH3
(a) N—CH3 (b)
CH3 CH3 (c) (d)
N—H
O
O [Y]
+
NH2
O
O O OH OH
NH
(a) O (b) NH (c) NH (d)
NH O OH O
OH
Amines 323
Passage - I
Reserpine is a natural product belonging to the family of alkaloids. Clinical application of it is in treatment of hypertension and
nervous and mental disorders
N
MeO N H
H
H
H O
O—C— OMe
MeO2C
OMe
OMe
(Reserpine)
OMe
N (+) (–) N
(a) (b) Na O N
HO N
(–) H
Na+
NaO2C OH NaO2C OH
OH OH
N (+) (–) N
(c)
HO N (d) N
Na O (–)
H
(–) (+)
O Na OH
NaO2C NaO 2C
OH OH
324 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Passage - II
CH I Ag O ∆ H SO heat
N − methyl peperidine
3 → P →
2 Q
→ R
2 5 → S
→T
H 2O
(+) (+)
(a) (+) (b) (c) N I(–) (d) N I(–)
N (–) N (–)
I (+) I H3C CH3 H3C CH3
Passage - III
∆ OH (–) , heat H O
CHI(CH2)3NHMe
→ A → B →
2 2 C
∆
N
Answer the question from 29 to 31
CH (+) CH=CH(CH2)2NHMe
(CH2)3 N
(a) (+) (b) H (c) (d) None of these
N N N
N CH3
CH3 H
Amines 325
OH I
CH CH (+)
(CH2)3 (b) N N
(a) (+) (+) (CH2)3 (c) (d)
N N N CH3 CH3
N H N N
CH3 Me
Passage - IV
A nitrogen containing compound (with four carbon atoms) can have two isomers (A) & (B). (A) & (B) On treatment with Fe +
HCl give (C) & (D) respectively. Both (C) & (D) produce same compound (E) on treatment with sulphuric acid and sodium nitrite.
Compound (C) on treatment with KMnO4 followed by hydrolysis gives (F). (E) And (F) don not give haloform test. (F) Gives (G)
when treated with NaBH4 & thionyl chloride. Now (E) is treated with aqueous NaOH & then with (G) to produce (H). (H) Further
gives (E) when mixed with dilute sulphuric [Link] H can decolourise bromine water then:-
NH2
(a) NH2 (b) (c) NH2 (d)
NH2
OH
(a) (b) OH (c) (d) OH
OH
37. Compound (F) is:-
CHO
(a) CHO (b) (c) (d) NO
O
326 Problems in Organic Chemistry
CH2Cl
(a) Cl (b) CH2Cl (c) (d) NHCl
(a) (b)
CH2—O (c) (d) OCH2
Amine/s which will exhibit optical isomerism after the treatment with NaNO2 + H2SO4 is / are:-
(a) 1, 2 (b) 1, 3 (c) 1, 3, 4 (d) Only 1
42. Match the following:-
Reaction Product
(i) HONO
(A) PrNO2
(ii) NaOH
→ (1) Blue Colour
(i) HONO
(D) Me2CHNO2
→ (4) Chloroform
(ii) NaOH
A B C D A B C D
(a) 5 3 4 1 (b) 2 3 4 1
(c) 2 4 3 1 (d) 2 4 1 3
43. The method which does not offer preparation of 1° amine is:-
H
(b) CH3CHO + CH3 NH 2
2 →
(a) Gabriel Phathalimide Pd / ∆
46. A primary amine on treatment with NaNO2/HCl gives alcohol which on dehydration followed by ozonolysis gives two com-
pounds. One of them gives +ve iodoform test but negative tollen’s test whiles other gives +ve tollen’s test but negative iodoform
test. If alcohol does not produce any colour in victor maeyer test then structure of amine will be:-
H H
N N
N N
(a) (b)
CH3 CH (c) (d) H C2H5
CH3 3 C2H5
(i) CH NH
(d) CH3COCH3 →
KOH 3 2
(c)
CH3 NCO → Product Product
(ii) H / Ni 2
nBu nPr
| |
52. CH3 — C — CH —C — CH3 ¾¾¾¾¾
nitrous acid
® major product (X)
| | |
Et NH2 Et
53. If boiling points of CH3NO2, CH3ONO and CH3COOH are x, y & z respectively then
(a) z > x > y (b) y > x > z (c) z > x = y (d) z > y > x
328 Problems in Organic Chemistry
O
(CH2)2CN H
2 → Product,
[Link]
54.
D
14
KBrO
CONH2 →
55. C O Product
H
Product of this reaction will have:-
(a) ‘R’ configuration (b) ‘S’ configuration (c) Both R & S configuration (d) product is optically inactive
(i) H O /OH(–)
2 2 (i) H2O/H2SO4
56. (A) (ii) KBrO (B) (C) (ii) N3H, Heat
[X]
KBrO
By the help of [X] carbonyl compounds can be identified select the correct statement.
(a) (A) is carbamide & B is cyanogens (b) (B) is NH2CN & A is Cyanogen
(c) (A) is Cynogen & (C) is NH2CN (d) (B) is NH2CN but (C) is Carbamide
57. Assertion- aliphatic amines can not form RN2 + Cl– with NaNO2 + HCl while aromatic amines form diazonium salts
Reason- Aliphatic diazonium salts are not stabilized by resonance
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
58. Assertion-aniline can not be prepared by Gabriel phthalimide reaction while phenyl methyl amine can
Reason- Aniline is less basic than phenyl methyl aniline
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
59. Assertion- acetamide is amphoteric in nature
Reason- Due to resonance NH2 group acquires positive charge and oxygen acquires negative charge so when acid is added it
attacks on oxygen and when base attacks it removes water from NH2
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
60. Assertion- Although acetamide contains CH3CO linkage yet it does not form iodoform
Reason- C—H bond is more polar than N—H bond
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is frue, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
Amines 329
62. Assertion- Aniline (aqueous solution) can precipitate FeCl3 in to ferric hydroxide but same is not true for methyl amine
Reason- In aniline the lone pair of electrons take part in resonance in benzene ring while lone pair of electron of methyl amine
is localized.
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true: Reason is a correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true Reason is true: Reason is not a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(d) Assertion is false, Reason is true
Answer Key
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (d) 17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (b) 30. (c)
31. (c) 32. (b) 33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (a) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (a) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (b) 46. (a) 47. (b) 48. (c) 49. (b) 50. (a)
51. (b) 52. (d) 53. (a) 54. (a) 55. (a) 56. (c) 57. (a) 58. (b) 59. (a) 60. (c)
61. (c) 62. (d)
6. Aliphatic 1° amine:-
(a) is more soluble in water in comparison to alcohol of comparable molar mass
(b) has pyramidal shape
(c) has more boiling point than RCOOH
(d) has sp3 hybridised ‘N’ atom
7. Which is correct about the following road map?
NO2
(a) A is optically inactive (b) B is optically inactive (c) A is optically active (d) B is optically active
8. Which of the following reaction is least likely to occur?
(a)
(CH3 )2 NH + CHCl3 + KOH
→(CH 2 )2 CNC
NaBH 4
(b)
CH3CONH 2 → CH3CH 2 NH 2
(c)
CH3 NH 2 + CH3COCl
→ CH3CONHCH3 + HCl
pyridine
(d)
PhNHCOCH3 + CH3COCl
→(CH3CO)2 NPh + HCl
H
KOBr
CONH 2 → product
10.
CH3
O
NC CN
11. 3 (i) H O(+)
NC CN
→ [X]
(ii) N3H +H 2SO 4
NC CN CH3
12.
OH
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(a) (1) is strongest acid while (4) is strongest base (b) (4) is strongest base
(c) (3) is strongest acid (d) (3) is weakest acid while (4) is strongest base
Answer Key
1. (b), (c), (d) 2. (b), (d) 3. (a), (b), (c) 4. (a), (b) 5. (a), (b), (d)
6. (a), (b), (d) 7. (a), (d) 8. (a), (b), (d) 9. (c), (d) 10. (a), (b)
LEVEL - II
Comprehension
Comprehension - I
H ( )
CH3 MgBr *CO 2
SOCl NH3
[A] [B] 2 [C] [E]
NaOI H / BrO()
[F] [D]
2
Pd / BaSO 4
Precipitates [G]
1. What is ‘F’ ?
2. Can ‘G’ show Hoffman mustard oil test
3. Out of A, B,...............G, which contains isotopic carbon i.e. *C
4. Which will show Tollens’s test among B, C, D, E & F ?
Comprehension - II
NH 2CONH 2
→ (B)
332 Problems in Organic Chemistry
NaNO 2 + HCl
→ (C)
N
H
OH
|
(i) CrO , ∆
CH3CHCH 2CONH 2 3 → (D)
(ii) NaNO + HCl, ∆
2
B
9. A → E
NaOH,∆
B
→ F
D NaOH,∆
E & F are:-
(a) Optical isomers (b) Geometrical isomers (c) Homomers (d) Homologues
Comprehension - III
(+)
KHSO4 Aniline H
Glycerine (A) (B) (C)
∆
[O] –H2O
(E) (D)
Answer Key
11. (d)
Amines 333
SOLUTIONS
In B lone pair of electron present on N are more delocalized in comparison to that of urea because each lone pair takes part
in resonance with two carbonyl group, hence B is less basic than A.
OH OH
(–)
O •• •• •• C2H5OH
O
2. (b) NH2NHCONH2 75°C, 8 hr
C 1 2 3 C—NH2NHCONH2
(+)
CH3 CH3
OH
OH
C=NHNCONH2 ∆
–H2O
OH
C—NHNHCONH2
CH3
CH3
Out of 1st 2nd & 3rd nitrogens, 2nd & 3rd nitrogens can not participate in condensation as lone pair of electrons present on
nitrogens is deloclised & take part in resonance with CO group.
3. (d) 1st & 4th are less basic as lone pair of electron is delocalized (resonance with CO group). 3rd is more basic than 2nd because
secondary amines are more basic than tertiary amines.
(+) (+)
CH2COOH CH2NH2 CH2
N3H HNO2
5. (b)
H2SO4
H2O
(+)
OH OH2
6. (a) X is semicarbazide which gives condensation with (b),(c) & (d) but not with (a) (carbinol is MeOH)
Heat H 2O
7. (d) RCOCl + NaN3
→ RCON3 → RNCO → RNH 2
8. (b) 4th N is least basic as its lone pair of electrons are highly delocalized with two carbonyl groups. Lone pair of electrons
present on 3rd N are also delocalized with one carbonyl thus, it is less basic than 1st and 2nd.
9. (b) This is Ritcher reaction.
334 Problems in Organic Chemistry
CH3CN + 2H – H
→ CH3CH 2 NH 2
Me Me Me
NaNO2+HCl (+)
11. (c) Me— CH—CH2—NH2 Me— CH—CH2 Me— CH—CH3
A (+)
H2O
Me
negative Vector maeyer test Me— CH—CH3
OH C
12. (d) When primary amine reacts with sodium nitrite & HCl carbocation forms. If it is attacked by chloride ion alkyl halide
forms & alcohol forms if water attacks on carbocation. If H+ ion is removed from carbocation alkene is formed.
14. (b) It contains 4 chiral carbon atom. 3rd nitrogen is more basic than 4th because lone pair of electrons present on 4th nitrogen is
delocalized.
O
O ••
CH2OC—NH2
H2N
* OMe
* *
N
NH
O *
16. (a) Lone pair of electron present on nitrogen are less delocalised in comparison to other.
17. (d)
(+)
18. (c) ClCOCH2CH2CH2NH2 LAH OHCH2CH2CH2CH2NH2 H ••
NH2
(+)OH2
(+)
–H
(+) (+)
N N
H H H
Amines 335
O O (+) O
NH2 NH
O ••
19. (d) NH2
O O O [Y]
O(–) OH
(+)
H3O
20. (d) MeCN + CH3MgBr → MeCOMe
(+)
KMnO4 H3O
Me2CHNH2 Me2C=NH MeCOMe
NaNO2+HCl Cu,heat
i-PrNH CH3CHOHMe
2
21. (b) Because lone pair of electron of nitrogen in pentagonal ring is not localized
N
22. (c) MeO *
N H
H *
H *
H * * O
* OMe
MeO2C O—C—
OMe
OMe
(Reserpine)
OMe
(+) (–)
N NaO N
23. (b) OH N 2 moles of NaOH N
H H
A
(+) (–)
HO2C OH NaO2C OH
OH OH
Passage - II
(24 to 28)
CH3I Ag2O, H2O Heat H2SO5
(+) (+) (+)
(–) NMe2
N N I
(–) N OH N
R (–) S
CH3 P Q O
heat
Me2NOH +
T
336 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Passage - III
(29 to 31)
(–)
Heat OH O2H2
I (+) (+)
∆
N MeNH N N N N
CH3 H
A B Me
Heat
C (+)
N N N N
(–)
OH O
Me Me
Passage - IV
(32 to 40)
Compound A & B may be nitro compound because they can react with Fe + HCl & the product formed after reaction can react
with nitrous acid.
E & F do not show haloform test hence both does not contain MeCO linkage or both may be 30 alcohol.
Since H decolourises bromine water hence it should have C-C multiple bond.
40. (d) All are optically inactive because no one have chiral carbon atom.
41. (b) 2nd on treatment with nitrous acid will produce optically inactive alcohol.
42. (b) See victor mayer & haloform tests in your text book.
43. (b) 2° amine is formed.
Amines 337
O OH
HN NH tautomerism N N
A
O O
HO OH
Since A has 3 OH groups thus, it can react with 3 moles of Ac2O.
45. (b) Sterically hindered tertiary amine & can show amine inversion
47. (b)
N ≡ C — OH
49. (b) O = C = N — H
(–) ••
50. (a) NCO Ambidentate nucleophile
••
In AgCNO, nitrogen site is not free to attack because it is a covalent compound (Ag-NCO) Thus reaction occurs as-
KOH
MeI + AgNCO
→ MeONC → not a primary amine
52. (d) Migrating tendency of groups follow the following order n butyl > n propyl > ethyl > methyl
53. (a) In acetic acid two H bonds are present between two molecules. In nitro methane there is one H bond in its tautomeric
structure.
H
O O
N N
(CH2)2CN H2/Pd (CH2)3NH2 Heat H2 / Pd
54 (a) Heat –H2O
3 3
D D
1 14 2 2 14 1
KBrO
C O CONH2 C O NH2
55. (a)
H4 H4
S configuration R configuration
57. (a) Aliphatic diazonium salts are not stabilized by resonance however resonance occurs in aliphatic diazonium salts.
(+) (–) (+) (–) (+) (–) (+) (–)
N N N N N N N N
(+) (+)
(+)
58. (b) For the preparation of aromatic amines pthalimide has to react with aromatic halide which is not favourable reaction be-
cause in aromatic halide C-X bond acquires double bond character due to resonance, which is difficult to break.
59. (a) Due to resonance NH2 group acquires positive charge and oxygen acquires negative charge so when acid is added it attacks
on oxygen and when base attacks it removes water from NH2
(–) (–)
O O O
(+) (–)
OH
Me—C—NH2 Me—C NH2 base Me—C NH
(+)
H
OH
(+)
Me—C NH2
60. (c) C–H bond is less polar than N–H bond thus, base removes H from N–H bond & not from C–H bond.
61. (c) After first acylation N is attached with COMe group so lone pair of electron present on N becomes delocalized as it under-
goes resonance with CO group and can not attack easily on 2nd RCOCl molecule.
62. (d) Aniline is poor base than methyl amine & can not precipitate FeCl3
(+ ) (–)
CH3 NH 2 + H 2O
→ MeNH3 + OH
(–)
2Fe+3 + 6OH
→ 2Fe(OH)3 ↓ Brown ppt
1. b, c, d (b),(c) & (d) contain hydrophobic ‘Ph’ group which make them insoluble in water.
P2O5/∆
2. b, d CH3CONH2 CH3CN
(+)
H3O
CH3COOH + NH3
4. a, b In both the cases chiral centers are present while (c) & (d) are not resolvable due to amine inversion.
5. a, b, d
6. a, b, d RCOOH has more boiling point than amine because two intramolecular hydrogen bonds are present between two
molecules of RCOOH
NaNO2 + HCl
7. a, d LAH
NO2 NH2 OH
Optically inactive Optically active
Amines 339
8. a, b, d 9. c, d
H H
KOBr
10. a, b CONH 2 → NH2
CH3 CH3
* *
CH3 NH2
12. b, c
LEVEL -II
OH OH H–Bonding
KOBr –NH3
CH3CHCONH2 CH3—CH—NH2 CH3CHO (A)
(Unstable)
KOBr
NH 2CONH 2 → NH 2 NH 2 (Hydrazine)
(B)
NaNO2 + HCl
N N (C)
H NO
(2°amine) (yellow liq)
CrO3
CH3CHOHCH2CONH2 CH3COCH2CONH2
NaNO2 + HCl
CH3COCH3 ∆
CH2COCH2COOH
(D)
340 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(–)
O OH
H O
•• (+)
N N N
(C)
H H H
(O) –H2O
–H2O
N N
(E) (D)
H
Modern definition of carbohydrates: - These are polyhydroxy aldehyde or ketone. Carbohydrates on hydrolysis produce poly
hydroxyl aldehyde & ketone.
(1) Mutarotation Show mutarotation Except sucrose rest all show Don’t show
mutaroation mutarotation
(2) Tollen’s & +ve Except sucrose rest all show –ve
Fehling’s test Tollen’s & Fehling test
(3) Br2 water test Except ketose rest all show Except sucrose rest all show –ve
Br2 water test Br2 water test
Molish test: - Carbohydrates give violet colour on treatment with conc. H2SO4 & α - naphthol.
Epimers: - A pair of diastereomers that differ only in the configuration about of a single carbon atom are said to be epimers for eq.
CHO CHO
H OH H OH
HO H HO H
H OH HO H
H OH H OH
CH2OH CH2OH
342 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Anomers: - The two sugars that differs in configuration only for the carbon that was the carbonyl carbon in the open form is called
as anomers
H OH HO H
H OH H OH
HO H HO H
H OH H OH
H O H O
CH2OH CH2OH
Mutarotation: -
• α & β – D glucose have specific rotation +112° & 18.7° respectively. When either of these forms are dissolved in water
specific rotaion of solution is found to be + 52.7°. Thus, specific rotation of α & β – D glucose decrease and increase re-
spectively. This change of optical rotation with time is called mutarotation.
• If a carbohydrate show mutarotaion indicates that it exists in two anomeric forms α & β .
Protein: -
(a) Biuret test: - Alkaline solution of protein treated with a drop of aq. CuSO4, bluish – violet colour is developed
(b) Ninhydrin test: - Protein on treatment with ninhydrin give a solution having colour ranging from deep blue to violet
pink.
LEVEL - I
H OH OH H
CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH
H O H O H O H O H
CH2OH
H H H
(c) OH H O CH2 (d) OH H O H
H OH OH
OH H OH OH OH
H
H OH H H H OH H OH
Biomolecules 343
H OH H OH HO H HO H
H OH H OH HO H H OH
(a) (b) (c) (d)
H OH HO H H OH H OH
H OH H OH H OH H OH
CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH
344 Problems in Organic Chemistry
15. The reagent by which we can prove that glucose contains straight 'C' chain of six C atom is:-
(a) Na – Hg / alcohol (b) IO4– (c) Br2 water (d) Red P + HI
16. NaOH CaO pass in
Amino acid → gas → 0.1999 kg (salt)
(1mole) ∆ lime water
evolved
Amino acid has:-
(a) Two NH2 groups (b) One COOH group (c) Two COOH groups (d) Three COOH groups
17. HNO 2 NaOH / CaO
Amino acid → (A) → Ethyl alcohol,
∆
Amino acid is:-
(a) Glutamic acid (b) Glycine (c) Lysine (d) Aspartic acid
18. The carbohydrate with β - Glycosidic linkage is:-
(a) Lactose (b) Maltose (c) Amylopectin (d) Sucrose
19. Structure of amylose is:-
CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH
O H H O OH O
(a) H O H O (b) H O H O
OH H OH H OH H OH H
n H n
H OH H OH H OH H OH
CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH
O H O O O
(b) H O H O (d) H O H O
OH H OH H OH H OH H
H H H
n n
H OH H OH H OH H OH
20. The compound whose trinitrate is called gun - cotton is:-
(a) Sucrose (b) Gulose (c) Cellulose (d) Lactose
21. Compound Property
(A) amylopectin (1) Milk sugar
(B) Lactose (2) dextrorotatory
(C) Sucrose (3) 1, 4 & 1, 6 glycosidic linkage
(D) Alanine (4) L - Configuration
Correct matching is:-
(a) (A)→3; (B)→4 ; (C)→1 ; (D)→ 2 (b) (A)→3; (B)→1 ; (C)→2; (D)→ 4
(c) (A)→2; (B)→3 ; (C)→2 ; (D)→ 4 (d) (A)→3; (B)→4; (C)→2 ; (D)→ 1
22. Glycine can be converted in to methane by:-
(a) Heat, H3O+, Zn/Hg + HCl
(b) H2SO4 + NaNO2, KMnO4, NaOH/CaO
(c) LiAlH4, NaIO4
(d) HNO2, NaOH/CaO / heat, Red P + HI
23. Correct Structure of β – D – fructose is:-
HOH2C O CH2OH HOH2C O OH
(a) H HO (b) OH HO
H H H CH2OH
OH H H H
H O CH2OH HOH2C O OH
(c) HOH C H
HO
(d) H HO
2 OH H CH2OH
OH H OH H
24 Which among the following direct the synthesis of protein as well as responsible for the transfer of genetic information?
(a) Amino acids (b) Nucleic acids
(c) Pyruvic acid (d) Carbohydrates specially cellulose
Biomolecules 345
25. Which statement is correct regarding the difference between DNA and RNA?
(a) RNA contains Adenine guanine, Thymine and uracil while DNA contains Adenine, uracil Thymine & guanine
(b) RNA contains deoxy ribose while DNA contains oxyribose
(c) RNA contains Adenine cytosine, uracil and guanine while DNA contains Adenine cytosine, guanine and Thymine
(d) RNA contains phosphate while DNA does not
26. Vitamin Source
(A) H (p) Butter
(B) K (q) Yeast
(C) D (r) Green leafy vegetable
(D) A (s) Cod liver oil
Correct matching is:-
(a) (A)→2; (B)→3; (C)→ 4; (D)→1 (b) (A)→3 ; (B)→2; (C)→1; (D)→4
(c) (A)→2; (B)→4; (C)→ 3; (D)→1 (d) (A)→1; (B)→3; (C)→ 2; (D)→4
27. Which statement is correct?
(a) Hormones not produced by body & may be stored in the body to fight out the diseases
(b) Vitamins may be stored in the body to fight out diseases
(c) Vitamins are not stored in the body but are continuously produced
(d) Both hormones and vitamins are stored in the body
28. Molecular formula of pentasaccharide would be:-
(a) C30H52O26 (b) C30H72O36 (b) C5H10O5 (d) C30H60O30
29. Nucleotide contains
(a) Base + Sugar (b) Base + Sugar + Phosphate
(c) Sugar + Phosphate (d) Base + Phosphate
30. Glucose contains 5 – OH groups. This fact can be proved by treating glucose with
(a) Br2 water (b) Ac2O/H+
(c) Phenyl hydrazine (d) Zymase
31.
n
conc
(A)
HCl
Glucose
concn H2SO4
(B)
∆
(A) and (B) are :-
(a) Pyruvic acid & black mass (b) leavulic acid & Ethanol
(c) Pyruvic acid & Ethanol (d) leavulic acid & black mass
32. concn
(A)
HCl
Glucose
concn H2SO4
(B)
∆
HCl & H2SO4 are:-
(a) Oxidizing agent (b) Reducing agent (c) Dehydrating agent (d) Polymerizing agent
HNO3
33. Fructose → oxalic acid + [X]
(O)
optically active
LiAlH (i) A
[X]
4 → → Glycerine
(ii) B
H OH H OH CH2OH
HO H HO H H O
H OH
H OH HO H OH H
OH OH
H OH H OH
H OH
CH2OH CH2OH
(A) (B) (C)
The carbohydrate which does not have D configuration is:-
(a) C (b) A & B (c) B (d) All have D configuration
35. Which is correct about sucrose?
(a) It is non reducing non sugar (b) It is reducing non sugar
(c) It is non reducing sugar (d) It is reducing sugar
36. Honey contains:-
(a) Glucose + sucrose + water (b) Glucose + Lactose + water
(c) Glucose + fructose + water (d) Glucose + galactose + water
37. Which will not react with Tollen’s reagent?
(i) Glucose (ii) Fructose (iii) Sucrose (iv) hemi acetal of CH3CHO
(v) hemi acetal of propanone
(a) iv & v (b) iii, iv & v (c) i, ii & iii (d) iii & v
38. Consider the following reagents
A→PCl5 B→ KCN C→H3O+ D→ Red P + Br2 E→ NH3
Which reaction is correct?
(i) D
(a) AcOH
(ii) B (iii) C
→ Glycine
CH2OH (i) A
(b) H2N—CH → Aspartic acid
(ii) B (iii) C
CH2OH
CH2OH (i) A
(c) H2N—CH → Aspartic acid
(ii) B (iii) C
OH
(i) A
(d) AcOH → Glycine
(ii) E
39. Which among the following will not produce D - glucose on hydrolysis?
(a) Amylose (b) Cellulose (c) Sucrose (d) Galactose
40. β – D – Glucopyrarose is:-
OHCH2 OH OH CH2OH
C CH2OH C CH2OH
H OH H O OH H OH H O OH
(a) HO H (b) H
H (c) HO H (d) H
H
OH OH
H OH OH H HO H OH OH
H O H OH H O H OH
CH2OH CH2OH
41. Isoelectric point is:-
(a) Potential difference (b) dissociation constant
(c) pH (d) Amount of current passed in the solution.
Biomolecules 347
Passage - I
Base of one nucleotide undergoes H - bonding with base of other nucleotide to give rise to formation of primary structure of DNA.
Guanine forms 3 - H bonds with cytosine while adinine forms two H - bonds with Thymine.
Answer the question from 42 to 44
42. What will be the sequence of bases on the strand of DNA that would be complementary to strand having the following se-
quences of bases?
T T A G G A T A?
(a) A A C T T C A T (b) A A T U U T A T (c) A A T C C T A T (d) T T A G G A T A
43. We have two samples of DNA
Sample – 1 M. P. = 340 K
Sample – 2 M. P. = 300 K
Which statement is correct?
(a) G C contents in sample – 1 are more than that of sample – 2
(b) A T contents in sample – 1 are more than that of sample – 2
(c) G C contents in sample – 1 are lesser than that of sample – 2
(d) A T contents in sample – 1 are lesser than that of sample – 2
44. Suppose RNA has double helix structure like DNA. What will be the sequence of bases on the strand of RNA that would be
complimentary to strand having the following sequence of base?
AA C C G AA G G
(a) A A G G C T T C A (b) U U G G C U U C C
(c) T T G G C T T C C (d) A A G G C U U C A
Passage - II
CHO
HO H HCN / H3O( + ) (i) Heat
H OH →(A) + (B) →(C) + (D)
(ii) NaBH 4
CH2OH
D - Threose
Answers the questions from 45 to 47
45. Which is not correct?
(a) A & B are Epimers (b) C & D are Epimers
(c) C & D are anomers (d) A & B are hydroxy carboxylic acids
46. Which is correct?
(a) (A) is aldo pentose (b) (C) is aldo tetrose
(c) (D) is aldo pentose (d) (B) is aldo tetrose
47. The reaction D – Threose → (A) + (B) is:-
(a) Stereo Selective (b) Stereo Specific
(c) Rearrangement reaction (d) Racemisation
48. A carbohydrate should contains at least
(a) 3 – carbon atoms (b) 4 – carbon atoms
(c) 5 – carbon atoms (d) 6 – carbon atoms
49. When a carbohydrate reacts with HIO4 it gives one glyoxal two formic acid and one molecule of formaldehyde. The carbo-
hydrate is:-
(a) keto hexose (b) Aldo pentose
(c) Aldo hexose (d) keto pentose
348 Problems in Organic Chemistry
z
50. C x (H 2 O) y → xC + yH 2 O
if x = y = 6 then z would be:-
(a) Zymase (b) H2SO4 (c) HNO3 (d) Na – Hg / alcohol
51. The compound which does not exist as a & b forms are:-
(a) Glucose (b) Fructose (c) Maltose (d) Sucrose
52. Which among the following can not show mutarotaion?
CH2OH CH2OH
H O H H O H
H H
(a) OH H O H OH (b)
OH OH
H OH OH H
(c) (d)
H OH
β – D – Glucose
(B) (2) HO H
H OH
O H
CH2OH
H OH
HO H
HO H
(C) Epimer of β – D – glucose (3)
H OH
O H
CH2OH
HO H
H OH
(D) Epimer of α – L – glucose (4) HO H
H OH
H O
CH2OH
(a) A→3; B→ 2; C→1; D→4 (b) A→2; B→ 1; C→4; D→3
(c) A→2; B→ 4; C→1;D→3 (d) A→3; B→ 4; C→1; D→2
Biomolecules 349
Answer Key
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (d) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (a)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (b) 30. (b)
31. (d) 32. (c) 33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (c) 36. (c) 37. (d) 38. (c) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (c) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (b) 45. (c) 46. (c) 47. (d) 48. (a) 49. (b) 50. (b)
51. (d) 52. (a) 53. (d) 54. (d) 55. (c)
LEVEL - II
Comprehension
Consider the following compounds
H CH2OH H CH2OH
OHO OHO
HO HO
(A) H
CH2OH (B) H
OH
HO H OH HO H H
H OH
CH2OH
HO O CH2OH
(C) HO O
O
OH
OH HO
OH
1. Which can reduce tollen’s reagent?
(a) Only A (b) Only B (c) A & B (d) A, B & C
2. Which can not exist in anomeric form?
(a) A & C (b) B & C
(c) A & B (d) All can exist in anomeric forms.
3. Which can not decolourise Br2 water?
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) A & C
Ag 2O dim ethyl sulphate
4. C → D → E, D & E. are respectively
(ii) acidification aq NaOH
H CH2OH H CH2OH
H CH2OH CH2OH
HO O H OH MeO O H OMe
(a) H O H & H O
HO COOH MeO COOH
OH OH OH OMe
OH MeO
H H
H H
CH2OH CH2OMe
HO O MeO O
(b) H & H CH2OMe
O CH2OH O OMe
OH OH OMe
HO MeO
H
HO OH COOH MeO OMe COOMe
CH2OH CH2OMe
OH H CH2OH OMe CH2OMe
HO OH MeO
(c) & OMe
O H O H
HO OH OH COOH MeO COOH
OMe
HO OH MeO OMe
(d) None of these
350 Problems in Organic Chemistry
5. arbohydrate
C Phenomenon / Reaction observed
(A) Amylose (p) Blue colouration with I2
(B) Glucose (q) decolourise Br2 water
(C) Sucrose (r) Can reduce tollen’s reagent
(D) Fructose (s) Can not Exist in anomeric form
6. Carbohydrate Structure
CH2OH
H O H
(A) β – D – Glucose (p) H
OH H
OH OH
H OH
CH2OH
H O OH
(B) Epimer of α – D – mannose (q) H
OH H
OH H
H OH
CH2OH
H O OH
(C) α – D – Glucose (r) H
OH HO
OH H
H H
OH
H—C
H OH
(D) β – D – Mannose (s) HO H
H OH
H O
CH2OH
Answer Key
SOLUTION
1. (b) Isoelectric point is the average of pKa of similar groups .
6. (b) Fructose in presence of OH(–) ion gives mixture of glucose, fructose & mannose. This is called Lobry – de –bryun –van–
ekenstein rearrangement.
7. (c) At pH = 6 zwitter ion is present because pH = 6 is isoelectric point and amino acid does not move towards any electrode
beta- D- fructrose H OH
H
CH2OH
OH H
H OH H OH OH H O
HO H [H] HO H + HO H [H] HO H
H OH H OH H OH H OH
H OH H OH H OH H OH
13. (c) Fructose breaks in to two acids (oxalic & tartaric acids) in which ratio of carbon is 2:[Link] indicates that keto group is pres-
ent at 2nd location.
[O]
CH2OHCOCHOCHHOHCHOHCH2OH → COOH—COOH + HOOC—CHOHCHOH—COOH
= 2 mol CaCO3
COOH COOH
HNO2 decarboxylation
17. (d) HOOC—CH2—CH COOH—CH2CH EtOH
NH2 OH
21. (b) Lactose is called milk sugar as it is found in the milk of all mammals. Alanine is amino acid & except glycine all amino
acids are found in L configuration.
27. (b)
28. (a) [Glucose] × 5 – 4 H2O = C30H52O26 29. (b) Base + Sugar + Phosphate
32. (c) Dehydrating agent 33. (c) Fructose on oxidation gives oxalic as well as tartaric acid
CH2OHCOCHOHCHOHCHOHCH2OH [O]
COOH–COOH + HOOC–CHOHCHOH–COOH
fructose Tartaric acid [X]
COOH CH2OH COOH CH2OH
CHOH LAH CHOH HNO3 CHOH Sodalime CHOH
CHOH CHOH CHOH Heat
CH2OH glycerine
COOH [X] CH2OH CH2OH
34. (d) All have D configuration because at 2nd last carbon atom H is on the left.
35. (c) Since it is sweet in taste hence it is sugar but it can not reduce tollen’s reagent thus, it is non reducing.
37. (d)
CH2OH CH2Cl KCN CH2CN
38. (c) H2N—CH PCl5
H2N—CH H2N—CH
OH Cl CN
(+)
CH2COOH H3O
H2N—CH
COOH
41. (c) It is that pH at which amino acid does not migrate towards any electrode.
42. (c) A A T C C T A T (Thymine forms H bonds with Adenine & Cytosine with Guanine)
CN CN
Passage-II (45 to 47) CHO
H
H OH HO
HO H HCN HO H HO H
H OH H OH H OH
CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH
(+)
H3O
COOH COOH
A H OH HO H B
HO H HO H
H OH H OH
CH2OH CH2OH
CO CO
H OH OH H
HO H HO H
H O H O
CH2OH CH2OH
CO CO CHO CHO
H OH OH H H * OH H * OH
NaBH4 H
HO H + HO H HO + HO H
H O H O H OH H OH
CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH
CH2OH C D
46. (c) (D) is aldo pentose 47. (d) Both A & B are formed in equal amounts
53. (d) Starch contains two parts. One part is water soluble (amylose) & 2nd part is water insoluble (amylopectin). Gulose &
galactose are mono saccharides & soluble in water
LEVEL -II
2. (d) All can show muta rotation thus all can exist in anomeric forms i.e. α & β forms.
3. (a) In basic medium fructose converts in to glucose & exhibits tollen’s and fehling test but it can't show Br2 water test because
Br2 water cannot convert fructose in to glucose.
H
4. (b) CH2OH
O Hemiacetal but enguaged in
HO bonding
H
H CH2OH
HO OH O Hemiacetal site & shows tollen’s
H O test
OH
HO OH
H
CH2OH
O
HO
Ag2O H
(C) acidification O CH2OH
OH OH
HO
H
HO OH COOH
H CH2OMe (D)
O
MeO
CH2OMe
O
MeO OMe OMe Methylating agent
PhCN
DI BAL–H ARSE at meta location
KCN PhCH — COPh
Benzoin
OH
KMnO4
PhCOOH
Ac2O / AcONa
PhCH = CHCOOH
H3O(+)
[Perkin’s reaction]
356 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Preparation Properties
FeCl3 aq NaOH
PhH + X2 [X= Cl,Br] (+) PhOH
673K, 200 atm, H
Cu
PhN2X + HX [X= Cl,Br] Cu /∆
or CuCl Ph – Ph [Ullman reaction]
X (For iodobenzene)
PhN2Cl + KI
[For iodo benzene] ARSE at ortho and para locations
∆ Na/Ether
PhN2Cl + HBF4 Ph - Ph [Fittig reaction]
X=Cl, Br
[For fluoro benzene]
F&I
RX / Na
Catalyst Ether Ph – Ph + Ph – R + R – R
PhH + O2 + HCl [Wurtz-Fittig reaction]
[Raschig’s process]
Mg/Ether
PhMgX
Preparation Properties
(+)
673K, 200 atm H /Na2Cr2O7
PhX + NaOH (+)
O O
H
Br2 water
PhN2Cl + H2O Boil White ppt of 2,4,6 tri
bromo phenol
OH (+)
NaNO2+HCl PhN2Cl
PhN2Cl t > 8°C Pyridine PhN2 OH
(Orange)
OH NaOH / CaO (+)
HCHO/H
∆ PHENOL Bakelite plastic
COOH
FeCl3 3
NaOH /∆ [Fe(OPh)6] –[violet colouration]
PhSO3Na H
(+)
dil HNO3 OH
air Ph o & p derivatives
PhCHMe2
H3O+/∆ NO2
concn HNO3
Picric acid [2,4,6-tri nitro phenol]
Zn /∆
C6H6 [Reduction]
PCl5
C6H6Cl + POCl3 + HCl
Preparation Properties
hot
PhCH2R KMnO4 NaOH/CaO
∆ C6H6
hot
PhCH2OH or PHCHO KMnO4
ARSE at meta position
COOH NH3 / heat
hot PhCONH2
PhCOCH3 KMnO4
Na
PhCOONa + 1/2H2
H3O(+)
PhCN N3H
H2SO4
PhNH2
(i) KOH
PhCCl3 (+)
(ii) H
NaHCO3
PhCOONa + CO2 + H2O
Aromatic Chemistry 357
(i) NaOH/∆
(ii) H
(+) PhOH
SO3H SO3Na
oleum aq NaOH NaCN/∆
∆ PhCN
NaCl/∆
PhCl
H3O(+)
∆ PhH
Preparation Properties
conc HNO3
conc H2SO4 Sn+HCl or
PhNH2
Fe+HCl or H2/Ni
NO2
or L.A.H.
EtONO2
ASRE at meta location
Fuming HNO3 Strongly acidic medium
pass electric current
p–OH–C6H5–NH2
(+) (–) weakly acidic medium
NO2 BF4 Ph–NH2
pass electric current
(+)
H / Na2Cr2O7
O O
Br2 in CCl4
o & p bromo aniline
Br2 water
white ppt of
2,4,6-tri bromo aniline
(i) AcCl
o & p nitro aniline
(ii) HNO3 + H2SO4
(iii) Hydrolysis
H2PtCl6
[PhNH3]2 [PtCl6]
358 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Preparation Properties
KI solid
PhI + N2 + HCl
Cu or CuCl
HX PhX + N2 + HCl ( X= Cl ,Br)
N2Cl
NaNO2 + HCl HBF4
PhNH2 PhF + N2 + BF3
0-5°C
boil with water PhOH
EtOH or
H3PO2 + H2O benzene
+
PhNH2, H
p–NH2–C6H4–N2Ph [coupling reaction]
pH 4-5
(yellow dye)
PhOH, OH(–)
p–OH–C6H4–N2Ph [coupling reaction]
pH 9-10
(orange dye)
PhH + NaOH
Ph-Ph [Gomberg reaction]
Zn + HCl Zn + HCl
PhNHNH2 PhNH2
Na2SO3 / H2O
PhNHNH2
KCN / CuCN
PhCN
(i) HBF4
PhNO2 + N2 + NaBF4
(ii) NaNO2 / Cu
LEVEL - I
NH2 NO2
1.
NH2 NH2
For this conversion sequence of reagents required is:-
(a) (i) KMnO4 (ii) Na2S (b) (i) H+/K2Cr2O7 (ii) NH4HS
(c) (i) Caro’s acid/HNO3/H2O2 (ii) Sn + HCl (d) (i) CF3CO3H (ii) Na2S
NaNH 2
2. ortho – Bromo toluene → (A)
NaNH
ortho – Bromo anisole
2→ (B)
(A) & (B) are:-
OCH3 CH3 NH2
CH3 NH2 NH2 Br
&
&
(a) NH2 (b)
CH3 OCH3 CH3 OCH3
NH2 NH2
& &
(c) NH2 (d) NH2
Aromatic Chemistry 359
(i) NaOH / CO Br
3. Phenol
(+)
2 → X →
2
Water
Y,Compound Y is : −–z
(ii) H
OH OH OH OH
Br COOH COOH Br Br Br COOH
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Br Br Br
4. Identify the correct reaction.
NH2 NH2
Cl OH Cl OH
(a) + H2O + HCl (b) + H2O + HCl
Warm O2N NO2 Warm
O2N NO2
NH2 NH2
Cl OH
O2N NO2 O2N NO2
(c) + H2O HCl +
Warm
NO2 NO2
(d) None, because Cl present on Benzene nucleus can not be removed by H2O.
I I
5.
(A)
Br Br
(B)
(i) KMnO / ∆
→
4 Product
(ii) NaOH + CaO
(a) Nitrobenzene (b) Benzene (c) CO2 + H2O + NO2 (d) o – nitro benzoic acid
7. Select the incorrect reaction.
NH2 O
Me Me
(i) 3 moles of CH Cl +
(a) PhNH 2
3 → Na 2Cr2O7 / H
(ii) Heat (iii) NaOH (b) PhNH 2 →
Me O
NH2 NH2
NO2
conc HNO3 NaNO 2 + HCl PhNH 2
(c) PhNH 2 → + (d) PhNH 2 →[X] → yellow ppt.
conc H 2SO 4 0°C
NO2
360 Problems in Organic Chemistry
(i) KMnO
PhNH 2 + CH3Cl →
3 AlCl
o − Me − C6 H 4 — NH 2 .......(3) Anthracene
4 → C6 H 6 .......(4)
(ii) NaOH / CaO, heat
CH Cl dil H SO Br / D
CH2 → 3
2 4
→ →
2
[X]
9. Anh. AlCl3 D Fe
Major
C NH
O
[X] would be:-
Br Br
CH2 CH2
(a) (b)
NH2 C OH C OH
CH3 NH2 CH3
O O
Br
CH2
(c) (d) None of these
NH2 CH3
CH3 NH2
NO2 NO2
10. →(A) ,
H 2S/ NH3 H S/ NH
2 3 →(B)
50°C
NO2 NO2
NH2
CHCl dil HCl
12.
3 →
→ X, X would be
KOH Heat
Cl
(+)(–)
(a) Cl NH2Cl (b) Cl NH2 (c)
Cl CN (d)
Cl NC
∆ (A)
V 2O 2
13. HO
2 2∆
(B)
NaNH2
(C)
CH3OH
Cl2
FeCl3
(D)
14. What product will be obtained when 2 – methyl – 2 – phenyl propane is subjected to oxidation by MnO4– / H+ followed by
decarboxylation by NaOH / CaO / heat ?
(a) Benzene (b) Propane (c) Iso butane (d) Methane
NO2
NO2
(1) (2) (3)
OH
CO (i) H SO
2 4→
18. + O (ii) NaOH (X)
CO
Product [X] will be:-
362 Problems in Organic Chemistry
OH
O OH
OH
C COO(–)
C
(a) (b)
C
C
O
O
OH
OH
CO
O
(c) C (d) None of these
OH
OH
19. How many mono nitro derivatives will be obtained by the nitration of [X] ?
OH
(i) Br (aq)
2 → (X)
(ii) Zn, heat
MeO OMe
OH OCH3
CH3 CH3
(c) (d)
CH2—CH=CH2
Aromatic Chemistry 363
AlCl3
+ Products
Et Me
OH OH
Ac COPh
(a) (b) (c) (d) All products are possible
Et Et
Hint: - Fries rearrangement is intermolecular as well as intramolecular
+ (CN)2 C = C(CN)2
∆
24. → Products
26. 3 – Hydroxy phenol (Resorcinol) in basic medium reacts with benzene diazonium chloride to give [X], [X] on acidification
gives [Y], [Y]
OH OH OH
OH
N2Ph
(a) N2 (b) (c) (d)
OH N2Ph HO ON2Ph
OH
27. Bismark brown (Y) is an azo dye which can be prepared as follows:-
NaNO 2 + HCl / 0°C
Meta phenylenediamine →[X]
[X] + metaphenylenediamine
→[Y]
1 : 2
364 Problems in Organic Chemistry
N2 SO3H
NH2
ONa
(i) NaOH
(b) Beta - Naphthol
( + ) (–) →
(ii) Ph N2 Cl
N2Ph
NH2
N2Ph
ONa
(i) NaOH
(d) Beta - Naphthol
( + ) (–) →
(ii) Ph N2 Cl
NH2
OH
Hints:-
beta-Naphthol
Alpha- Naphthyl amine
CO 2 H( + )
29. PhOH
Base
→ → [X]
Pyridine
X (1-mole) + Y) → Anthracene yellow
Anthracene yellow will be;-
(–)
(–) COO
OOC
(a) HO N2 S N2 OH
Aromatic Chemistry 365
OH OH
(–)
OOC
(b) (–)
N2 S N2 COO
OH OH
OHC CHO
N2 S N2
(c)
(–)
(d)
(–)
OOC N2 S N2 COO
EtONO
30. 2 → Products
O O
Br CHO
MeO OH
31.
MeO OH
This conversion can be best performed by:-
(a) CH3Br / Na / Et2O, H3O+, CrO2Cl2 (b) Mg/Et2O, CH2O, H3O+, Cu /∆
+
(c) H3O , CHOCl / AlCl3 (d) Zn(CN)2 / HCl / H3O+
NO2
CH3
1 mol EtSNa
32.
D
→ Product
Cl
Cl
The product of above reaction would be:-
NO2 NO2 NO2 NO2
CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
SEt Cl EtS Cl SEt
SEt Cl SEt
Cl
NH O
33. (A) + Na
3 →(B)
3 → CH COCH CHO
3 2
EtOH Me2S
OD
OD OD
D D
(a) D D (b) (c)
D D (d) All of these
D D
D D
KHSO C H NH
35. Glycerine
4 →(A)
6 5
(+)
2 →(B) , Compound (B) is:-
∆ H , heat
O(–) OH O OH O(–)
| | (–) || | |
(a) Ph — C — N (b)
Ph —C— CN (c)
Ph — C — C— Ph (d)
Ph — C — CH — Ph
| (–) | |
CN CN CN
37. Consider the following four compounds.
4 3
8 1 8 9 1 4 3
7 2 7 2 5 2
N1 5 2
6 3 3
6 S
5 4 5 10 4 H 1
Naphthalene Anthracene Pyrrole Thiophene
HNO
38.
3→
(X), (X) would be:-
N H 2SO 4
S
NO2
HNO3
(a) → (b) N (c)
NO2 N (d) All of these
H 2SO 4
S S
AcONO
39. CO →
2 Product
S N
Major product of this reaction would be:-
(a)
O2N CO (b) CO
S N NO2
S N
O2N NO2
(c) CO (d) CO
S N S N
Aromatic Chemistry 367
+
–
Ph N 2 Cl
(B) Phenol (–) →
(2) Red
OH
NaNO
(C) Phenol
2 → (3) Violet
H 2SO 4
K 2S2O8
(D) Phenol → (4) Colourless
Note: - Phenol on oxidation with K2S2O8 gives a mixture of catechol & quinol this reaction is called Elbs persulphate oxidation:-
(i) AlCl H( + ) / ∆
(b) Ph(CH2)3COCl →(X)
→ Product
3
(ii) LiAlH 4
I
Cu / ∆
(c) 2 moles of → Product
I
hot KMnO4
→ product
HOOC COOH
(a)
HOOC COOH (b)
HOOC COOH
CHO HO OH
(c) (d)
CHO HO OH
43. In the reaction of p-chloro toluene with sodamide, the major product is
(a) o-Toluidine (b) m-toluidine (c) p-toluidine (d) p-chloro aniline
44. Which will not give 1, 3 5 - T.N.B. as a product ?
(i) KMnO (i) conc HNO
(a) 2, 4, 6, T.N.T. →
4
(ii) NaOH / CaO / ∆ Product (b) Phenol 3→
(ii) Zn & heat
Product
CF CO H (i) HNO / H SO
(c) meta phenylenediamine
3 3
HNO + H SO , heat
→ Product (d) m - nitro benzylalc 3
(ii) KMnO
2 4→
Product
3 2 4 4
(iii) N3H / H 2SO 4
368 Problems in Organic Chemistry
KOH
45. T.N.T. + benzaldehyde heat
→ Product
Product of this reaction would be:-
NO2
NO2
NO2 CHO
NO2
CHO CH2
(c) O2N CH2 (d)
O2N NO2
NO2
46. When aniline is heated with H2SO4 at 453 K, compound [X] forms which on treatment with (i) Ac2O/Br2 (ii) H3O+ at 100°C
/ NaOH gives [Y], What is [Y]
NH2 NH2 NH2
NH2
Br Br
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Br SO3H
Br
SO3H SO3H
PCl5
48. Ph-COOH [A] [B] Ph-COOOH [C]
ZnCl2
[Y]
NaNO + H SO
51. Aniline
2 2 4 → (A)
273K
(i) dil H SO
CH2(OEt)2
(ii) HCl, A
2 4 →(B)
(iii) Boil with water
Na / NH (l) H (1 mol)
53. Toluene
3 →
2
Ni / ∆
→(X)
CH3OH
CH3
(i) NaNH / MeOH
54. →
2 (X), (X) would be:-
(ii) KMnO 4 (0°C)
SO3H
Me OH
HO OH Me OH OH
Me Me
OH OH OH SO3H
(a) H (b) HO (c) H H (d) HO
H OH
SO3H SO3H SO3H
H HO H
OH OH
H H H OH
OH
55. Consider the following compounds.
SO3H CH3 CH3 SO3H
D D
D D
D
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Correct order of rate of nitration will be:-
(a) 3 > 2 > 4 > 1 (b) 2 = 3 > 1 > 4 (c) 2 > 3 > 4 > 1 (d) 3 = 2 > 1 = 4
(i) H O( + )
56.
3
→ (X), (X) would be:-
(ii) HCl / rerrangement
O OH OH OH
Cl Cl Cl Cl
(a) (b) (c) (d)
H H Cl Cl
O OH OH
OCH2CH=CH2
∆
57. → (X), (X) would be:-
OH OH OH OH
CH2—CH=CH2 OCH2—CH=CH2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
CH2CH=CH2 CH2CH=CH2
370 Problems in Organic Chemistry
58. Benzene ring can be halogenated by using interhalogens. Identify the product of the following halogenation reaction.
O O
ICl
→ Product
O O O O O O O O
I
(a) (b) (c) (d)
I Cl I
59. C6H6 C6D6
(1) (2)
If K1 & K2 are the rate of aromatic electrophilic substitution in 1 & 2 then select the correct statement
(a) In case of nitration K1 > K2 (b) In case of sulphonation K1 = K2
(c) In case of sulphonation K1 > K2 (d) In case of nitration K1 < K2
Passage - I
69. Which will provide highly stable alkene on acid catalysed dehydration ?
(a) (D) (b) (E) (c) (B) (d) (C)
Passage - II
Na 2S NaNO2 (281K)
Dinitrobenzene (B) (G)
H2SO4
(A)
NaNO2 + HCl (273 K)
HCl KNO2
(D) Cu (C) (E)
H2O/heat
(F)
NH2
(a) 2-nitro aniline (b) 3-nitro aniline (c) H2N NH2 (d)
SH
73. Which among the following will produce highly explosive compound on mono nitration ?
(a) F (b) E (c) G (d) C
74. Compound (F) can be converted in to(B) by using:-
(a) Zn / heat, EtNO2, CF3COOH (b) Zn / heat, EtNO2, (NH4)2S
(c) EtNO2, Zn / heat, LAH (d) All of these
Passage - III
(+)
H3O air
(E) + (F) (D) (C)
Passage - IV
Passage -V
Pyrrole on treatment with alkaline chloroform followed by heating with H+ gives (B) & (C). (B) can react with 2, 4 DNP but (C)
can not. (B) on reaction with NaOH form (E) & (F). (E) on reaction with H2SO4 & soda lime gives (X). (F) can be converted in to
(B) by (Ag/heat). (C) on reaction with Mg/ ether followed by treatment with H2O gives (Y).
Aromatic Chemistry 373
Cl
(a) CHO (b) CH2OH (c) (d)
N N Cl
N N
H H
87. Compound (F) would be:-
CH2OH
(a) CH2OH (b) (c) (d)
N N N N
H H CH2OH
88. Compound (E) would be:-
(–)
COOH COO
(a) COOH (b) COO
(–)
(c) (d)
N N N N
H H H H
89. Compound (Y) would be:-
(a) Pyridine (b) Pyrrole (c) Pyrolidine (d) Piperidine
90. In Passage- V identical compounds are:-
(a) X & Y (b) X, Y and Pyrrole (c) Pyrrole & X (d) Pyrrole & Y
Passage - VI
NaNO2+
PhOH AgNO2 PhNH2
HCl
(A) (B) (C) (D)
A cotton shirt is immersed in these containers in the order as given in questions. Identify the colour developed on shirt in each
case.
Answer the questions from 91 to 94
91. D→ B (ice cold)→ A→ G
(a) Yellow (b) Orange (c) Red (d) Blue
92. D→ B (ice cold)→ D→ G
(a) Yellow (b) Orange (c) Red (d) Blue
374 Problems in Organic Chemistry
93. E→C→B→G
(a) Red (b) Blue (c) Yellow (d) Orange
94. F → C → B→ G
(a) Red (b) Blue (c) Green (d) Orange
PCl ZnCl N H
95. o − (COOH) − C6 H 4 − CH 2 – Ph
5
→ [A]
2
→[B] 2 4
NaOH in glycol / D
→[C]
[C] would be
O O
O
96. Match the following:-
Compound Nature
(A) Picric acid (1) Highly acidic
(B) m-Toludene (2) Acidic
(C) p-Toludene (3) More basic
(D) o-Cresol (4) Less basic
Correct option is:-
(a) A–1B–2C–3D–4 (b) A–1B–3C–4D–2 (c) A–1B–4C– 3D–2 (d) A–2B–1C–4D–3
97. Match the following:-
Reaction Product
(A) Raschig’s (1) Chloro benzene
(B) Schotten Bauman (2) Salicylic acid
(C) Kolbe’s (3) Cinnamic acid
(D) Reimer Tieman’s by CCl4 (4) Benzanilide
(E) Perkin
Correct option is:-
(a) A-1 B-1 C-2 D-4 E-2 (b) A-1 B-4 C-2 D-2 E-3
(c) A-4 B-2 C- 2 D-3 E-1 (d) A-4 B-1 C-2 D-3 E-2
98. Match the following:-
Product of reaction Comparison of Acidic Nature of Products
(i) fuming HNO , Conc H SO
(A)
Ph – CH3 →
3 2 4 (A) (1) Highly acidic
(ii) KMnO 4
Dil HNO
Ph – OH
(B)
3 →(B)
(2) Good acidic
Conc HNO
(C)
Ph – OH →
3 (C) (3) Acidic
CrO Cl
Ph – CH3
(D) 2 2 →(D)
(4) Not acidic
(a) A–2 B–3 C–1 D–4 (b) A–2–B–4–C–1 D–3 (c) A–1 B–2 C–3 D–4 (d) A–1 B–3 C–2 D–4
Answer Key
1. (d) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (c)
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (d) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (c)
31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (c) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (b) 38. (c) 39. (a) 40. (d)
41. (a) 42. (a) 43. (b) 44. (d) 45. (b) 46. (c) 47. (c) 48. (a) 49. (c) 50. (a)
51. (d) 52. (c) 53. (c) 54. (b) 55. (d) 56. (c) 57. (a) 58. (d) 59. (c) 60. (b)
61. (d) 62. (c) 63. (c) 64. (a) 65. (a) 66. (d) 67. (a) 68. (b) 69. (a) 70. (b)
71. (d) 72. (b) 73. (b) 74. (b) 75. (b) 76. (a) 77. (b) 78. (b) 79. (a) 80. (c)
81. (a) 82. (a) 83. (d) 84. (a) 85. (b) 86. (c) 87. (a) 88. (b) 89. (a) 90. (c)
91. (b) 92. (a) 93. (b) 94. (a) 95. (a) 96. (c) 97. (b) 98. (d) 99. (b) 100. (b)
101. (a) 102. (d) 103. (c) 104. (a)
H ( + ) / Na Cr O O O
2. [X]
2 2 7
→
(a) Aniline (b) p-Hydroxy aniline (c) o-hydroxy aniline (d) m-hydroxy aniline
5. Both phenol & methyl alcohol can show:-
(a) Reaction with sodium bi carbonate (b) Reaction with sodium
(c) Acylation reaction (d) Reduction with zinc dust
6. Which of the following will undergo diazotization reaction?
NHPh CH2CH2NH2 CH2NH2
CH3
(a) (b) (c) (d) None of these
(a) Cu+2 / NaOH (b) [Ag(NH3)2]OH (c) NaCN / HCl (d) Victor Maeyer test
10. The appropriate reagent for the following transformation is:- RCOOH → RNH
2
(a) Ammonia / heat (b) (i) NH3 / heat (ii) KBrO / heat
(c) Hydrazoic acid(in acidic medium) (d) (i) LAH (ii) Ammonia / Al2O3
11. In the following transformation A & B are:-
CH3
Li / liquid NH 1 mole of H
3 → A 2
→B
MeOH Ni / heat
Answer Key
6. (d) 7. (a), (b), (d) 8. (a), (b), (c) 9. (a), (b) 10. (b), (c)
LEVEL - II
1. Select the reaction with correct product
AlCl FeCl
(a) Ph — H + n — Pr — Cl →
3
PhCH2CH2CH3 (b) Ph — H + n — Pr — Cl →
3
PhCH2CH2CH3
AlCl ,H O
(c) Ph — H + nPr — Cl
3 2 →
PhCH2CH2CH3 (d) None of these
378 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Comprehension
Comprehension - I
NO2
conc. H2SO4
+ HNO3
Identify P1 to P7
OH P1 + P2
4. + concn HNO3
→ (Major) (Minor)
OH
NH2
NO2BF4
6. P4
low temp
NO2BF4
High temp
P5
Cl
N O
7. →
2 5 P6
NO PF
8. ••
5 6 → P (Thermodynamically controlled product).
7
N
H
Aromatic Chemistry 379
Comprehension - II
Since benzene ring is electron rich hence it does not favour the attack of nucleophile. When electron with drawing groups are present
on benzene ring attack of nucleophile on ring becomes easy as intermediate anion is stabilized by electron with drawing groups.
Cl OH
aq NaOH,H ( + )
→
High + T&P
Cl OH
O2N NO2 O2N NO2
H 2O
+ (warm)
→
NO2 NO2
Identify P1 to P4
Cl
Cl
MeSNa
9. → P1
in DMF
CN
(–)
F O
10. +
→P
2
NO2
NO2
(–)
11. + N H 2
→ P3 + P4
Cl (Major) (Minor)
If R1, R2, R3 & R4 are the rates of reaction then arrange them in decreasing order.
380 Problems in Organic Chemistry
+ MeSNa
+ MeSNa ................ R1 ................ R2
F F Cl Cl
Cl Cl SMe
SMe
NO2 NO2 NO2 NO2
+ MeSNa ................ R3
+ MeSNa ................ R4
Br Br I I
Cl SMe Cl SMe
If R1, R2, R3 & R4 are the rates of reaction then arrange then in decreasing orders.
Each question contains statement given in two columns which have to be matched. Statement (A, B, C, D) in column I have to be
matched with statements (p, q, r, s) in column II. The answer to these questions has to be appropriately bubbled as illustrated in the
following examples. If the correct match are A - p, A - s, B - r, B - q, C - q, D - S, then the correctly bubbled 4 x 4 matrix should be
as follows.
OH OH
(A) & (p) KOH / I2
NH2
CONH2
(B) & (q) PhN2Cl with Pyridine
NH2
NH2
(C) & (r) neutral FeCl3
OH
CHOHCH3
(D) & (s) Br2 water
Aromatic Chemistry 381
SO3H SO3H
Cl
(B) KNH
2→ (q) Anhydrous AlCl3
NH2
CH3 CH3
CMe3
(D)
→ (s) Intermediate carbocation is form
NHCOC6H5
(A) (p) Gives Phenol or air oxidation followed by hydrolysis.
CHMe2
(B) (q) Benzanilide
OCOPh
(C) (r) Formed by schotten Bauman reaction
CCl3
(D) (s) Shows reverse hyperconjugation
NH2
OH
(C) (r) Gives coupling reaction but not react with neutral FeCl3
COCH3
(D) (s) Can not show coupling reaction but reacts with NaHSO3
382 Problems in Organic Chemistry
List - I List - II
CrO3
(A) PhCH2OH3 → W (p) Shows addition reaction with Cl2/CCl4
CrO
(B) PhCHOHCH3
3 → X (q) Negative fehling test
LiNH
(C) PhNH2 2→
CH OH
Y (r) Can react with hydroxyl amine
3
NO2
(D) Z (s) Contains two C = C bonds
O2N
NO2
Answer Key
1. b, 2. c, 3. a,
O O NO2 NO2
NO2
NO2
4. + 5. 6. P4 P5
P2 HO P1 P3
O O
NO2
Cl Cl
NO2
7. & 8.
NO2
N
NO2 H
For 9, 10, 11, 12 &13 See Solution.
Aromatic Chemistry 383
SOLUTION
NH2 NO2 NO2
CF3CO3H Na2S
1. (d)
NH2 NO2 NH2
CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 (+)
Br (–) .. (–) NH3
NH2 NH3
2. (d) –NH3, –Br (–) (+) or
(–)
NH3
less stable due More stable
to +I effect of CH3
CH3 group
NH2
NH3
3. (c) X is salicylic acid which is obtained by kolbe reaction of phenol. Since COOH is electron withdrawing group hence on
reaction with Br2 water IPSO attack occurs & COOH is replaced by Br.
OH OH
COOH Br Br
Br2 water
(X) (Y)
Br
Br of bromine water can replace –R groups.
4. (c) Nucleophile does not attack on benzene ring because benzene nucleus is electron rich. So as substitutions with –R groups
increases on benzene ring, benzene ring becomes electron deficient and favours the attack of nucleophile. Water is a poor
nucleophile hence it can’t replace Cl from benzene through necleophilic substitution reaction. H2O can do it only when all
ortho & para positions are substituted by electron with drawing groups like NO2.
5. (b) A = Cu (Ullman reaction)
B = Zn + Et2O (Fitting reaction)
NO2 electron rich NO2 NO2
COOH
6. (a) KMnO4, heat NaOH, CaO
heat
COOH
electron dificient
KMnO4 attacks on electron rich benzene nucleus.
384 Problems in Organic Chemistry
7. (c) Along with o & p products meta derivative also forms with 47%
8. (c) 1st is wrong because aliphatic amine can not form stable di azo salt 2nd is wrong because single carbon atom can not bear
4 phenyl groups due to steric hindrance. 3rd is wrong because benzene ring is deactivated as aniline reacts with AlCl3 to
(+ ) (–)
produce Ph NH 2 AlCl3
Br
CH3Cl
→ CH2
9. (b) CH2 AlCl3
C NH C NH
O O
H
OH
Br
CH2
CH3
COOH NH2
10. (c) NH3 + H2S is used for partial reduction of aromatic nitro compounds
11. (d) (B) is phenol (C) is benzoic acid & (A) is benzene sulphonic acid. The acid strength of these compounds will follow the
following order A > C > B
dil HCl
12. (b) Cl Cl hydroloysis Cl NH2
CHCO Cl
13. (d) A = O C= B= D=
CHCO
Ph
decarboxylation
14. (c) oxidation
COOH
Dipole moment ∝ 1 / θ
16. (d)
17. (c) CCl3 is meta directing group due to reverse hyperconjugation
18. (b) X is phenolphthalein .In basic medium (NaOH) it converts it self in to (b)
Br Br
19. (a) X is
Br
Here all positions are identical hence, only one product will be obtained afer mono nitration.
Aromatic Chemistry 385
20. (c) Benzoic acid & phenol on esterification produces phenyl benzoate (X)
MeO OMe HO OH
H3O(+) –2H2O
21. (c) OMe OH
OMe OH
OH OH O
Br Br Tautomerism
Br2 water
OH OH O
Br
OH OCH2CH = CH2
CH3
– HCl CH3
22. (a) + CH2 = CH – CH2Cl
CH2
O CH O OH
H
CH3 CH3 CH2—CH = CH2 CH3 CH2CH = CH2
CH2
(+) (+)
23. (d) In it two electrophiles are generated by AlCl3,CH3CO and PhCO . Hence both the electrophiles can attack on both the
benzene nucleus consequently all products are possible.
24. (b) 9th & 10th positions of anthracenes are more reactive hence Diels – Alder reaction will occurat 9th & 10th position.
H — CN + H(+) → CH(+) = NH
26. (c) N2Ph can not enter at 2nd position due to steric hinderence. N2Ph will attach at 6th position because at this location as it is
less sterically hindred & both the OH groups have same agreement.
OH
1
less Chances 2 6 More Chances
3 5
HO 4
(RESORCINOL)
NH2 N2Cl
diazotisation
27. (b)
NH2 N2Cl
H2N NH2
Also see previous question.
OH
28. (b) more sensitive position
for electrophilic attack
386 Problems in Organic Chemistry
OH
2
3 1 COOH
29. (a) (X) is salicylic acid both OH & COOH groups have common agreement at 5th position hence coupling
4 6
5
will occur at 5th position.
COOH COOH
(+) (+)
HO N2 S N2 OH
Oa
3
4 2
30. (c) a is – R group however b & c are +R groups all these three have common agreement at 2nd position
5
1 b
O
cO 6
CH3 CH3
34. (b) OD is ortho para directing group thus, D+ attacks at ortho para locations.
35. (b) A is acrolein CH2 = CH — CHO
(–)
O H
C
O = C—H CH H
HO
.. CH CH2
NH2 NH NH
CH2 (+) 2
(+) O tautomerism
OH OH
ARSE (+) H
H H
NH NH
N
H
(+)
H , heat
N
H
36. (c) It is benzoin condensation
(–)
O O OH
(–)
Ph–C–H + CN Ph—C—H PhC—CN
(–)
CN (–)
(–) OH O
O OH O OH
Ph–C–H + PhC—CN Ph—CH—C—CN Ph—CH—C—CN
(–)
OH Ph Ph
(–)
–CN
BenzoinPh—CH—COCN
Aromatic Chemistry 387
37. (b) In thiophene and pyrrole ARSE occurs at 2nd location. See q. No. 11 Chapter -04 topic electrophilic substitution reaction.
4 3
38. (c) 5 N 2 nitration can occur at 2nd & 5th positions but at 2nd position H is absent hence substitution is not possible at 2nd
S
1
position consequently nitration occurs at 5th position.
39. (a) Since electronegativity of S is lesser than N so extent of resonance by lone pair with double bond is maximum in thiophene
part hence electrophile will attack on thiophene part.
40. (d) See test of phenol
OH
41. (a) +
D–Alder Cold KMnO4
OH
H(+), heat
(Naphthanlene)
42. (a)
43. (b) NO2 group is o/p directing for nuclceophilic substitution. 44. (d)
45. (b) It is an example of Cross aldol condensation.
(-)
CH3 CH2
O2N NO2 O2N NO2
(–)
+ OH H2O +
NO2
NO2
NO2 NO2 (–)
O O
(–)
O2N CH2 + Ph—C—H O2N CH2 — CH —Ph
NO2 NO2
NO2 NO2 OH
(–)
OH, heat H2O
O2N CH = CH—Ph O2N CH2—CH—Ph
–H2O
NO2 NO2
(+) (–)
NH2
NH2 H2SO4
NH3HSO4
46. (c) 453 K
–H2O
NH2 NH2
(+) SO4H
Br H3O, NaOH Br
Ac2O + Br2
100°C
SO3H
47. (c) C6H5N2Cl on coupling reaction with phenol gives orange coloured dye while yellow coloured dye with aniline.
PCl5
48. (a) PhCOOH PhCOCl
(A)
Baeyel villiger C6H6
PhCOOPh PhCOPh
Oxidation (B) AlCl3
(C)
PhCOCl + PhOH
→ PhCOOPh
(A)
[Y]
388 Problems in Organic Chemistry
49. (c) Benzaldehyde on bromination gives meta bromo benzaldehyde which on reduction with zinc amalgam & HCl gives meta
bromo toluene which finally gives 3 – bromo – 4 – nitro toluene on nitration
CHO CH2OH CH2OH CHO CHO CHO
Br2 Br2 Br2
50. (a) LAH
Fe
Cu
∆ Fe Fe
Br Br Br
Br Br Br Br
OH
Me
CH3 CH3 H
Birch reduction Cold KMnO4 OH
54. (b) HO
Synaddition
SO3H SO3H SO3H
H OH
H
55. (d) Rate of reaction will be least in 1 & 4 as SO3H is ring deactivating group. While rate of reaction will be large in 2 & 3 as
methyl group is ring activating group. Since isotopic effect is not observed in nitration thus rate of reaction will follow the
order 3 = 2 > 1 = 4
O (+) OH
H3O
56. (c) O O O O
O OH –H2O
OH
HCl
Cl
OH
See [Link]. 35, topic electrophilic addition, chapter 04
Aromatic Chemistry 389
Activated ring
Passage - I
(60 to 69)
60. (b) For aromatic alcohol OH group should be directly linked to the benzene nucleus.
61. (d) This is the property of carboxylic acid. Phenol & aliphatic alcohols do not release carbon dioxide with NaHCO3
62. (c) (C) will give haloform test with NaOCl.
63. (c) (D) is 3° alcohol and will not give any colouration in victor maeyer test while ‘E’ is primary alcohol & produce red coloura-
tion in victor maeyer test.
64. (a) A & E can not form alkene by acid catalyzed dehydration.
65. (a) Aromatic alcohols give violet colouration with neutral FeCl3.
66. (d) Phenol can not form cation on reaction with H(+) hence 1st option is not correct. Carbocation formed by (D) is highly stable
due to resonance as well as hyperconjugation.
(+)
(+)
(+) (+)
From (D) From (C) From (E) Only From (B) not
Resonance & more Resonance & Stabilized by Stabilized by
hyperconjugation hyperconjugation resonance resonance
Passage - II
(70 to 74)
NO2 NO2 NO2
HCl KNO2, Cu
Cu
Cl N2Cl NO2
(D) (C) (E)
NO2
H2O, boil
NO2
(F)
Compound ‘E’ on mono nitration will form tri nitro benzene which is highly explosive [T.N.B]
390 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Passage - III
(75 to 81)
Cl
Cl2
MgCl
n – Hexane aromatisation Mg, Ether
Fe
(A)
(+)
CH3CH2CH2OH, H
D2O
–H2O
CH3 D
CH3 O–O–H CH3 CH3
air (G)
(C)
OH
(+)
H3O
CH3COCH3 +
(F) (E)
(gives haloform test) (doesnot gives haloform test)
Passage - IV
(82 to 84)
OH ONa
NaOH
CH3
Br (B)
When (A) is insoluble in NaOH then it will be anisole.
Br
OCH OCH3
3 Br water
→
2
Br Br
Passage - I
(85 to 90)
Cl MgCl
CHCl3, NaOH Mg, Ether
(+)
+
N H CHO
N N N
H (A) H
(B) (C)
H2O
NaOH
H2SO4 (Y) N
(–) +
sodalime COO CH2OH
N N N
(X) (E) (F)
H H H
Aromatic Chemistry 391
99. (b)
100. (b) AlCl3 reacts with aniline (Lewis acid - base reaction) thus, benzene ring gets deactivated.
(–)
AlCl3 + PhNH 2
→ PhNH 2
→ AlCl3
(Acid) Base
102. (d) Nitration of C6H6 & C6D6 occur with same rate because breaking of C— H & C — D bonds is not the part of rate deter-
mining step.
103. (c) Due to protonation by nitrating mixture (nitric acid & sulphuric acid) NH2 group becomes NH3(+) which is electron with
drawing and meta directing group.
104. (a) Benzene losses it’s aromaticity after addition reaction & becomes less stable
(+)
NHOH NH—OH2 NH NH
(+) (+)
H
4. (b, c) –H2O
OH
5. (b, c)
6. (d) Diazotisation reaction is shown by aromatic amine & not by aliphatic amine as aromatic diazonium salts are stabilized
by resonance.
7. (a, b, d ) Chlorobenzene can not be hydrolysed by aqueous NaOH at room temperature. Fusion of sodium benzene sulphonate
with NaOH pellets gives sodium phenoxide which on acidification gives phenol
392 Problems in Organic Chemistry
8. (a, b, c) In (a) first compound is more basic than 2nd because it becomes aromatic after protonation.
(+)
O OH OH
(+)
H Aromatic
N N N (+)
H H H
H O( + )
9. (a, b) [A]
2 → MeCOMe + PhCOOH
(–ve tollen's & fehling 's test)
H O( + )
[B]
3
→ EtCHO + PhCOOH
(–ve tollen's & fehling 's test)
CH3 CH3
10. (b, c) 11. (b, d) [A] [B]
* Cl *
alc. KOH
12. (b, c) [Y]
[X]
* *
(+) (+)
alc. ZnCl2
[X]
[Y] [Y]
* *
* *
LEVEL -II
(+ )
(–)
1. (b) [FeCl4 ] [CH3CH 2 CH 2 ] is formed, This is weak ion pair thus, rearrangement does not occur because these ions do not
get separated.
2. (c) In 1 & 4 benzene rings are activated and moderately activated respectively. While in 2 & 3 benzene rings are moderately
deactivated.
(+ )
AlCl
Me3CO( + )
Ph –H
3. (a) Me3COCl →
3 → CO + Me3 C → Ph – CMe3
OH O
O2N
NO2
4. + conc.HNO3 +
P2 HO P1
O NO2
OH O
nitrating mixture
5.
NH2 P3
O
Aromatic Chemistry 393
NO2
6. P4
NO2
P5
Cl Cl Cl
NO2
N2O5
&
NO2
nitration
8. NO2
N N
H H
Cl SMe
Cl (–) Cl
MeS
9.
CN CN
NO2 NO2
(–)
NH2
– NH3
Cl
NH3 NH3
NO2 NO2
(+)
(–) NH3
(+) (–)
NH3
(More Stable) (Less Stable)
NO2 NO2
NH2
NH2
(Major) (Major)
394 Problems in Organic Chemistry
X Base
12. Here following type of intermediate is formed (–) - I effect of X stabilizes the intermediate hence rate of reactions
will follow the following order.
R1 > R2 > R3 > R4 > R5 NO2
X Base
Cl
13. (–) It is more stable than others because -ve charge can go to empty d orbital or chlorine thus order is:-
NO2
R2 > R1 > R3 > R4
Practical Organic
Chemistry 14
Main Features
Detection of elements (Lassaigne test): - Organic compound is fused with sodium metal and then fusion mixture is mixed in boiled
distilled water. Boiled solution is now filtered. This filtered solution is called sodium extract (S.E.). Elements present in organic
compound get converted in to their sodium salts as follows:-
Na + C + N
→ NaCN
2Na + S
→ Na2S
Na + X
→ NaX [ X = Cl , Br ,I , F]
Na + C + S + N
→ NaCNS
Test of Nitrogen: -
S.E. + FeSO4 + conc H2SO4 boil & cool
now add FeCl3 + conc HCl (Prussian blue colouration)
FeSO4 + 2NaOH
→ Fe(OH)2 + Na2SO4
Fe(OH)2 + 6NaCN
→ Na4[Fe(CN)6] + 2NaOH
Na4[Fe(CN)6] + FeCl3
→ Fe [Fe(CN) ] + 3NaCl
4 6 3
(Pr ussian blue)
Test of Sulphur: -
(i) S.E. + sod. Nitro prusside (deep violet colouration)
Na2S + Na2[Fe(CN)5NO]
→ Na4[Fe(CN)5NOS]
(ii) S.E. + dil CH3COOH + lead acetate (black ppt)
Na2S + (CH3COO)2Pb
→ PbS ↓ +2CH3COONa
(black)
Test of Halogen
S.E + dil HNO3 + AgNO3 (Precipitates)
NaCl + AgNO3
→ AgCl + NaNO3
White ppt
396 Problems in Organic Chemistry
NaBr + AgNO3
→ AgBr + NaNO3
(Dirty yellow ppt)
NaI + AgNO3
→ AgI + NaNO3
(Bright yellow)
Precipitates of AgCl & AgBr are soluble in liquid. NH3 but precipitates of AgI are insoluble in liquid. NH3.
LEVEL - I
1. For the detection of nitrogen in urea (Lassaigne test) some times we add naphthalene for better result because
(a) Naphthalene breaks urea easily.
(b) In urea % of C is small so naphthalene helps in the formation of more cyanide ions.
(c) Naphthalene forms nitro naphthalene which can show test of nitrogen easily by aq. FeSO4
(d) Naphthalene reduces melting point of urea
2. X + resorcinol + conc H2SO4 ∆ solution
pour in a solution
Red-green fluoroscence
containing aq NaOH
X would be:-
(a) Phthalic acid (b) p - nitro toluene
(c) Salicylic acid (d) Phenolphthalein
3. Phenol and acetic acid can be distinguished by:-
(a) Haloform (b) Neutral FeCl3
(c) Na (d) (a), (b) & (c)
4. Choose the answer that has the following compounds located correctly in the separation scheme.
Citric acid - A, Benzophenone - B, Benzoic acid - C
A + B + C water water soluble + Insoluble Portion saturated NaHCO3
Solution (–1)
dil HCl
Compound (–3) Soluble Portion + Insoluble
InNaHCO3(–2)
1 2 3 1 2 3
(a) A B C (b) C B A
(c) B C A (d) A C D
5. Choose the answer that has the following compounds located correctly in the separation scheme.
Succinic acid (A), Anthracene (B), Salicylic acid (C)
water NaHCO3
A+B+C water soluble + Insoluble
Solution (–1)
dil HCl
(3) Soluble Portion + Insoluble
Portion(–2)
1 2 3 1 2 3
(a) A B C (b) C B A
(c) C A B (d) A C B
Practical Organic Chemistry 397
6. Lassaigne test for the detection of nitrogen does not hold well for:-
(a) NH2OH (b) NH2NH2 (c) N3H (d) All of these
7. Lassaigne test for the detection of nitrogen will fail in case of:-
(a) Guanidine (b) 2, 4 - DNP (c) Carbyl amine (d) Tilden reagent
8. Formic acid and acetic acid can be differentiated by:-
(a) Calomel (b) NaHCO3 (c) Na (d) CH3OH / H(+)
9. Formaldehyde and acetaldehyde can be differentiated by:-
(a) Phenol / dil NaOH (b) [Ag(NH3)2]OH
(c) NH2NH2 in glycol / NaOH (d) All of these
OH OH
10. & can be differentiated by:-
Passage - I
Mixture (A + B + C)
Passage - II
(A + B + C)
water
Saturated NaHCO3
Insoluble - B Soluble - C
dil-HCl
C
Practical Organic Chemistry 399
Answer Key
1. (b) 2. ( a) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (d) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (d) 16. (d) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (a)
SOLUTION
LEVEL -I
1. (b) In urea % C is low so nitrogen of urea does not convert in to cyanide easily. For this either we have to use two or more
ignition tubes for fusion mixture or we have to use naphthalene along with urea in ignition tube.
OH OH
2. (a) HO HO HO O OH
H2SO4
H H
O C
O
C
O
C
C
O
NaOH
Phthalic anhydride Red-green fluoroscence
3. (b) Phenol gives violet while acetic acid gives blood red colouration on treatment with neutral FeCl3
4. (a) Citric acid is soluble in water (1) Benzoic acid is insoluble in water due to the presence of hydrophobic benzene ring but
forms PhCOONa with sod. bi sulphite white NaHCO3 (2)
5. (a) Same as above.
6. (d) Carbon is absent in all compounds.
7. (d) Carbon is absent in NOCl.
8. (a) Formic acid shows reducing properties.
Hg2Cl2 + 2HCOOH
→ 2HCl + CO2 + 2Hg↓ (grey)
9. (a) Formaldehyde form a very hard plastic (Bakelite) with Phenol & H(+) ion.
10. (b) Phenol shows liberman’s nitroso test with NaNO2 + H2SO4.
11. (b) On heating PhN2Cl evolves N2 so cyanide ion formation does not occur.
400 Problems in Organic Chemistry
Main Features
H – Bonding > dipole – dipole attraction > other van-der waal forces
CH3
402 Problems in Organic Chemistry
NO2
NO2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(a) 3 > 2 > 1 > 4 (b) 3 > 2 > 4 > 1 (c) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 (d) 1 > 2 > 4 > 3
6. If µ1, µ2, µ3 and µ4 are the dipole moments of alkenes as shown below then select correct statements regarding following four
alkenes
Cl H H CH3 H CH3 Cl CH3
C=C C=C C=C C=C
H Cl CH3 H Cl H H H
(1) (2) (3) (4)
11. Out of CH3CH2CH2OH, CH3COCH3, CH3OCH2CH3 and CH3Cl the compound which is completely insoluble in water is :
(a) CH3CH2CH2OH (b) CH3COCH3 (c) CH3OEt (d) CH3Cl
12. The compound which makes partially miscible solution when added in to water is
OH
NH2
(a) CH3SO3H (b) CH3CH2OH (c) (d)
OH
(a) has more m.p. than
(b) 3° alcohol has more m.p. than 1° and 2° alcohols of same molar mass
(c) 1° amines are more soluble in water in comparison to alcohols having comparable molar mass
(d) All are correct
17. CH3CH2OH is more soluble in water in comparison to CH3OCH3 because
(a) Alcohols are more polar than ethers
(b) Alcohol can form hydrogen bonds with water while ether can not form hydrogen bond with water
(c) Alcohol dissociates in water while dissociation of ether is not possible
(d) Alcohol forms more hydrogen bonds with water in comparison to ether
18. Which is an example of negative deviation?
(a) C2H5OH + H2O (b) CHCl3 + CH3COCH3
OH
(c) C2H5OH + CH3OH (d) +
(a) (b)
22. Out of hexane, pentane, butane and propane, the alkane having second highest melting point is :
(a) Butane (b) Hexane (c) Propane (d) Pentane
23. But-2-en 1, 4 dioic acids exists in two forms as shown below
CH – COOH HOOC – CH
CH – COOH CH – COOH
Maleic acid Fumaric acid
Cl Cl Br I
NH2
Answers Key
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (d) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (d) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (d) 25. (a)









